Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 20, 2026.

                                 Registration No. 333-290534

 

 
 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Ethos Technologies Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7389   81-3181024

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

90 New Montgomery Street, Suite 1500

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 915-0665

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Peter Colis

Chief Executive Officer

Ethos Technologies Inc.

90 New Montgomery Street, Suite 1500

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 915-0665

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Matthew Bartus

Jon C. Avina

Jean Park

Milson C. Yu

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Porter Nolan

General Counsel

Ethos Technologies Inc.

90 New Montgomery Street, Suite 1500

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 915-0665

 

John C. Ericson

Heidi E. Mayon

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

2475 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 251-5000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ☐    Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer   ☒    Smaller reporting company   ☐
     Emerging growth company   ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated January 20, 2026.

10,526,315 Shares

 

 

LOGO

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Ethos Technologies Inc. We are offering 5,127,696 shares of Class A common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional 5,398,619 shares of Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $18.00 and $20.00. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “LIFE.”

We have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion, and transfer rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, Peter Colis and Lingke Wang, or our co-founders, who are both current executive officers and directors, and their respective affiliates will represent approximately 38.7% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, which voting power may increase over time as our co-founders exercise or vest in equity awards outstanding at the time of the completion of this offering. Entities affiliated with Accel and Sequoia Capital, our two largest stockholders, will represent 56.7% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, our co-founders, Accel and Sequoia Capital will be able to significantly influence or control any action requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other major corporate transaction.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

 

 

See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 28 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     PER SHARE      TOTAL  

Initial public offering price

   $             $       

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $             $       

Proceeds, before expenses, to Ethos Technologies Inc.

   $             $       

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $             $       
 
(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain persons identified by our management, which may include certain parties we have a business relationship with and friends and family of management. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

The underwriters do not have an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on    , 2026.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan

 

BofA Securities   Barclays   Citigroup   Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Citizens Capital Markets   William Blair   Baird

 

 

Prospectus dated     , 2026.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Mission To protect families by democratizing access to life insurance and empowering agents at scale.


Table of Contents

LOGO

A letter from Peter Colis and Lingke Wang, Co-Founders of Ethos Families depend on Ethos. Every policy we help issue is a promise that a childs education, a mortgage, or a retirement plan will still stand if the unthinkable happens. Yet tens of millions remain under-insured because traditional life insurance is slow, complex, and tedious to both buy and sell. We conceived of Ethos in our dorm room at Stanfords business school.The life insurance industry was as confusing to us as outsiders as it was to consumers and agents. We built Ethos to democratize access to life insurance. Our technology platform and underwriting engine transforms the buying, selling and risk management of life insuranceso families can secure affordable coverage in minutes, not months. We also empower agents livelihoods. By making the selling process instant, paying next-day commissions and delivering an industry-leading agent technology suite, Ethos can dramatically change the earnings potential of an agent. Backing the promises of these policies are our valued life insurance carriers. We have the trusted position of managing risk on their behalf and we always put their underwriting profitability before our own profitability. We have consistently demonstrated strong risk management capabilities and delivered meaningful policyholder scale. When a father in rural Texas or a single mother in Minnesota gets coverage, a household gains security, an agent earns, and a carrier grows responsibly. We are proud to serve each of our constituents.


Table of Contents

LOGO

A letter from Peter Colis and Lingke Wang, Co-Founders of Ethos How we operate Our greatest competitive advantage is our people and culture. We are inspired to protect families, empower agents and grow our carriers - and know we need to consistently earn their trust. Our culture is reflected in our values:Serve our Families. Our clients are not simply a number in a spreadsheet. We understand a family will sink or swim depending on how we perform. We always strive to act with integrity and delight the customer. Bias for Impact. We win by overachieving, and we dont confuse motion with progress. This principle distinguishes our execution from the incumbent industry. Intellectual Rigor. We take a first-principled approach to an age-old industry. We recognize that Ethos is a virtuous data-cycle business-one that strengthens with scale when we interpret data effectively and act on it wisely. Speak your mind. We encourage Ethosaurs to have strong opinions, loosely held. We are comfortable giving and receiving feedback. We win together: one team, one dream. Ethos is a low, single-digit percentage of the life insurance industry today. By building a high-NPS, vertically-integrated technology platform that transforms the life insurance experience for consumers, agents and carriers - we are well-positioned to seize the opportunity before us and transform the industry.


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our 3-sided technology platform Consumers Helping people access affordable, personalized coverage through a seamless digital experience that delivers protection in minutes, not months. Agents Accelerating sales and cash flow with instant policies, next-day commissions, and a comprehensive operating system of powerful tools to grow their business. Carriers Delivering profitable, scaled growth at target underwriting profitability, powered by modern technology.


Table of Contents

LOGO

LTM REVENUE $320MLTM YOY REVENUE GROWTH+57%LTM GAAP NET INCOME$61MLTM ADJ. EBITDA$81MLTM NET INCOME MARGIN19%LTM ADJ. EBITDA MARGIN25%ACTIVATED POLICIES 450K+ LTM GROSS MARGIN 98% LTM figures are for the twelve months endod June 30, 2025. Our activated pollane figure is from inception through the date of this prospectus. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin ara con GAAP financial measures. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for more information on our ase and calculation of Activated Policies, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, and a reconcilation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA and net income margin to Adjusted EB TDA Margin  


Table of Contents

LOGO

Ethos' History of Innovation 2018 Launched Term Life 2019 Developed underwriting & admin system capabilities 2020 Launched Whole Life 2021 Launched third party channel 2022 Introduced Estate Planning 2023 Achieved GAAP profitability 2024 Launched IUL Launched Accumulation IUL and Cancer Insurance 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

     iii  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     17  

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     22  

RISK FACTORS

     28  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     73  

MARKET, INDUSTRY, AND OTHER DATA

     75  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     76  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     77  

CAPITALIZATION

     78  

DILUTION

     81  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     84  

BUSINESS

     120  

MANAGEMENT

     142  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     152  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     167  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     169  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     175  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     183  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

     189  

UNDERWRITING

     193  

LEGAL MATTERS

     201  

EXPERTS

     201  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     201  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including      , 2026 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters has authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters takes any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, the following terms have the following meanings:

Activated Policy: An insurance policy that was sold through our platform. Activated policies include insurance policies issued and sold to consumers who come to our platform directly as well as those sourced through third-party channels. The number of activated policies does not include any Wills & Estate Planning products.

Active Carriers: Carriers that issued at least one policy through our platform within the last 12 months and were continuing to offer products through our platform as of September 30, 2025.

Active Selling Agents: Agents who have activated a policy through our platform within the last 12 months.

Agencies: Independent insurance agencies that are not owned or operated by us but use our platform to sell insurance products. These agencies employ, or contract with, agents who engage with consumers and submit applications through our platform.

Agent Payments: Amounts paid by us to agents or agencies in connection with both policy sales and sale referrals made by such agents, or in the case of payments made to agencies, their affiliated agents, on our platform.

Agents: Individuals licensed to sell insurance policies in the relevant jurisdiction, whether captive, independent, or affiliated with agencies, including those who sell insurance and related products through our platform.

Carrier: A licensed insurance company.

Commissions: The compensation paid by a carrier to us for an activated policy. Commissions are based on the annual premium of an activated policy and are typically paid throughout the life of the policy. The majority of a policy’s lifetime commissions are paid in the first year following activation.

Commission Rates: The percentage of the policy premium in each policy year paid to us as commission. Commission rates are contractually defined with carriers and reviewed on an annual basis.

Consumers: Individuals who apply for and purchase insurance and related products on our platform, either directly, or through our third-party channel.

NPS: Net promoter score, or NPS, is a standardized measure of consumer satisfaction and loyalty and can range from a low of negative 100 to a high of positive 100. NPS benchmarks can vary significantly by industry, but a score greater than zero represents a company that has more promoters than detractors. Our NPS is calculated using a third-party platform. We use NPS to assess consumer satisfaction and experience with policies sold through our platform for which we serve as the third-party administrator and to evaluate performance across carriers on our platform on average over a given period. Our NPS provided in this prospectus reflects the 12 months ended December 31, 2025.

Persistency: The term “persistency” refers to how long activated policies remain active throughout their terms. Observed persistency for policies of a particular product type changes over time as activated policies are terminated prior to the end of their terms.

Persistency Estimate: The term persistency estimate refers to a percentage estimating the likelihood that a currently activated policy will remain active throughout the policy’s term. We derive the persistency estimate for a policy using our observed persistency data applicable to that policy as well as relevant industry persistency data. We apply the persistency estimate for an activated

 

iii


Table of Contents

policy when recognizing revenue from that policy, and we regularly review, and update as needed, persistency estimates as observed persistency applicable to that policy changes over time.

Post-Issue Audit: A review process conducted periodically by Ethos after a policy has been activated to validate digital underwriting information. The audits may result in recommendations for policy termination where discrepancies are identified. While we conduct the audit, implementation of any resulting actions, such as policy terminations, is typically carried out by the issuing carriers.

Terminations: Previously activated policies that cease to be active due to either (i) policy lapses, which are primarily driven by the consumer’s failure to pay their premiums or voluntary consumer cancellations, (ii) policy rescissions, which are cancellations by the carrier typically resulting from misrepresentation or non-disclosure of material facts by the consumer discovered during post-issue audits, or (iii) death of the consumer.

Third-Party Channel: Our external distribution network, which is composed of independent insurance agencies, their affiliated licensed agents, independent agents, third-party fintech companies, and other third parties that refer consumers to, or enable the sale of, insurance products through our platform.

Underwriting Costs: The costs incurred throughout the underwriting process for both activated and non-activated policies, including costs associated with obtaining third-party evidences (such as prescription history, credit-based insurance scores and motor vehicle records), and, separately, costs related to post-issue audits.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “the Company,” and “Ethos” refer to Ethos Technologies Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our “common stock” include our Class A common stock and Class B common stock.

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Company Overview

Our Mission

Our mission is to protect families by democratizing access to life insurance and empowering agents at scale.

To achieve this mission, we built Ethos, a three-sided technology platform that transforms the buying, selling, and risk management experience of life insurance for consumers, agents, and carriers alike.

The Problem with the Legacy Life Insurance Process

Life insurance is a pillar of financial security. It provides individuals and their families peace of mind and financial protection against unforeseen events.

While technology has transformed almost every important personal and financial experience, from education to buying a home, banking, or investing, the experience of purchasing, selling, and administering life insurance has not meaningfully improved in several decades:

 

  •  

Consumers: Consumers today face slow, complex, and opaque application processes that often discourage them from obtaining the coverage they need.

 

  •  

Agents: Agents are required to navigate complex underwriting guidelines and rely on legacy, disparate technology applications that distract from insurance sales, create long sales cycles, and make case management labor-intensive.

 

  •  

Carriers: Carriers rely on analog underwriting processes and siloed data, which limits the speed and scale at which they can distribute policies.

As a result, there is a significant need for a new approach to life insurance in the United States. In 2024, 42% of American adults recognized they needed life insurance coverage but did not purchase it due to multiple reasons, notably the complexity of the products, perceived cost, and other financial priorities, according to the Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association, or LIMRA, a leading research organization for insurance and financial services companies.

 

1


Table of Contents

Value Proposition to Consumers, Agents, and Carriers

Through our three-sided technology platform, we serve a growing ecosystem of consumers, agents, and carriers, each of which benefits from the scale, ease-of-use, and efficiency of our platform. This creates strong network effects that drive our continued growth.

Since inception, we have activated over 500,000 policies, and as of September 30, 2025, we had over 10,000 active selling agents and several active carriers on our platform.

 

  •  

Consumers: We remove the friction from buying life insurance with a 100% digital application and underwriting process that includes transparent pricing, a few health questions driven by our proprietary underwriting engine instead of lengthy and invasive medical exams, and decisions in minutes for almost all consumers.

 

  •  

Agents: Our platform is designed to enable agents to sell more policies and get paid quickly across a broad portfolio of products. We provide agents with an all-in-one agent operating system, or Agent OS, that streamlines quoting, application submission, and policy management. This reduces case management work and streamlines payments infrastructure, all of which substantially increase an agent’s time available to prospect and sell.

 

  •  

Carriers: We help life insurance carriers expand their consumer and agent reach in a manner designed to optimize risk selection and profitability, as carriers assume the insurance risk of the underlying policies. We do not assume balance sheet risk for the policies on our platform.

Our Platform

Our technology platform is fully digital and vertically integrated. We simplify the insurance value chain from distribution to underwriting, activation, payments, and administration. Combining key elements of the insurance sales and administrative process into a singular platform enables us to build insurance products quickly, dynamically adjust underwriting and pricing, and rapidly iterate to deliver a delightful consumer and agent experience.

Our platform makes the application process faster and more accessible for consumers and agents while reducing errors, including by validating disclosures against third-party data in real-time. Our proprietary underwriting engine leverages predictive and real-time data acquired with the consent of the applicant to create a bespoke information graph that allows us to instantly assess risk and deliver quick, competitively priced policies with high approval rates. Once issued, our cloud-native policy administration system provides consumers with seamless servicing and billing. The unified, end-to-end nature of our platform enables us to collect and analyze granular data across the entire consumer and agent journey. We then identify patterns across cohorts to continuously optimize our underwriting and improve conversion and platform usability.

Our technology platform is extensible, demonstrated by our ability to launch and scale new life insurance and estate planning products. This has enabled us to expand our offerings from just one product in 2019 to ten as of December 31, 2024. We have launched multiple Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance products, as well as Wills & Estate Planning and Supplemental Health Insurance products. As a result, we have achieved significant scale with broad demographic and geographic distribution. We have activated over 500,000 policies, and these consumers come from a wide range of educational backgrounds, income levels, and ages, consistent with our mission of democratizing access to life insurance. Our technology platform continuously improves as we scale and collect data, which further refines underwriting accuracy, pricing efficiency, and our platform engagement strategy to create durable network effects.

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

Our business model is capital and asset light and highly scalable. In contrast to a traditional carrier model, we do not assume balance sheet risk for the policies sold on our platform. We power the technology, distribution, digital underwriting, and consumer experience while our insurance carriers assume the underlying insurance risk of the policies.

We have achieved significant scale and rapid growth, and have expanded our margins since inception. The number of activated policies on our platform increased by 77% from 72,018 in the year ended December 31, 2023 to 127,619 in the year ended December 31, 2024, and increased by 61% from 89,104 in the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to 143,625 in the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 was $160 million and $255 million, respectively, representing an increase of 60%. Over the same period, we also increased our gross profit margin from 96% to 97%, respectively, and Contribution Margin from 32% to 41%, respectively. Our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 was $188 million and $278 million, respectively, representing an increase of 47%. Over the same period, we also increased our gross profit margin from 97% to 98%, respectively, and Contribution Margin from 40% to 41%, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, our net income margin was 1% and 19% and our Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased from 4% to 23%. In the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025, our net income margin was 21% and 17% and our Adjusted EBITDA Margin remained at 23%. For more information about Contribution Margin and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, including the limitations of such measures and a reconciliation of each metric to its most directly comparable financial measure under GAAP, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

The Ethos Platform

We operate a vertically integrated platform transforming how life insurance is bought and sold through end-to-end distribution, underwriting, and policy administration. Our platform is natively built on a unified data infrastructure and our technology allows for continuous platform improvement, creating network effects as we scale.

 

LOGO

 

3


Table of Contents

Vertically Integrated

Our vertical integration yields comprehensive data and insights across the value chain, enabling us to deliver superior value to consumers, agents, and carriers, while continuously improving our platform. By integrating multiple carriers on our unified platform, we are also able to offer a wider array of products tailored to various consumer profiles, creating a significant competitive advantage that compounds over time and helps us achieve our mission of democratizing access to life insurance.

Distribution

We believe we have transformed distribution for constituents in the life insurance value chain, simplifying and improving the policy experience for consumers, agents, and carriers alike.

We serve consumers by unifying the direct-to-consumer, or DTC, and third-party distribution channels on a single digital platform. This integrated model creates powerful flywheel effects: consumer marketing drives brand visibility and inbound interest from agents leading to higher sales and data captured from both channels that collectively improve our platform.

Our data engine and machine learning models identify patterns from historical consumer cohorts and use that data to predict purchase behavior, consumer lifetime values, and underwriting outcomes early in the funnel, improving our targeting while offering consumers an experience that is personalized to their needs.

Our platform also integrates with third-party channels such as fintech companies via application programming interfaces, or APIs, allowing these companies to quote, process, and activate policies within their own platform. This further expands our reach and reinforces our distribution.

Underwriting

Our proprietary underwriting engine leverages real-time, sophisticated data analytics designed to deliver faster decision-making and higher approval rates at competitive prices compared to traditional models.

Traditional underwriting often requires in-person blood tests, urine analysis, and medical exams, as well as time-intensive, static, fillable forms. Such processes can take several weeks and subsequently can result in denial of coverage. With our digital technology platform, the majority of applicants receive a decision within ten minutes of starting their application.

Our underwriting engine ingests up to 250,000 data points per application, including prescription history, credit-based insurance scores, historical underwriting outcomes, and motor vehicle records. Importantly, it is designed to intelligently determine which data is most relevant for each individual consumer, which minimizes both cost and friction in the process. Our underwriting engine then combines such relevant third-party data with consumer-submitted application data to create a proprietary information graph that allows us to identify and assess risk instantly in an individualized manner. This scale of data integration and evaluation is difficult to achieve and is powered by our proprietary technology. When paired with our comprehensive product suite spanning a broad array of risk profiles, 95% of applicants receive decisions instantly based on internal data compared to four to eight weeks on average for traditional underwriting processes.

As a testament to our capabilities, many of our carriers entrust us with underwriting administration and execution. In these arrangements, we administer underwriting pursuant to certain standards that we develop and modify as necessary pursuant to carrier-specific requirements. The final standards, as

 

4


Table of Contents

agreed to by carriers, are set forth in carrier-specific manuals or guidelines. These standards are specific to each carrier and also vary by product, and address matters such as persistency, mortality, and post-issue audits. These standards generally apply consistently regardless of whether a policy is activated on our platform through our DTC channel or third-party channel, including APIs. These standards provide the framework within which our underwriting engine operates. Our underwriting engine continuously improves with each application processed, refining logic-based rules for risk selection, optimizing pricing, and enhancing approval rates, which drives better unit economics for us and our carriers.

Policy Administration

Our cloud-native policy administration system is able to automate significant portions of the full policy lifecycle, from issuance to servicing and policyholder payments. These services include dynamic contract generation, payment processing and reinstatements, endorsements (policy changes such as coverage amount or beneficiary updates), full servicing workflows (including consumer self-service), and structured data pipelines for auditing and compliance reporting. Owning our own policy administration stack allows us to deploy new product features, pricing updates, and carrier configurations in days, not quarters. This reduces unnecessary integration with, and reliance on, legacy carrier systems, which tend to be less flexible and therefore slower to iterate or improve.

Platform Extensibility

Our integrated distribution, underwriting, and policy administration capabilities enable us to efficiently develop and scale new products. We leverage ongoing feedback from agents, which is grounded in their understanding of consumer demand, to help guide product development. We also collaborate with carriers to introduce additional offerings that expand their distribution reach and broaden our product suite on our platform.

We continue to remain active in product development, including launching Indexed Universal Life Insurance products in September 2023 and November 2025, launching a Supplemental Health Insurance product in November 2025 and enhancing the consumer experience for certain of our existing products in 2024. We believe that our ability to rapidly develop and launch new products sets us apart. For example, we launched one of our most recent Term Life Insurance products in less than half of the industry average product development time, based on average timelines cited in a 2023 Deloitte study.

 

 

LOGO

 

5


Table of Contents

Network Effects

Our technology platform benefits from three key network effects:

 

  •  

Data Advantage: Because we vertically integrate the distribution, underwriting, and administration of policies, we are able to gather and utilize data across the entire consumer journey. As more consumers apply for policies through our platform, our machine-learning driven consumer intelligence engine strengthens and adapts, resulting in optimized targeting in marketing, better consumer experiences, and improved conversion, allowing us to scale efficiently. As we underwrite more policies, our underwriting engine leverages these insights to optimize our risk assessment, which improves the unit economics for us and our carriers.

 

  •  

Platform Engagement: Our data advantage, increasing scale, and risk-management expertise lead to more carriers joining our platform for incremental growth. As we add new carriers, our existing agents have a broader and more competitive suite of products to sell. This broader offering enables us to attract more agents and agencies onto our platform and strengthens our consumer value proposition and marketing efficiency.

 

  •  

Economies of Scale: As more agents engage with our platform, we can more efficiently leverage the fixed costs associated with building our platform across a larger agent base. This more efficient cost structure allows us to invest more heavily in improving our agent experience and agent incentives. These improvements help attract new agencies and grow our agent base, which further compounds our scale.

 

LOGO

Our Ecosystem—Who We Serve

Our platform connects thousands of consumers and agents, and multiple agencies and carriers daily.

Why Consumers Choose Ethos: Life Insurance Reimagined for the Digital Age

We aim to make buying life insurance as seamless and intuitive as any modern e-commerce experience—fast, transparent, and entirely online. We believe we have revolutionized the application

 

6


Table of Contents

process, enabling consumers to apply and receive decisions in minutes, not weeks. The consumer experience on the Ethos platform eliminates the cumbersome medical exams and extensive paperwork of traditional processes. Our NPS score is 70, compared to the carrier industry average of 14.

We also believe in transparency and value. Consumers have traditionally faced an opaque and confusing array of policy options. Our consumers benefit from competitive pricing from the start, ensuring confidence in their coverage. We streamline life insurance selection with precision, recommending the optimal policy available on our platform for each consumer at a risk-adjusted price and ensuring clarity, confidence, and the right coverage without unnecessary complexity or hidden surprises.

Why Agents Choose Ethos: Empowering Growth and Efficiency

Without Ethos, agents rely on antiquated technology with multiple logins, consumer relationship management, or CRM, platforms, contracting and compensation systems, and quoting tools that lead to fragmented and tedious consumer outreach and case management. Our operating system empowers agents to improve the efficiency of their outreach and increase conversion while making it easier to manage their business. Our end-to-end digital platform streamlines carrier contracting, quoting, applications, and policy management, freeing agents to focus on what they do best: selling policies, rather than administrative work. Additionally, we have added features and functionalities to our platform that help agencies recruit more agents, enhance agent efficiency, and boost overall productivity—delivering better outcomes for agencies, agents, carriers, and us.

With our agent platform, agents can enroll in minutes, acquire high-intent leads, sell a policy the same day, and get paid as early as the next day. Our CRM capabilities enable continuous and efficient engagement with current and prospective consumers. We believe our proprietary underwriting engine leads to faster approvals, helping agents close more policies in less time. Real-time tracking of consumer application status and automated payouts help agents optimize their cash flow, all while avoiding administrative burdens. Additionally, we enhance the agent experience through incentives and a structured loyalty program that rewards performance, encourages engagement, and fosters long-term retention. By making the sales process more rewarding and interactive, we help agents boost their productivity and stay motivated to grow their business with us.

Why Carriers Succeed with Us: Expanding Reach and Optimizing Risk

Our carriers are integral to our success. We are dedicated to helping carriers expand their consumer base through additional distribution, underwriting, and policy administration, as well as to bring new products to market quickly. For our top three carriers by distribution, who are also our longest tenured carriers, we were their largest source of life insurance premiums in 2024.

Carriers often still rely heavily on decades-old technology infrastructure. As a result, sales and underwriting cycles remain long and inefficient. Our platform provides carriers new growth opportunities by reaching digital-first consumers and a growing network of tech-enabled agents, with higher underwriting efficiencies. Our proprietary underwriting model uses real-time data to optimize risk assessment while maintaining strong risk controls. Our commitment to carriers is a top priority, and we take extensive steps to assess and improve the efficacy of our digital underwriting process. For example, we have performed over 100,000 post-issue audits on activated policies (approximately 25% of activated policies to date) to validate digital underwriting information. We also provide carriers with full-service policy administration, which minimizes their internal resource requirements and simplifies the path to distribution at scale. Our carriers enjoy seamless integration with our data infrastructure, which connects with existing systems for rapid deployment and value creation.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Opportunity

There is a Significant Coverage Gap for Life Insurance Today

Life insurance represents a vast market opportunity in the United States, driven by millions of life events each year that heighten the demand for comprehensive coverage. Welcoming a new child, purchasing a home, saving for higher education, reaching retirement age, or experiencing the loss of a loved one are examples of key life milestones that drive this demand. In 2024, 3.6 million children were born in America according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 5.0 million Americans purchased homes according to the U.S. Census Bureau and the National Association of Realtors, 19.3 million enrolled for college in the United States according to College Enrollment & Student Demographic Statistics, 4.1 million Americans reached the age of 65 according to Alliance for Lifetime Income, and 12.5 million Americans mourned the loss of a loved one according to the Recovery Village Grief Statistics.

These recurring life events result in a persistent annual influx of new consumers seeking life insurance. Despite this demand, a significant need gap persists. According to LIMRA, 42% of American adults in 2024 recognized a need for life insurance but were deterred by the perceived cost and complexity of the products. The industry’s lack of innovation and reliance on traditional methods create an opportunity for technology-driven solutions. Our platform leverages technology and network effects to increase our market share.

The cumbersome nature of legacy life insurance processes has led insurers and agents to increasingly focus on the high net worth segment, where the complexity and cost of servicing are offset by larger premiums and higher lifetime commission value. We believe this focus has left a significant untapped opportunity in the mass affluent and middle market segments, where there is a growing demand for simplified and accessible life insurance solutions. We are well positioned to address this gap by offering streamlined, technology-driven solutions that cater to a broader market segment, thereby expanding our reach and impact.

Ethos Addresses a Large and Growing Market Opportunity

Ethos effectively bridges the life insurance need gap by offering accessible coverage and underwriting 95% of applicants instantly based on internal data. Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance, each offered on our platform, represented an aggregate of $12.6 billion of annual new policy premiums in the industry for the year ended December 31, 2024. The markets for these products have demonstrated consistent demand through economic cycles, with an average of approximately 10 million individuals purchasing new policies annually over the past decade, according to the American Council of Life Insurers. As we expand into new products, such as Variable Universal Life and Fixed Indexed Annuities, our market opportunity could grow to over $140 billion of new premiums a year.

Limitations Burden Existing Carriers Today

Traditional life insurers face challenges in bridging the life insurance need gap due to outdated infrastructure and the substantial investment required for modernization. With all of the top 20 carriers being over 100 years old, these insurers often focus on maintaining third-party provided legacy systems given the complexity associated with transitioning to new systems. Legacy processes often rely on human underwriters who manually review data, resulting in slow, inconsistent decision-making that limits scalability. Ethos was purpose-built to solve these problems.

 

8


Table of Contents

Over the last decade, the life insurance industry has been transitioning from captive agents tied to a single carrier to independent agents offering products from multiple insurers. This trend is driven by consumer demand for choice, price transparency, and tailored coverage. According to LIMRA, independent agents distributed 53% of premiums in 2023, up 8% from 2013. This shift presents operational challenges for carriers, who must now compete in a broker-driven environment without a dedicated agent salesforce. Consequently, carriers need to invest in agent-friendly tools, simplify underwriting, and offer competitive products to attract independent agents and agencies focused on consumer value rather than brand loyalty.

Consumer Demand for DTC Sales Positions Ethos for Success

According to LIMRA, approximately 90% of life insurance premiums are sold through agents. We believe DTC sales will continue to gain traction as consumers increasingly expect a digital end-to-end experience. The United States auto insurance sector has demonstrated this preference shift: for example, Progressive wrote 56% of its personal auto premiums through DTC channels for the year ended December 31, 2024 according to company filings. Life insurance is undergoing a similar transformation, and we believe Ethos is positioned to lead and benefit from this transition with its modern, technology-first platform.

Our Competitive Strengths

Extensible Platform Drives Growth and Efficiency

Our technology platform is extensible, enabling us to scale more rapidly and more efficiently than traditional carriers. Built on a unified data infrastructure, our digitally native platform can launch products quickly, enhance product design, and update pricing in real-time. In addition, we believe our platform compares favorably to other non-traditional insurance companies in our industry. While many non-traditional insurance companies have implemented elements of automated underwriting to some degree, we believe our platform’s underwriting engine is competitively differentiated in its ability to ingest and analyze a wide range of data sources and identify which data points are most relevant to each individual applicant, both at scale. For example, we are able to deliver underwriting decisions for the majority of applicants within ten minutes, and deliver instant decisions for 95% of applicants based on internal data. Our platform’s scale enhances our underwriting engine and results by continuously generating additional data points that support ongoing refinement of our underwriting model. Further, because our platform is fully native, unlike many non-traditional insurance companies, we can analyze data across the entire ecosystem, from the application engine, underwriting engine, payments and commissions, and marketing infrastructure, allowing us to continuously improve our platform.

Multi-Carrier Relationship Model Delivers Value to Consumers and Agents

Unlike traditional insurers that typically focus on specific market segments and risk classes, our business model encompasses a wide range of products and risk categories within the life insurance sector. We work with multiple carriers, each uniquely suited for specific product categories and risk characteristics, ensuring strong value propositions across all of our offerings. This flexible model allows us to offer diverse products with the most suitable carrier, driving strong demand from targeted consumer profiles.

Diverse Go-to-Market Channels

By leveraging both our DTC digital platform and extensive third-party channel, Ethos captures a wide array of consumer use cases and preferences, allowing us to evolve our platform in response to market demands and reinforce our data moat. We cater both to consumers who prefer the

 

9


Table of Contents

personalized agent experience and others who opt for the convenience of DTC. This diverse go-to-market approach allows us to reach a broader range of consumers across multiple geographies and income levels.

Significant Data Moat

As a vertically integrated platform, Ethos collects extensive data and insights from consumer interactions and third-party data providers. Our closed-loop data system, which integrates consumer disclosures with reflexive application questions, continually refines our underwriting models. With over 500,000 cumulative policies activated since inception, Ethos has built a robust data moat that enhances accuracy, efficiency, and pricing as more consumer data flows through the platform.

Early Mover Advantage

Ethos holds a powerful early mover advantage as one of the only scaled technology platforms in the life insurance industry. Our early market entry in 2018 has allowed us to forge long-standing strategic relationships with leading insurance carriers that share our commitment to digitization. Building relationships with carriers is a challenging task, as carriers set a high bar for entrusting a platform like ours with underwriting policies and managing risk on their behalf.

Proven Track Record with Industry Leading Carriers

Ethos has consistently demonstrated its ability to deliver exceptional value to our carriers. Our three longest tenured, active carriers, who are also our top carriers by distribution, have grown at an average compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 64% in annual premiums activated through Ethos from 2021 to 2024. For each of these carriers, we were their largest source of life insurance premiums in 2024. We believe that our track record in driving value for the carriers with whom we work not only helps us retain our existing carriers but also positions us as an attractive choice for new carrier relationships.

Our Growth Strategies

 

  •  

Attract More Consumers: We continue to attract more consumers by leveraging our rapidly growing data advantage, which strengthens as we scale.

 

  •  

Recruit More Agents and Increase Ethos’ Share of Our Agents’ Sales: We have a strong network of over 10,000 active selling agents on our platform as of September 30, 2025, and we are committed to expanding this network.

 

  •  

Enhance Agent Productivity: We have achieved significant success by equipping agents with our comprehensive digital platform, and there are more enhancements to come. We will continue to invest in platform features to streamline the sales process and boost agent productivity to attract more agents and drive growth.

 

  •  

Expand Our Product Portfolio: Ethos has expanded from one product in 2019 to ten products as of December 31, 2024. We recently launched two additional products, a second Indexed Universal Life Insurance product and a Supplemental Health Insurance product, in November 2025 and intend to continue broadening the product offerings available on our platform.

Recent Financial and Operating Results (Preliminary and Unaudited)

Set forth below are preliminary estimates of select unaudited financial data for the three months and year ended December 31, 2025 as well as actual financial data for the same periods in 2024. Our

 

10


Table of Contents

audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025 are not yet available. The following information reflects our preliminary estimates based on currently available information, and actual results may differ. We have provided ranges, rather than specific amounts, for the preliminary estimates of the select unaudited financial data described below primarily because our financial closing procedures for the three months and year ended December 31, 2025 are not yet complete and, as a result, our final results upon completion of our closing procedures may vary from the preliminary estimates. See “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information regarding factors that could result in differences between the preliminary estimated ranges of certain of our unaudited financial data presented below and the actual financial data we will report for the year ended December 31, 2025.

The preliminary estimates for the three months and year ended December 31, 2025 presented below have been prepared by, and are the responsibility of, management. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has not audited, reviewed, compiled, or performed any procedures with respect to such preliminary data and the corresponding period of the prior fiscal period. Accordingly, Ernst & Young LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto.

 

     Three Months Ended December 31,      Year Ended December 31,  
     2024      2025
Estimated
     2024      2025
Estimated
 
     Actual      Low      High      Actual      Low      High  
     (unaudited)      (unaudited)             (unaudited)  
   (in thousands)  

DTC channel revenue

   $ 38,406      $ 72,517      $ 73,677      $ 173,736      $ 240,802      $ 241,962  

Third-party channel revenue

     28,118        35,032        35,674        81,189        144,278        144,920  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 66,524      $ 107,549      $ 109,351      $ 254,926      $ 385,080      $ 386,882  

Gross Profit

   $ 64,966      $ 105,398      $ 107,164      $ 248,399      $ 378,255      $ 380,021  

Net income before provision for income taxes

   $ 13,710      $ 23,116      $ 23,838      $ 53,936      $ 73,735      $ 74,457  

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:

                 

Contribution Profit(1)

   $ 26,486      $ 42,440      $ 45,523      $ 104,577      $ 157,252      $ 160,335  

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ 14,691      $ 23,899      $ 24,323      $ 57,536      $ 87,090      $ 87,514  

Key Business Metrics:

                 

Total Activated Policies

     38.5        53.7        54.5        127.6        197.4        198.2  

Average Revenue Per Unit (ARPU)

   $ 1.7      $ 2.0      $ 2.0      $ 2.0      $ 2.0      $ 2.0  
 
(1)

Contribution Profit is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Gross Profit to Contribution Profit. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information.

 

11


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2024     2025
Estimated
    2024     2025
Estimated
 
     Actual     Low     High     Actual     Low     High  
     (in thousands)  

Gross Profit

   $ 64,966     $ 105,398     $ 107,164     $ 248,399     $ 378,255     $ 380,021  

Less: Sales and Marketing

     (40,086 )      (66,463 )      (64,704 )      (148,664 )      (231,668 )      (229,909 ) 

Add: Stock-based Compensation Allocated to Sales and Marketing*

     297       5       3       687       2,048       2,046  

Add: Professional Fees Allocated to Sales and Marketing

     394       1,745       1,484       831       2,919       2,658  

Add: Technology Expenses Allocated to Sales and Marketing

     509       920       818       1,931       3,117       3,015  

Add: Other Expenses Allocated to Sales and Marketing

     406       835       758       1,393       2,583       2,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution Profit

   $ 26,486     $ 42,440     $ 45,523     $ 104,577     $ 157,252     $ 160,335  
 
*

Such expenses relate to our employees.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDA is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. For the three months and year ended December 31, 2025, we are not able to reconcile Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, because we have not yet been able to calculate our income tax expense for the three months and year ended December 31, 2025. We will provide such reconciliation in our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 when filed. Therefore, the following table sets forth a reconciliation of net income before provision for income taxes, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP that is currently available to us, to Adjusted EBITDA. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information.

 

     Three Months Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2024     2025
Estimated
    2024     2025
Estimated
 
     Actual     Low     High     Actual     Low     High  
     (in thousands)  

Net Income Before Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 13,710     $ 23,116     $ 23,838     $ 53,936     $ 73,735     $ 74,457  

Interest Income

     (1,322 )      (1,386 )      (1,536 )      (5,599 )      (5,858 )      (6,008 ) 

Interest Expense

     138       799       728       595       3,204       3,133  

Depreciation and Amortization

     1,269       1,335       1,261       5,438       5,410       5,336  

Stock-based Compensation

     897       35       32       3,166       10,599       10,596  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 14,691     $ 23,899     $ 24,323     $ 57,536     $ 87,090     $ 87,514  

 

12


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Three Months Ended December 31, 2024 and 2025

We expect total revenue to be between $107.5 million and $109.4 million, representing an estimated increase of approximately 62% to 64% for the three months ended December 31, 2025 compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024. This growth was primarily driven by an estimated 40% to 42% increase in activated policies as well as an estimated 16% increase in ARPU. The increase in ARPU was primarily driven by revenue growth from our DTC channel, which historically has a higher mix of Term Life Insurance products that have higher coverage amounts. Revenue from the DTC channel is estimated to be between $72.5 million and $73.7 million, representing an increase of 89% to 92%, whereas revenue from the third-party channel is estimated to be between $35.0 million and $35.7 million, representing an increase of 25% to 27%.

We estimate gross profit to be between $105.4 million and $107.2 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025 compared to gross profit of $65.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. This estimate implies a gross margin of 98%, which is flat on a year-over-year basis.

We estimate contribution profit to be between $42.4 million and $45.5 million, with an estimated contribution margin range of 39% to 42%, for the three months ended December 31, 2025. This estimated contribution profit growth of 60% to 72%, which implies a flat to moderately higher contribution margin, was driven by growth in both our DTC and third-party channels and improved efficiencies in activating policies at scale.

We estimate Adjusted EBITDA to be between $23.9 million and $24.3 million, with an estimated Adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 22%, for the three months ended December 31, 2025, which compares to Adjusted EBITDA of $14.7 million and an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 22% for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Adjusted EBITDA increased due to growth in Contribution Profit, which was partially offset by higher operating expenses, largely attributable to personnel-related costs.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2025

We expect total revenue to be between $385.1 million and $386.9 million, representing an estimated increase of approximately 51% to 52% for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024. This growth was primarily driven by an approximate 55% increase in activated policies. We expect ARPU for the year ended December 31, 2025, to be approximately $2,000, which represents a decline of 2% compared to the prior year. This decrease in ARPU is primarily attributable to accelerated growth in Whole Life Insurance products, which are primarily sold through our third-party channel and typically have a lower relative ARPU due to lower coverage amounts. Revenue from the third-party channel is estimated to be between $144.3 million and $144.9 million, representing an increase of approximately 78%, whereas revenue from the DTC channel is estimated to be between $240.8 million and $242.0 million, representing an increase of approximately 39%.

We estimate gross profit to be between $378.3 million and $380.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to gross profit of $248.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This estimate implies a gross margin of approximately 98%, which compares to a gross margin of 97% in the prior year. This increase in gross margin was primarily driven by optimizations to our underwriting processes.

We estimate contribution profit to be between $157.3 million and $160.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025. This compares to a contribution profit of $104.6 million for the year ended

 

13


Table of Contents

December 31, 2024. This estimated contribution profit growth of 50% to 53% was driven by revenue growth across both the DTC and third-party channels.

We estimate adjusted EBITDA to be between $87.1 million and $87.5 million, with an estimated adjusted EBITDA margin of approximately 23%, for the year ended December 31, 2025, which compares to adjusted EBITDA of $57.5 million and an adjusted EBITDA margin of 23% for the year ended December 31, 2024. Adjusted EBITDA increased due to growth in contribution profit, which was partially offset by higher operating expenses, largely attributable to personnel-related costs.

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our Class A common stock involves numerous risks, including the risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. Below are some of these risks, any one of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects.

 

  •  

We have a history of losses, and while we have recently achieved profitability, we may not sustain it in the future.

 

  •  

We have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, scope, and complexity, which makes it difficult to plan for future operations and growth initiatives and predict future results. In particular, factors impacting, and our ability to accurately forecast, our persistency estimates have negatively impacted and may in the future negatively impact our ability to accurately predict future revenue and cash flows and may in future periods result in unexpected differences between actual results compared to our forecasts.

 

  •  

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively.

 

  •  

Revenue we earn on the sale of insurance products is based on premiums set by carriers, and any meaningful change in these premiums, or decrease in commission rates that we negotiate with our carriers based on such premiums, or actions by carriers seeking repayment of commissions, could adversely impact our revenue.

 

  •  

Our business may be harmed if we lose relationships with carriers, fail to maintain good relationships with carriers, become even more dependent upon a limited number of carriers or fail to develop new carrier relationships.

 

  •  

We rely on a limited number of agency counterparties, and if we are unsuccessful in maintaining relationships with these and new agencies, our results of operations be harmed.

 

  •  

Our success depends on individual agent adoption and engagement, and if agents do not engage with or adopt our platform, our results of operation will be harmed.

 

  •  

Our business depends in part on third-party data, technology, and infrastructure providers, and failure to maintain these relationships or changes in their services could adversely affect our operations, revenue, and growth.

 

  •  

Cyber attacks, data breaches, security incidents, systems failures, and resulting, interruptions in the availability of our websites, mobile applications, platform, or services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

  •  

Our brand awareness and marketing efforts to help grow our business may not be effective.

 

  •  

Damage to our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

  •  

Failure to obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights, the infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of our intellectual property by third parties, or

 

14


Table of Contents
 

allegations that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the intellectual property rights of others, could harm our reputation, ability to compete effectively, financial condition and business.

 

  •  

Our business is subject to risks related to disputes, legal proceedings, and governmental inquiries and investigations.

 

  •  

We and the third parties with whom we work are subject to stringent and evolving U.S. laws, regulations, and rules, contractual obligations, industry standards, policies and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure (or that of the third parties with whom we work) to comply with such obligations could lead, and in certain cases has led, to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation (including class action claims) and mass arbitration demands, fines and penalties, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profits, loss of consumers or sales, and other adverse business consequences.

 

  •  

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to demonstrate the effectiveness of our remediation measures, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be adversely affected.

 

  •  

Competition in our industry is intense, and our inability to compete effectively may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

  •  

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.

 

  •  

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following the closing of this offering.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases, public conference calls, public webcasts, our blog posts on our website, and our X (formerly Twitter) (@getEthosLife) and LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com/company/ethoslife) accounts. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website and accounts is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website and account addresses in this prospectus is only as inactive textual references.

The information disclosed through the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media, and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels. Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Corporate Information

We were initially incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in July 2016 under the name Ethos Insurance Corporation. We changed our name to Ethos Technologies Inc. in August 2016. Our principal executive offices are located at 90 New Montgomery Street, Suite 1500, San Francisco, CA 94105. Our telephone number is (415) 915-0665. Our website address is www.ethos.com. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

15


Table of Contents

Trademarks, Trade Names and Service Marks

The Ethos design logos, “Ethos,” and our other registered or common law trademarks, trade names, or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of Ethos Technologies Inc. or its affiliates. Other trademarks, trade names, and service marks used in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, trade names, or service marks in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply, a relationship with or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names, and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM, or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to such trademarks, trade names, and service marks.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.235 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  •  

not being required to comply with the audit requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

  •  

reduced obligations with respect to financial data, including presenting only two years of audited financial statements;

 

  •  

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements, and registration statements; and

 

  •  

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our Class A common stock in this offering. However, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period if (i) we become a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of common equity securities held by non-affiliates; (ii) our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.235 billion; or (iii) we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, whichever occurs first.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period to enable us to comply with certain new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company, or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

16


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Class A common stock offered by us

   5,127,696 shares.

Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  


5,398,619 shares.

Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering   


30,731,938 shares.

Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering   


32,211,060 shares.

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering   


62,942,998 shares.

Directed Share Program    At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain persons identified by our management, which may include certain parties we have a business relationship with and friends and family of management. Any reserved shares of Class A common stock that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.” If purchased by these persons, these shares will not be subject to lock-up restrictions, except to the extent that the purchasers of such shares are otherwise subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as a result of their relationships with us. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold pursuant to this program.

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering will be approximately $82.6 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
   We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to pay all of our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement

 

17


Table of Contents
   (as defined below). In connection with the RSU Net Settlement, assuming (i) the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of settlement will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price per share of $19.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (ii) an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate, we estimate that these tax withholding and remittance obligations on the RSU Net Settlement will be $41.8 million in the aggregate. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds for acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies, although we do not currently have any agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions or investments. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
   We will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

Voting rights

   We have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock.
   Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Once this offering is completed, the holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will hold approximately 51.2% of our outstanding shares and control approximately 95.4% of the voting power of our outstanding shares. Additionally, (i) Peter Colis, our co-founder, Chief Executive Officer, and chairperson and member of our board of directors, will hold or control approximately 19.7% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, (ii) Lingke Wang, our

 

18


Table of Contents
   co-founder, President, and member of our board of directors, will hold or control approximately 19.0% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, (iii) entities affiliated with Accel will hold approximately 21.2% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, and (iv) entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital will hold approximately 35.6% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
   If all currently outstanding RSUs (as defined below) held by our co-founders vested and settled for shares of our Class A common stock and were exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right described below, then immediately following the completion of this offering, Messrs. Colis and Wang would hold approximately 23.3% and 22.7%, respectively, of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
   The holders of our outstanding Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the sections titled “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information.

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol

   “LIFE.”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering is based on 25,604,242 shares of our Class A common stock and 32,211,060 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, after giving effect to (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) the RSU Net Settlement, (v) the Warrant Exercise, and (vi) the Cash Option Exercise (each as defined below), and excludes:

 

  •  

1,037,566 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our Amended and Restated 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2016 Plan, excluding the stock options subject to the Cash Option Exercise, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.30 per share;

 

  •  

4,803,868 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units, or RSUs, outstanding as of the date of this prospectus subject to service-based and liquidity event-based conditions, for which (i) the service-based condition was not

 

19


Table of Contents
 

satisfied as of such date and (ii) the liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, of which 1,622,370 shares, upon settlement, will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right;

 

  •  

548,489 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Class A common stock as of September 30, 2025 and not exercised prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.92 per share;

 

  •  

up to 18,962,327 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2026 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, consisting of 13,000,000 new shares and up to 5,962,327 shares underlying outstanding awards granted under our 2016 Plan that, after the date the 2026 Plan becomes effective, either are not issued (due to the awards expiring or being settled in cash), are forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, or are withheld to satisfy the exercise, strike, or purchase price or tax withholding obligations, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Equity Incentive Plan”; and

 

  •  

1,300,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2026 ESPP, plus any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plans,” which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our 2026 Plan and 2026 ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  •  

a 1-for-7 reverse stock split of our capital stock that became effective on September 25, 2025;

 

  •  

the reclassification of our common stock into Class A common stock and the authorization of our Class A common stock in connection with this offering;

 

  •  

the automatic conversion of 37,227,989 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 into 37,593,056 shares of Class A common stock upon the closing of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which we refer to as the Preferred Conversion;

 

  •  

the automatic exchange of an aggregate of 30,967,086 shares of Class A common stock (including 19,144,010 shares of Class A common stock issued upon the automatic conversion of shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock pursuant to the preceding bullet, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the Class B Stock Exchange upon the closing of this offering;

 

  •  

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in Delaware and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur upon the closing of this offering;

 

20


Table of Contents
  •  

the net issuance of 3,476,573 shares of Class A common stock in connection with the vesting and settlement of certain RSUs outstanding as of the date of this prospectus subject to service-based and/or liquidity event-based conditions, for which (i) the service-based condition was fully or partially satisfied as of such date and (ii) the liquidity event-based condition, if applicable, will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part (which we refer to as the IPO Vesting RSUs), after giving effect to the withholding of 2,198,812 shares of our Class A common stock to satisfy the associated estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate), of which 1,243,974 net shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right, which we refer to as the RSU Net Settlement;

 

  •  

the issuance of 158,832 shares of our Class A common stock upon the exercise of stock options by certain selling stockholders in connection with this offering, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.85 per share, which we refer to as the Cash Option Exercise;

 

  •  

the issuance of 32,090 shares of Class A common stock in connection with the exercise of warrants subsequent to September 30, 2025 at an exercise price of $0.07 per share, or the Warrant Exercise; and

 

  •  

no exercise or forfeitures of outstanding stock options and, except as described above, no settlement of outstanding RSUs.

The assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate used in this prospectus is an assumed blended withholding rate for the IPO Vesting RSUs that are subject to withholding in the RSU Net Settlement. A portion of the IPO Vesting RSUs that will settle as part of the RSU Net Settlement are not subject to tax withholding obligations. The estimates in this prospectus relating to the RSU Net Settlement and related share withholding may differ from actual results due to, among other things, the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, actual forfeitures through the date of this prospectus, and actual tax withholding rates. In addition, information in this prospectus relating to RSUs outstanding as of the date of this prospectus reflect estimated forfeitures through January 28, 2026.

Upon the closing of this offering, shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by (i) our co-founders and their respective affiliated entities, (ii) Accel and affiliated entities, and (iii) Sequoia Capital and affiliated entities, will be exchanged for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to the terms of certain equity exchange agreements, or the Class B Stock Exchange.

Additionally, pursuant to certain equity exchange agreements entered into between us and each co-founder, each co-founder has a right (but not an obligation) to require us to exchange, for shares of Class B common stock, any shares of Class A common stock received by him upon settlement of equity awards for shares of Class A common stock, or the Equity Exchange Right. The Equity Exchange Right applies to equity awards granted to our co-founders prior to the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of this offering. As of September 30, 2025, there were 3,708,268 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the settlement of RSUs held by our co-founders and that may be exchanged upon exercise or settlement, as applicable, for an equivalent number of shares of our Class B common stock following this offering pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right.

 

21


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 (except for pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders) from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary condensed consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (except for pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders) from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that they consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or any other period. When you read this summary of consolidated financial and other data, it is important that you read it together with the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

22


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenue:

        

Commission

   $  159,754     $  254,926     $  188,402     $  277,531  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     159,754       254,926       188,402       277,531  

Costs and expenses(1):

        

Sales and marketing

     107,531       148,664       108,578       165,205  

General and administrative

     21,231       22,417       17,674       30,414  

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

     22,288       23,133       16,767       24,711  

Cost of revenue

     5,902       6,527       4,969       4,674  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,713       5,438       4,169       4,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     162,665       206,179       152,157       229,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (2,911 )      48,747       36,245       48,452  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (723 )      (595 )      (457 )      (2,405 ) 

Interest income

     5,792       5,599       4,277       4,472  

Other income, net

     117       185       161       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     5,186       5,189       3,981       2,167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     2,275       53,936       40,226       50,619  

Income tax expense

     (586 )      (5,104 )      (942 )      (4,029 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,689       48,832       39,284       46,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

        

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

     955       (121 )      37       242  

Unrealized foreign currency translation loss

     (88 )      (199 )      (110 )      (262 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     867       (320 )      (73 )      (20 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income

   $ 2,556     $ 48,512     $ 39,211     $ 46,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data:

        

Basic net income per share(2)

   $ 0.11     $ 3.05     $ 2.46     $ 2.83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share(2)

   $ 0.03     $ 0.85     $ 0.69     $ 0.80  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic net income per share(2)

     15,926       16,007       15,999       16,453  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing diluted net income per share(2)

     54,723       57,600       57,305       58,593  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic (unaudited)(3)

       0.15         (1.88 ) 
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic (unaudited)(3)

       55,430         57,714  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share, diluted (unaudited)(3)

       0.14         (1.88 ) 
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share, diluted (unaudited)(3)

       59,013         57,714  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents
 
(1)

Amounts include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2023      2024      2024      2025  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 507      $ 687      $ 390      $ 2,043  

General and administrative

     2,003        1,654        1,266        5,905  

Technology

     1,097        825        613        2,616  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 3,607      $ 3,166      $ 2,269      $ 10,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)

See Notes 2 and 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the method used to calculate our basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

(3)

Pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2024 and nine months ended September 30, 2025 have been computed to give effect to the conversion of outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and the RSU Net Settlement and related stock-based compensation expense.

The following table sets forth the computation of the pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (unaudited, except for the year ended December 31, 2024):

 

     Year Ended     Nine Months Ended  
     December 31, 2024     September 30, 2025  
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Numerator:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 48,832     $ 46,590  

Stock-based compensation expense (RSUs)

     (40,682 )      (155,296 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss), basic and diluted

     8,150       (108,706 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator (basic):

    

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income per share

     16,007       16,453  

Adjustment for RSU Net Settlement

     1,639       3,477  

Adjustment for redeemable convertible preferred stock conversion

     37,593       37,593  

Adjustment for Warrant Exercise

     32       32  

Adjustment for the Cash Option Exercise

     159       159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share, basic

     55,430       57,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share, basic

   $ 0.15     $ (1.88 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator (diluted):

    

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share, basic

     55,430       57,714  

Dilutive effect of stock options (excluding those subject to the Cash Option Exercise)

     1,134       —   

 

24


Table of Contents
     Year Ended      Nine Months Ended  
     December 31, 2024      September 30, 2025  
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands, except per share
amounts)
 

Dilutive effect of warrants (excluding those subject to the Warrant Exercise)

     110        —   

Dilutive effect of unvested RSUs

     2,339        —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net income per share, diluted

     59,013        57,714  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share, diluted

   $ 0.14      $ (1.88 ) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of September 30, 2025  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents, and investments

   $ 161,191     $ 161,645     $ 205,623  

Working capital(4)

     126,807       85,484       168,065  

Total assets

     488,302       491,587       529,464  

Redeemable convertible Preferred Stock

     403,997       —        —   

Additional paid-in capital

     78,653       623,040       705,620  

Accumulated deficit

     (127,075 )      (305,961 )      (305,961 ) 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (48,918 )      316,587       399,169  
 
(1)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) stock-based compensation expense of $181.7 million related to RSUs subject to the RSU Net Settlement, reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit, as further described in Notes 2 and 13 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, (v) the net issuance of 3,476,573 shares of Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding 2,198,812 shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $41.8 million (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate), (vi) the $41.8 million increase in liabilities and corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital resulting from the share withholding for the tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement, (vii) the Warrant Exercise, (viii) the exercise of stock options for 158,832 shares of Class A common stock by certain selling stockholders in connection with the Cash Option Exercise, reflected as a $0.5 million increase in cash and cash equivalents and a corresponding increase in common stock and paid-in capital, and (ix) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur upon the closing of this offering.

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the items described in footnote (1) above, (ii) our receipt of $85.8 million estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (which offering expenses exclude $3.2 million of deferred offering costs that have been previously paid as of September 30, 2025 but include $2.9 million of deferred offering costs

 

25


Table of Contents
  accrued and unpaid as of September 30, 2025); (iii) the elimination of $6.1 million of deferred offering costs of which $3.2 million have been paid as of September 30, 2025 and $2.9 million were accrued and unpaid as of September 30, 2025 reflected as a decrease in assets and additional paid-in capital of $6.1 million; and (iv) the use of net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash and cash equivalents, if necessary, to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement described in footnote (1) above.
(3)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $4.8 million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $17.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share of Class A common stock remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share of $19.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the amount of estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement by $2.2 million. In addition, each 1.0% increase (decrease) in the assumed tax withholding rates would increase (decrease) the amount of estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement by $1.1 million. Pro forma adjustments in the footnotes above and the related information in the balance sheet data are illustrative only and may differ from actual amounts based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, the actual tax withholding rates, as well as the actual amount of RSUs settled in connection with this offering.

(4)

Working capital is defined as total current assets less total current liabilities and is unaudited.

 

26


Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures, among others, to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our performance, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures” included elsewhere in this prospectus for our definitions of these metrics.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
     (in thousands)  
        

Total Activated Policies

     72       128       89       144  

Average Revenue Per Unit

   $   2.2     $   2.0         2.1         1.9  
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in millions, except percentages)  
        

Gross Profit

     154       248       183       273  

Gross Margin

     96 %      97 %      97 %      98 % 

Contribution Profit(1)

     51       105       76       115  

Contribution Margin(1)

     32 %      41 %      40 %      41 % 

Net Income

     2       49       39       47  

Net Income Margin

     1 %      19 %      21 %      17 % 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     7       58       43       63  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(1)

     4 %      23 %      23 %      23 % 
 
(1)

Contribution Profit, Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. For more information regarding our use of Contribution Profit, Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and a reconciliation of Contribution Profit to Gross Profit, Contribution Margin to Gross Margin, Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to Net Income Margin, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

27


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. Any of the following risks could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, or prospects and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which could cause you to lose part or all of your investment. Our business, financial condition, operating results, or prospects could also be harmed by risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses, and while we have recently achieved profitability, we may not sustain it in the future.

We have historically incurred net losses since our inception in 2016 and only recently achieved profitability in the year ended December 31, 2023. There is no guarantee that we will maintain profitability as we continue to invest in our business. We expect to make significant investments to further develop and expand our business. In particular, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on marketing and advertising as part of our strategy to increase the number of new policies activated on our platform and expand our agency relationships, carrier relationships, and product offerings. We also expect to expend financial and other resources on research and development to further enhance our technology platform and underwriting capabilities. The timing and magnitude of revenue growth from activating new policies may not align with the period in which we incur operating expenses. This timing difference may result in expenses exceeding revenue in certain periods, impacting margins, profitability, and cash flow. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. If we fail to increase revenue on the timeline that we expect or in an amount sufficient to offset these costs, we may not be able to sustain profitability. Moreover, if our revenue declines, we may be unable to reduce costs in a timely manner as many of our costs are fixed, at least in the short term. In addition, if we reduce variable costs to respond to losses, such as costs associated with marketing activities, this may negatively impact the number of policies activated, as well as agent sales through our platform.

In addition, following the closing of this offering, the stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs will result in significant increases in our expenses in future periods, which may negatively impact our ability to maintain profitability. In particular, in the quarter in which this offering is completed, we will recognize approximately $178.9 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with the satisfaction of the liquidity event-based condition for certain outstanding RSUs, for which the service-based conditions have been fully or partially satisfied prior to the closing of this offering, which will also negatively impact our cash flow for that quarter.

While we have demonstrated the ability to reach profitability, we may not maintain it in the future, and we may continue to incur significant losses.

We have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, scope, and complexity, which makes it difficult to plan for future operations and growth initiatives and predict future results.

We have limited experience operating our business at its current scale, scope, and complexity, particularly given the recent growth in our carrier and agency relationships. Our limited history and

 

28


Table of Contents

experience operating our current business may negatively impact our ability to accurately predict our future results and plan strategic investments and initiatives to further expand our business and offerings, including to support agencies and carriers with whom we work, certain of which may require changes to our liquidity strategy and cash flow management, as well as to maintain or improve efficiency in our operations and costs. For example, changes in observed persistency from unexpected termination trends have in the past resulted in and could in the future result in similar changes to persistency estimates, leading to in-period adjustments to our revenue as such changes are applied to previously activated policies and impact on revenue recognized for newly activated policies. Several factors have resulted in, and may in the future result in, such fluctuations in our persistency estimates, including when we begin working with new carriers or introduce new products, as we have limited historical data on policy terminations and resulting persistency in such cases to help inform our persistency estimates. Further, as we continue to scale our platform and increase the total number of activated policies at any given time, we may experience larger and more frequent in-period adjustments to revenue in respect of previously activated policies as well as greater variation in persistency estimates for newly activated policies, as a larger number of activated policies contribute to and impact observed persistency as well as persistency estimates. We also have limited experience with the post-issue audit and termination practices with new carriers. Policies and practices relating to carrier implementation of the results of our post-issue audits, and ensuing policy terminations by carriers, can differ across carriers or for the same carrier across periods for various factors that are outside of our control and over which we have limited to no visibility. If these carrier actions following our post-issue audits are delayed for any reason, or if carriers do not implement our recommendations as we expect, we have at times experienced and in the future may experience an outsized amount of policy terminations concentrated in certain periods when such carriers address their backlog of policy audits, impacting persistency and persistency estimates for the relevant periods and resulting in fluctuations in revenue growth. These dynamics have negatively impacted and may in the future negatively impact our ability to accurately predict future revenue and cash flows and may in future periods result in unexpected differences between actual results compared to our forecasts.

We also have limited experience with our third-party channel, which is becoming an increasingly significant portion of our total revenue and growth strategy. In particular, as we expand our agency relationships, we have faced and may continue to face increased pressure to offer higher agent compensation or incentives, which could harm our margins and profitability even if agent engagement on our platform is sustained or grows.

You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by growing companies in rapidly evolving markets, in particular, markets that are or could be materially impacted by macroeconomic uncertainty such as the life insurance industry. If our assumptions regarding the risks and uncertainties that we consider in planning and operating our business are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks and uncertainties successfully, including due to the lack of historical data from and experience in operating our business at its current scale and scope of offerings, our results of operations could differ materially from our expectations, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to manage our growth effectively.

While we have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, we may be unable to manage our growth successfully, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth. The scalability and extensibility of our platform and our overall growth depends on the functionality of our technology and network infrastructure and its ability to handle increased traffic and demand for bandwidth, particularly as we expand our product offerings and agency relationships. The growth in consumers, agents, and carriers using our platform and the insurance product sales processed through our platform have increased the amount of data and requests that we process. Any problems with the

 

29


Table of Contents

transmission of increased data and requests could result in harm to our brand or reputation. Moreover, as our business grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our operational infrastructure and continuing to enhance its scalability in order to maintain the performance of our platform.

If we are unable to scale our support and operational processes effectively, the quality of the experience for consumers, agents, and agencies could suffer. This may negatively impact agent engagement and retention as well as our relationships with carriers and agencies, conversion rates, and consumer satisfaction.

As we expand our business, we may also face integration challenges as well as potential unknown liabilities and reputational concerns in connection with third-party agencies or carriers we work with, including challenges, liabilities, and concerns that may impact and cause fluctuations in our financial results. For example, when working with new carriers or new products with existing carriers, our limited historical experience and data may result in more frequent changes to persistency and resulting persistency estimates, which can result in more frequent adjustments to revenue in future periods. We intend to further expand our overall business but our revenue may not continue to grow. As part of that expansion, we expect to grow our team across various functions, which will increase our costs and the complexity of our operations and place additional demands on our management, systems, and infrastructure. If we are unable to manage operational and integration challenges, or suffer unknown liabilities and reputational damage, our business may be adversely affected.

As we grow, we will be required to continue to improve our financial controls and procedures, and we may not be able to do so effectively. For example risk of compliance failures may increase if our internal controls and systems do not keep pace with evolving regulatory requirements or increased transaction volumes. In addition, as the volume of personal and sensitive data we process increases, so does the importance of maintaining robust data privacy and security protections. We have been the subject of, and may in the future be exposed to, regulatory investigations and actions, which may result in reputational harm and a loss of trust among our consumers and counterparties.

Revenue we earn on the sale of insurance products is based on premiums set by carriers, and any meaningful change in these premiums, or any decrease in commission rates that we negotiate with our carriers based on such premiums, or actions by carriers seeking repayment of commissions, could adversely impact our revenue.

We derive revenue from commissions on the sale of insurance products that are paid by the carriers from whom our consumers purchase insurance. We negotiate commission rates with our carriers, which are a percentage of premiums that the carriers charge our consumers. Premiums vary by insurance product provided by carriers, and we do not set the insurance premiums on which our commissions are based. Our consumers’ eligibility for insurance products, as determined through our underwriting processes, impacts the selection of products available to consumers, and as a result, the product mix sold on our platform and for which we receive commissions. Average premiums and underwriting criteria may still change significantly in response to shifts in interest rates, mortality trends, other market or regulatory developments and macroeconomic conditions, as well as carrier pricing strategies. In addition, capacity could be reduced by carriers failing or withdrawing from writing certain coverages that we offer our consumers. Commission rates and premiums can change based on prevailing legislative, economic, and competitive factors that affect carriers. These factors, which are not within our control, include the capacity of carriers to place new business, underwriting and non-underwriting profits of carriers, consumer demand for insurance products, the availability of comparable products from other carriers at a lower cost, and the availability of alternative insurance products to consumers. Because we cannot predict or control these factors, our revenue, margins, and profitability may be volatile. These changes could reduce the volume of policies sold through our platform or our third-party channel and impact our ability to generate revenue.

 

30


Table of Contents

As carriers continue to refine their distribution strategies, they may seek to further minimize their expenses by reducing the commission rates payable to insurance agents, brokers, or platforms like ours. The reduction of these commission rates, along with fluctuations in life insurance premiums, may significantly affect our revenue growth, margins, and profitability. Because we do not determine the timing or extent of premium pricing changes, it may be difficult to precisely forecast changes in our revenue. As a result, we may have to adjust our budgets for future operational and capital expenditures and other expenditures to account for unexpected changes in revenue, and any changes in premium rates or reduction in commission rates may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Under certain of our carrier contracts, upon certain policy terminations, we are obligated to repay to our carriers or their affiliates all or a portion of the commissions received. Larger or more frequent than expected policy terminations result in changes to persistency and our persistency estimates, which may lead to adjustments to revenue in future periods. Reductions in revenue in such circumstances could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition and decrease predictability and comparability across periods. In particular, when implementation of our post-issue audit results are delayed by carriers, the resulting terminations, if any, and related adjustments to our revenue will also be delayed and may not have been accounted for in our estimates of future performance. This dynamic negatively impacts the comparability of our results of operations across periods and may negatively impact investor perception of our financial performance. Additionally, upon the termination of policies sold through agents, we may not be able to fully or promptly recoup agent payments owed to us from the applicable agency or agent. This could negatively impact our cash flows and financial results and could adversely impact our ability to budget for future expenditures, particularly if we are also obligated to repay carriers’ commissions received upon any such policy terminations.

Our business may be harmed if we lose relationships with carriers, fail to maintain good relationships with carriers, become even more dependent upon a limited number of carriers or fail to develop new carrier relationships.

We enter into contractual producer and third-party administration relationships with carriers that are sometimes unique to Ethos but are generally non-exclusive and terminable on notice by either party for any reason. In many cases, carriers also have the ability to amend the terms of our agreements on short notice. Carriers may be unwilling to allow us to sell their existing or new insurance products or may amend our agreements with them, for a variety of reasons, including for competitive or regulatory reasons or because of a reluctance to distribute their products through our platform. In particular, if we experience greater terminations of policies, including due to broader industry, economic, or mortality trends, our carriers may seek to restructure or renegotiate their contractual terms with us, including reductions in commission rates, or may determine to leave our platform altogether, which has occurred in the past and may occur again in the future. Any such restructurings, renegotiations, or departures may also harm our reputation, making it more difficult to secure future carrier relationships on favorable terms or at all. Carriers may also cease offering certain products that comprise a higher volume of our historical activated policies for various reasons, including due to such products’ actual or expected future return on investment for such carriers, which would harm our business, growth, and results of operations. Carriers may decide to rely on their own internal distribution channels, choose to exclude us from their most profitable or popular products, or decide not to distribute insurance products in individual markets in certain geographies or altogether. The termination or amendment of our relationship with a carrier could reduce the variety of insurance products we offer, which could negatively impact our revenue growth and also our relationships with agencies and engagement of their agents on our platform. Our ability to grow our business could also be harmed if we fail to develop new carrier relationships.

In addition, we have a significant amount of receivables from carriers for policies placed through our platform. If those carriers were to experience liquidity problems or other financial difficulties, we

 

31


Table of Contents

could encounter delays or defaults in payments owed to us, which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The potential for an insurer to cease writing insurance offered through our platform could negatively impact overall capacity in the industry, which in turn could reduce placement of certain lines of insurance and reduce revenue and profitability for us. Questions about a carrier’s perceived stability or financial strength may contribute to such insurer’s strategic decisions to focus on certain lines of insurance to the detriment of others. The failure of a carrier with which we place insurance could result in errors and omissions, or E&O, claims against us by our consumers, and the failure of our carriers could make the E&O insurance we rely upon cost prohibitive or unavailable, which could have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if any carrier merges or if one of our large carriers fails or withdraws from offering certain lines of insurance, the insurance industry’s overall risk-taking capital capacity could be negatively affected, which could reduce our ability to place certain lines of insurance and, as a result, reduce our commissions and fees and profitability. Such failures or insurance withdrawals on the part of our carriers could occur for any number of reasons, including large, unexpected payouts resulting from a pandemic, elevated mortality rates, or other public health events. Any of these events could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of carriers, and if we are unable to maintain these relationships or diversify the carriers with whom we work, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

While we continue to expand our carrier relationships, a significant portion of our policy volume is attributable to a limited number of carriers. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, our top three carrier relationships, which are Ameritas, Banner Life (formerly Legal & General America), and TruStage, represented approximately 98% and 98%, respectively, of our total revenue. As our business and the insurance industry evolve, it may become necessary for us to offer insurance products from a reduced number of carriers or to derive a greater portion of our revenue from a more concentrated number of carriers as our business and the insurance industry evolve. Should our dependence on a smaller number of carriers increase, whether as a result of the termination of carrier relationships, carrier consolidation or otherwise, we may become more vulnerable to adverse changes in our relationships with our carriers, particularly in states where we offer insurance products from a relatively small number of carriers or where a small number of carriers dominate the market. The termination, amendment or consolidation of our relationship with carriers could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on a limited number of agency counterparties, and if we are unsuccessful in maintaining relationships with these and new agencies and their ultimate owners, our results of operations will be harmed.

In addition to our DTC channel, we rely on our third-party channel, consisting primarily of contractual relationships with independent agents and agencies, to generate a significant and growing portion of our revenue. Our revenue from sales of policies on our platform through our third-party channel is driven by a limited number of agencies. In each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, approximately 17% and 25%, respectively, of our revenue was generated through three of our most significant agency relationships. We anticipate that we will continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from sales of policies on our platform through agents from a limited number of agencies for the foreseeable future, and in some cases, the portion of our revenue attributable to certain agencies may increase in the future. We may not be able to maintain or increase revenue associated with such agencies for a variety of reasons, including if the agencies or affiliated agents no longer perceive our platform to be accretive to or cost-effective for activating new policies, or agents determine that alternative platforms, other methods of selling policies or products not offered by us are preferable. Our contractual arrangements with agencies have no minimum term or engagement

 

32


Table of Contents

commitments. As a result, the agencies with whom we work may disengage from or abandon use of our platform or services at any time at their discretion. We have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience, decreases or gaps in agent engagement with our platform, including as directed by agencies, for various reasons, whether related to or unrelated to Ethos or our platform or products.

These agencies facilitate our access to a broader consumer base, including those who prefer purchasing insurance through traditional advisory channels. If we are unable to attract, retain, or maintain productive relationships within this channel, or if agents choose to offer competing products instead of or in addition to ours, our revenue and growth could be adversely affected. Additionally, regulatory changes, shifts in consumer behavior, shifts in demand for particular product offerings, or increased competition from other similar platforms could further impact our ability to sustain these partnerships and maintain our revenue growth.

In recent years, private equity sponsors have acquired numerous independent insurance agencies, including certain of our current agency counterparties. This consolidation may continue or accelerate in the future, resulting in fewer independent agencies and more agencies under common ownership. In addition, while we maintain distinct contractual relationships with agencies, certain agencies are or may in the future be consolidated under common control. As a result, the ultimate control parties may seek to restructure or renegotiate the agencies’ contractual terms with us, including to shift contractual relationships to control parties, to modify the terms of their liabilities or make other changes, which has happened recently and may happen in the future. Failure by us to maintain a positive relationship with the ultimate control parties for these agencies may result in termination of our commercial relationships with these parties and affiliated agencies or the restructuring of the commercial relationships in a manner unfavorable to us. Further, we may experience loss of engagement from agents at such agencies or disengagement by such agencies from our platform. This shift towards consolidation could impact our ability to initiate new or maintain existing agency relationships, as has happened in the past and may occur in the future, and could also heighten the risks relating to agency and affiliated agent engagement with our platform described above.

We incur marketing and incentive expenses when onboarding a new agency or engaging with agents at an agency with whom we already work. The effectiveness of such marketing and incentive efforts, and as a result, their return on investment, may not materialize or be known for several quarters due to the time it takes for new agents to be fully ramped up on our platform. In addition, our agencies may seek to exert leverage to negotiate for higher compensation, which, if granted, could negatively affect our margins.

Maintaining and growing our agency relationships generally require us to continually improve our platform, which may involve significant technological and design challenges, and agencies have placed and are expected to continue to place considerable pressure on us to improve. Accordingly, we expect to devote a substantial amount of our resources to our agency relationships, which could detract from or delay other strategic initiatives. Moreover, it is possible that agencies with whom we work may develop their own infrastructure that may compete with our services or partner with a competitor’s infrastructure. If we are unable to retain these key relationships or if agencies reduce their activity on our platform, our revenue would be adversely impacted and our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

Our success depends on individual agent adoption and engagement, and if agents do not engage with or adopt our platform, our results of operations will be harmed.

Our success depends on individual agent engagement. Agent-level adoption of our platform is not guaranteed and may vary significantly across agencies. If agents are slow to adopt our platform, choose to deprioritize it, or lack sufficient support or training, the anticipated benefits of a given agency or agent relationship may not materialize. Agent acceptance of our platform also depends on its

 

33


Table of Contents

perceived quality, effectiveness, and useability compared to alternative selling methods. Moreover, agent behavior can be affected by factors beyond our control, such as changes in agency compensation structures, internal agency incentives, or technical issues that disrupt agent workflows or compensation accuracy, which factors may be influenced or directed by agencies as part of their own competitive strategies. These dynamics have in the past, and may in the future, reduce agents’ platform engagement and impact the volume of policies sold.

Some of the agents that activate policies using our platform, or provide additional services on our platform, may have relationships with or influence over our consumers, and therefore we risk the loss of such consumers if agents choose not to engage with our platform or prioritize our products.

Our business depends in part on third-party data, technology, and infrastructure providers and failure to maintain these relationships or changes in their services could adversely affect our operations, revenue, and growth.

We anticipate that the growth of our business will continue to depend on third-party relationships, including key technology and service providers that support our platform, such as payment processors. We rely on third-party technology and infrastructure providers to support key aspects of our business, including cloud hosting, data processing, application performance, and core platform functionality. Many of these providers operate on a non-exclusive basis and may also support our competitors or offer competing services, which could impact our ability to differentiate or maintain performance. Identifying, negotiating, and documenting relationships with third parties requires significant time and resources as does integrating third-party content and technology into our platform and operations.

We also rely on certain third-party data sources to support policyholder underwriting and decision-making through our platform. These sources include credit-based insurance scores, driving records, prescription data, medical records, and other consumer information provided by unaffiliated vendors, and, in some cases, analysis and interpretation of such data. Third-party vendors of such information include, among others, Milliman, TransUnion and MIB Group. Access to this data is important to the speed, accuracy, and overall functionality of our platform. Before we obtain any such third-party data, consumers provide the necessary authorizations and consents directly through our platform, and we share underwriting data with carriers to the extent permitted by those authorizations. While we believe our platform is designed to obtain all relevant and necessary authorizations and consents before third-party data about consumers is obtained and shared, including with carriers, any challenges to or litigation or investigations regarding these processes could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management and may harm our business and results of operations. If we lose access to any of these data sources, including any analytics thereof, experience disruptions in availability, or encounter changes in pricing, usage terms, or regulatory constraints affecting access to or use of such data (or any analytics thereof), our ability to support underwriting could be impaired. In addition, if these vendors degrade service quality or if these data sources fail to meet evolving technical or compliance standards, or fail to meet standards of accuracy and acceptable ranges of mortality predictiveness of our present and future carrier partners, it could result in delays or friction in the application process for consumers and agents, and limit the ability of carriers to efficiently evaluate risk. Because our underwriting model does not involve traditional medical exams or laboratory testing, we rely on these alternative data sources to evaluate risk. While we believe these data sources are sufficient to support accurate and efficient underwriting, they may not provide the same depth or type of medical information as traditional processes. As a result, our ability to support certain products, including those that require more comprehensive medical evaluation, may be limited, and some carriers may be unwilling to underwrite policies using our approach. While we have not experienced limitations on the number of carriers that our platform’s decision-making can handle, we may encounter difficulties or challenges with our decision-making processes and capabilities, including due to factors impacting our third-party vendors that may be outside of our control, that impede our ability to satisfy

 

34


Table of Contents

our carriers’ underwriting standards and conditions and harm our reputation, business, and results of operations. Further, any of these developments could reduce the effectiveness of our platform, diminish adoption or satisfaction among carriers, agents, and applicants, and adversely affect our business and operating results. In addition, third-party service providers may not perform as expected under our agreements, and we or our carriers may in the future have disagreements or disputes with such providers, while our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to carriers to favor their products or services on competitors’ platforms or to prevent or reduce sales made through our platform. If we lose access to products from a particular carrier, or experience a significant disruption in the supply of products from a current carrier, especially a carrier offering a unique or popular insurance product, our business and operating results could be harmed.

In addition, changes in the availability, cost, permitted use, or quality of certain third-party underwriting data could disrupt our business operations and harm our business, growth, and results of operations. For example, if any laws or regulations were to prohibit the use of financial underwriting scores based on concerns of discriminatory impact, we could lose the ability to support rapid underwriting, which would negatively impact our consumer experience, conversion rates, revenue, and operating margins. Similarly, if providers of prescription and medical claims intelligence were to discontinue or limit their data offerings, and we were required to rely on raw data inputs, we would need to rapidly adapt our underwriting processes, which we are not currently equipped to do. Any of these developments could impair the functionality and competitiveness of our platform and negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is subject to risks related to disputes, legal proceedings, and governmental inquiries.

We are subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, and claims arising in the normal course of our business operations. The risks associated with these matters often are difficult to assess or quantify and the existence and magnitude of potential claims often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. While we have insurance coverage for some of these potential claims, others may be subject to certain exclusions under our policy and/or not be otherwise covered by insurance, insurers may dispute coverage, or any ultimate liabilities may exceed our coverage limits.

We may be subject to actions and claims relating to the sale of insurance. Actions and claims may result in the rescission of such sales and consequently, carriers may seek to recoup commissions paid to us, which may lead to legal action against us. The outcome of such actions cannot be predicted, and such claims or actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous laws and regulations and may be subject to regulatory investigations from time to time. The insurance industry has been subject to a significant level of scrutiny by various regulatory bodies, including state attorneys general and insurance departments, concerning certain practices within the insurance industry. These practices include the marketing and sale of life insurance policies, denials of coverage, the suitability of insurance products and services, the use, handling, and disclosure of consumer information (including personal information), lead generation and data sharing and sales, and the handling of commissions and agent compensation. From time to time, we have received informational requests from governmental authorities and have been and may in the future be subject to investigations and enforcement actions, including lawsuits, injunctions, damages, and criminal and civil penalties related to disclosures of personal information, including certain types of sensitive health information.

These same laws sometimes also provide individuals with private rights of action. Therefore, in addition to regulatory investigations and actions, the insurance industry has been subject to consumer

 

35


Table of Contents

lawsuits, including class actions, brought under insurance and state and federal consumer protection laws.

There have been a number of revisions to existing, or proposals to modify or enact new laws and regulations regarding insurance agents, brokers, and distribution platforms. These actions have imposed or could impose additional obligations on us with respect to products sold on our platform.

We cannot predict the impact that any new laws, rules, or regulations may have on our business and financial results, and we may become subject to governmental inquiries, subpoenas, or lawsuits. Regulators may raise issues during investigations, examinations, or audits that could, if determined adversely, have a material impact on us. The interpretations of regulations by regulators may change and statutes may be enacted with retroactive impact. We could also be materially adversely affected by any new industry-wide regulations or practices that may result from these proceedings.

Our involvement in investigations and lawsuits have caused and may in the future cause us to incur additional legal and other costs, including fines and damages, some of which may be material in amount. Regardless of final costs, these matters could have a material adverse effect on us by exposing us to negative publicity, reputational damage, harm to consumer relationships, or diversion of personnel and management resources.

Our business strategy depends in part on expanding our third-party channel, which includes independent agencies and the agents who sell insurance products through our platform. Our third-party channel also increases our exposure to regulatory and compliance risks that we do not directly control. These agencies and agents operate independently and are responsible for their own sales practices, data privacy and security, personnel and compensation policies, and marketing activities. As the volume of activity through agencies and agents increases, so does the potential for noncompliance with applicable laws by such parties, including state insurance regulations, consumer protection laws, data privacy laws, and anti-fraud statutes, and for disputes with other parties, including agents, former agents, other agencies, and carriers, that could involve us or subject us to liability. For example, agents with which we have relationships have in the past, and may in the future, terminate policies issued by carriers we have relationships with and replace them with policies issued by carriers we do not contract with, which is a practice that we prohibit in our contractual arrangements with agencies. Our ability to monitor and influence their conduct is limited, and if any agency or agent fails to comply with applicable laws or engages in conduct that exposes them to liability, we could face reputational harm as well as other negative consequences, including regulatory scrutiny, government investigations, legal liability, or monetary penalties, and could incur significant costs, even if we were not directly involved in the conduct at issue. Any of these outcomes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Competition in our industry is intense, and our inability to compete effectively may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The business of selling insurance products and services is highly competitive and fragmented, and we expect competition to intensify. We compete for consumers on the basis of reputation, customer service, product offerings, and our ability to innovate and tailor products and services to meet the specific needs of a consumer.

We actively compete with a number of companies, including agencies, brokerages, traditional carrier distribution channels, as well as companies with online and platform offerings similar to ours. Competition may reduce the fees that we can obtain for services provided, which would have an adverse effect on revenue and margins. Many of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do and may be able to offer products and services that we do not currently offer and

 

36


Table of Contents

may not offer in the future. As insurance carriers and financial services companies expand their digital distribution strategies, we may face increased competition from larger, well-capitalized entities offering a broader range of products directly to consumers. In addition, a number of carriers are engaged in the direct sale of insurance, primarily to individuals, and do not pay commissions to brokers or other market intermediaries. Furthermore, we compete with various other companies that provide risk-related services or alternatives to traditional insurance services, including other competing start-up companies, which are focused on using technology and innovation, including artificial intelligence, machine learning, and similar tools and technologies, or collectively, AI, digital platforms, data analytics, robotics and blockchain, to simplify and improve the customer experience, increase efficiencies, alter business models, and effect other potentially disruptive changes in the industries in which we operate. We also expect new entrants to offer competitive services and carriers may also seek to build their own solutions, including using advanced tools such as AI, and particularly in markets where development costs are lower. If we cannot compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

In addition, in recent years, private equity sponsors have invested tens of billions of dollars into the insurance sector, transforming existing players and creating new ones to compete with large brokers. These new competitors, alliances among competitors or mergers of competitors could emerge and gain significant market share, and some of our competitors may have or may develop a lower cost structure, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, or provide services that gain greater market acceptance than the services that we offer or develop. Competitors may be able to respond to the need for technological changes and innovate faster, or price their services more aggressively. They may also compete for skilled professionals, finance acquisitions, fund internal growth and compete for market share more effectively than we do. To respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower the cost of our services or decrease the level of service provided to consumers, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Similarly, any increase in competition due to new legislative or industry developments could adversely affect us. These developments include:

 

  •  

increased capital-raising by carriers, which could result in new capital in the industry, which in turn may lead to changes in insurance premiums and commissions;

 

  •  

carriers selling insurance directly to insureds without the involvement of a broker, agent or other intermediary;

 

  •  

changes in our business compensation model as a result of regulatory developments; and

 

  •  

increased competition from new market participants such as banks, accounting firms, consulting firms, and Internet or other technology firms offering risk management or insurance brokerage services, or new distribution channels for insurance such as payroll firms.

New competition as a result of these or other competitive or industry developments could cause the demand for our products and services to decrease, which could in turn adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Cyber attacks, data breaches, security incidents, systems failures, and resulting interruptions in the availability of our websites, mobile applications, platform, or services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

It is critical to our success that consumers, agents, and carriers be able to access our platform at all times. Our systems, or those of third parties upon which we rely, may experience service interruptions or degradation or other performance problems because of data breaches or data security incidents (for additional information on this risk, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to

 

37


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property, Data Privacy, and Security—If our information technology systems or those of third parties with whom we work or our data, are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profits, loss of consumers or sales, and other adverse consequences”), infrastructure changes, human error, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, other natural disasters, power losses, disruptions in telecommunications services, fraud, military or political conflicts, terrorist attacks, or other attempts to infiltrate or harm our systems or platform. It has become increasingly difficult and expensive to maintain and improve the performance of our systems and the availability of our platform, especially during peak usage times, as our operations grow and the usage of our platform increases. Some of our systems are not fully redundant, and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient for all eventualities.

We may experience system failures and other events or conditions that interrupt the availability or reduce or affect the speed or functionality of our platform. These events could result in significant losses of revenue and could harm our brand and reputation. Affected users could seek monetary recourse from us for their losses and such claims, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time-consuming and costly for us to address. In addition, such breaches have in the past required, and may in the future require notification to governmental agencies, the media, or individuals pursuant to various federal and state privacy and security laws and regulations. Further, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. A prolonged interruption in the availability or reduction in the availability, speed, or other functionality of our platform could adversely affect our business and reputation and could result in the loss of consumers. Our business interruption insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our losses that may result from interruptions in our service as a result of system failures, cyber attacks, and similar events.

Our brand awareness and marketing efforts to help grow our business may not be effective.

Promoting awareness of our platform and maintaining and enhancing our reputation is important to our ability to grow our business, and attracting consumers, agents, agencies, and carriers can be costly. We believe that much of the growth in the number of consumers, agents, agencies, and carriers that utilize our platform is attributable to our paid marketing initiatives. Our marketing efforts have included referrals, affiliate programs, partnerships, display advertising, television, billboards, radio, video, social media, email, podcasts, search engine optimization, and keyword search campaigns. Our marketing initiatives may become increasingly expensive, and we may not generate a meaningful return on these initiatives. Even if we increase revenue as a result of our paid marketing efforts, it may not offset the additional marketing expenses we incur. If our marketing efforts to help grow our business are not successful or cost-effective, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The successful promotion of our brand and the market’s awareness of our platform and product offerings will depend on a number of factors, including our marketing efforts, ability to continue to expand our product offerings, and ability to successfully differentiate our platform from competing channels. We expect to invest substantial resources to promote and maintain our brand, but there is no guarantee that our brand development strategies will enhance the recognition of our brand or lead to increased sales. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in promoting and maintaining our brand and reputation. If our efforts to cost-effectively promote and maintain our brand are not successful, our results of operations and our ability to attract and engage consumers, agencies, and agents may be adversely affected. Further, even if our brand recognition and consumer loyalty increase, this may not yield increased revenue for us.

 

38


Table of Contents

Unfavorable publicity regarding our customer service, privacy, data security, data protection practices, and certain agencies with which we have a relationship could also harm our reputation and diminish confidence in, and the use of, our services. Fear of loss of consumers or lack of consumer adoption due to poor service quality or negative customer or shopper reviews or press may make agencies or agents reluctant to remain with us. The same negative network effects could occur as a result of trust and safety or fraud incidents as well as data breaches and other data security incidents. In addition, negative publicity related to agencies or carriers with whom we work may damage our reputation, even if the publicity is not directly related to us. If we fail to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand successfully or to maintain loyalty among consumers, agencies, and carriers, or if we incur substantial expenses in unsuccessful attempts to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand, we may fail to attract or increase the engagement of consumers, agencies, and carriers, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations may suffer.

We expect a number of factors to cause our results of operations and operating cash flows to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which may make it difficult to predict our future performance.

Our results of operations could vary significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year because of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our results of operations on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. In addition to other risk factors discussed in this section, factors that may contribute to the variability of our quarterly and annual results include:

 

  •  

our ability to accurately predict revenue and appropriately plan our expenses;

 

  •  

levels of terminations that result in larger than expected changes in observed persistency and our persistency estimates;

 

  •  

macroeconomic pressures and challenges, including due to inflation, high interest rates, and tariffs;

 

  •  

additions or the loss of new agency and carrier relationships as well as introduction of new products or the loss of existing products on our platform;

 

  •  

growth or diminution in our third-party channel as well as future shifts in revenue contribution between our two channels;

 

  •  

the number of new policies activated;

 

  •  

the timing of the recoupment of agent payments;

 

  •  

the entry into agreements to sell a portion of our commissions receivable;

 

  •  

timing of strategic investments and expenditures;

 

  •  

fluctuations in operating expense as we seek to improve efficiencies, comply with changing regulatory requirements, and expand our business, offerings, and technologies;

 

  •  

changes to financial accounting standards and the interpretation of those standards, which may affect the way we recognize and report our financial results;

 

  •  

the effectiveness of our internal controls;

 

  •  

the impact of future public health threats on our business; and

 

  •  

the seasonality of our business.

The impact of one or more of the foregoing and other factors may cause our results of operations to vary significantly. As such, quarter-to-quarter and year-over-year comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful and should not be unduly relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

39


Table of Contents

Changes in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial position and operating results.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These accounting principles require us to make assumptions, estimates or judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses in our consolidated financial statements. We are required to make certain judgments and estimates that affect the disclosed and recorded amounts of revenue and expenses related to accounting under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 606 Reverse Recognition. For example, persistency estimates may be more variable early in the life cycle of a product or carrier relationship due to lack of relevant historical data to analyze. Lack of historical data as well as experience with post-issue audit practices of new carriers on our platform can result in greater fluctuations in future revenue and cash flows. We periodically evaluate our assumptions, estimates and judgment and conduct persistency assessments with outside advisors on a quarterly basis. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Such assumptions, estimates or judgments, however, are both subjective and could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported and disclosed in our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, changes in accounting standards could increase costs to the organization and could have an adverse impact on our future financial position and results of operations.

Our ability to recoup payments from agents and the timing of those recouped payments may impact our business and operating results.

Upon termination of a policy within certain time periods of activation, we are entitled to recoup all or a portion of agent payments. We have historically experienced and may continue to experience delays in receiving recoupment payments from agents beyond contractually prescribed repayment periods. We have limited means to pursue repayments from individual agents, and actions we take to pursue repayments may be perceived negatively by applicable agencies, which may harm our relationships with such agencies. In addition, if we take, or are perceived to take, punitive action against certain highly productive agents who are delayed in paying recoupment amounts, it could negatively impact our business and results of operations. Delays in recoupment of agent repayments may negatively impact our ability to make commission repayments to carriers upon lapses of policies. Any delays in our commission repayments in connection with policy lapses may harm our reputation and relationship with carriers, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Non-compliance with or changes in laws, regulations or licensing requirements applicable to us could restrict our ability to conduct our business and impact our results of operations and financial condition.

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive regulation. We are subject to regulation and supervision both federally and in each applicable local jurisdiction. In general, these regulations are designed to protect customers, policyholders and insureds, and to protect the integrity of the financial markets, rather than to protect stockholders or creditors. Our ability to conduct business in these jurisdictions depends on our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated by federal regulatory bodies and other regulatory authorities, including requirements to maintain surety bonds in a number of states. Failure to comply with regulatory requirements, or changes in regulatory requirements or interpretations, could result in actions by regulators, potentially leading to fines and penalties, adverse publicity, and damage to our reputation in the marketplace. We may be unable to adapt effectively to any changes in law. Furthermore, in some areas of our businesses, we act on the basis of our own or the industry’s interpretations of applicable laws or regulations, which may conflict from state to state. In the event those interpretations eventually prove different from the interpretations

 

40


Table of Contents

of regulatory authorities, we may be penalized. In extreme cases, revocation of our authority to do business in one or more jurisdictions could result from failure to comply with regulatory requirements. In addition, we could face lawsuits by consumers (including class action lawsuits), insureds, and other parties for alleged violations of certain of these laws and regulations. It is difficult to predict whether changes resulting from new laws and regulations, as well as changes in interpretation of current laws and regulations, will affect the industry or our business and, if so, to what degree.

Insurance agents and their principals who engage in the solicitation, negotiation or sale of insurance, or provide certain other insurance services, generally are required to be licensed individually. Insurance laws and regulations govern whether licensees may share commissions with unlicensed entities and individuals. We believe that any payments we make to third parties are in compliance with applicable laws. However, should any regulatory agency take a contrary position and prevail, we will be required to change the manner in which we pay fees to such agents or principals or require entities receiving such payments to become registered or licensed.

State insurance laws grant supervisory agencies, including state insurance departments, broad administrative authority. State insurance regulators and the National Association of Insurance Commissioners continually review existing laws and regulations, some of which affect our business. These supervisory agencies regulate many aspects of the insurance business, including the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and other insurance intermediaries, the handling of third-party funds held in a fiduciary capacity, and trade practices, such as marketing, advertising and compensation arrangements entered into by insurance brokers and agents. These regulators are also increasingly focused on the use of AI in offering and underwriting consumer products. In addition, because we act as both a producer and a third-party administrator to support policy distribution and provide certain administrative services on behalf of carriers, we are required to maintain various state licenses to operate in these roles. Failure to obtain or maintain these licenses, or to comply with associated regulatory requirements, could impair our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions and adversely affect our business. This legal and regulatory oversight could reduce our profitability or limit our growth by increasing the costs of legal and regulatory compliance and by limiting or restricting the products or services we sell, the markets we serve or enter, the methods by which we sell our products and services, and the form of compensation we can accept from our consumers, carriers, and third parties.

We are also subject to U.S. federal and state laws governing marketing and consumer outreach. For example, certain outreach activities, such as marketing calls or text messages, may be subject to Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, as interpreted and implemented by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC and U.S. courts, as well as similar state telemarketing laws, which regulate how and when such communications may be made and can impose significant restrictions on the use of telephone calls and text messages to residential and mobile telephone numbers as a means of communication when prior consent of the person being contacted has not been obtained. Violations of the TCPA may be enforced by the FCC or by individuals through litigation, as we have experienced in the past, including through costly class actions, of which numerous suits under federal and state laws have been filed in recent years against companies who conduct telemarketing and/or SMS texting programs, resulting in significant judgements or settlement awards to the plaintiffs. Further, any changes to the TCPA, its interpretation, or enforcement that further restricts the way we or our agents contact and communicate with potential consumers or generate leads could harm our business, financial condition, and result of operations. Additionally, CAN-SPAM establishes specific requirements for commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email. Although we have implemented compliance procedures and may rely on enterprise partners or vendors to manage these activities, we may still face, and have faced, regulatory scrutiny or claims regarding actual or perceived violations of these laws. Our uses of certain personal or health information for marketing and other purposes may also be restricted by federal and state laws and regulations. In addition, because we facilitate financial transactions in connection with the sale and servicing of insurance policies, and collect personal and financial data from applicants, we

 

41


Table of Contents

are subject to certain anti-money laundering and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including those administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in significant penalties, regulatory investigations, reputational harm, or limitations on our ability to operate.

Additionally, federal, state, and other regulatory authorities have focused on, and continue to devote substantial attention to, the insurance industry as well as to the sale of products or services to seniors. Regulatory review or the issuance of interpretations of existing laws and regulations may result in the enactment of new laws and regulations that could adversely affect our operations or our ability to conduct business profitably. In addition, the growth of our product mix to include more complex or variable products further exposes us to risk and regulatory scrutiny of the sale of such products to seniors. For example, our platform now includes wills and estate planning services, which may subject us to additional legal and regulatory requirements, including those relating to the unauthorized practice of law, state-specific documentation standards, and marketing to seniors. We are unable to predict whether any such laws or regulations will be enacted and to what extent such laws and regulations would affect our business.

Fluctuations or an overall decline in economic activity, or any adverse trends in the life insurance industry, could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of our business.

Macroeconomic challenges, including adverse conditions resulting from uncertainty concerning tariffs, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, increased rates of inflation, high interest rates, government shutdowns, debt ceilings or funding, and public health emergencies can and have affected the life insurance industry. Life insurance trends have historically been impacted by changes in interest rates, employment levels, and median household income. The current macroeconomic environment, characterized by elevated interest rates and heightened consumer price sensitivity, has impacted and may continue to impact the insurance industry, including by contributing to fluctuations in policy demand and pricing behavior across the industry. Downward fluctuations in the year-over-year insurance premiums charged by insurers to protect against the same risk could adversely affect our commission rates and our revenue growth and margins. Shifts in life insurance trends resulting from macroeconomic uncertainty or changes in mortality rates also harm our ability to accurately predict our business trends as well as our persistency assumptions, which can cause fluctuations in revenue and cash flow in future periods, including from policy cancellations. Insolvencies and consolidations associated with an economic downturn, especially insolvencies in the insurance industry, could adversely affect our business through the reduction in activity of or loss of carriers or agencies as well as a slowdown in the life insurance market. Also, some of our consumers or some agencies may experience liquidity problems or other financial difficulties in the event of a prolonged deterioration in macroeconomic conditions or a recession, which could result in our consumers becoming more price-sensitive to life insurance products and may reduce our ability to or impact the rate at which we recover the portion of agent payments due back to us from terminations. Shifts in consumer demand for product offerings away from those that we or our carriers offer may also negatively impact our revenue growth and margins. For all these reasons, a decline in economic activity could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our personnel, offices, and technology infrastructure against damage from business continuity events that could have a significant disruptive effect on our operations. Should we or our critical third-party service providers experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, hurricane, terrorist

 

42


Table of Contents

attack, pandemic, protest or riot, security breach, cyberattack or other similar incident, power loss, telecommunications failure, or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of personnel, office facilities, and the proper functioning of computer, telecommunication, and other related systems and operations. In events like these, while our operational size, the multiple locations from which we operate, our hybrid work model, and our existing backup systems provide us with some degree of flexibility, we still can experience near-term operational challenges in particular areas of our operations. We could potentially lose key executives, personnel, consumer data or experience material adverse interruptions to our operations or delivery of services to consumers in a disaster recovery scenario. We may experience additional disruption due to system upgrades, outages or an increase in remote work. Our inability to successfully recover, should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged consumer relationships, or legal liability. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

If we are unable to apply technology effectively in driving value for our consumers through technology-based solutions or gain internal efficiencies and effective internal controls through the application of technology and related tools, our operating results, consumer relationships, growth, and compliance programs could be adversely affected.

Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and respond effectively to the threat of, and the opportunity presented by, digital disruption and other technology changes. These may include new applications or insurance-related services based on AI or machine learning technologies. We may be exposed to competitive risks related to the adoption and application of new technologies by established market participants (for example, through disintermediation) or new entrants such as technology companies, Insurtech start-up companies, and others. We must also develop and implement technology solutions and technical expertise among our employees that anticipate and keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry standards, customer preferences and internal control standards. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely and cost-effective basis, and our ideas may not be accepted in the marketplace. Additionally, the effort to gain technological expertise and develop new technologies in our business requires us to incur significant expenses. Our technological development projects may also not deliver the benefits we expect once they are completed or may be replaced or become obsolete more quickly than expected, which could result in the accelerated recognition of expenses. If we cannot offer new technologies as quickly as our competitors, or if our competitors develop more cost-effective technologies or product offerings, we could experience a material adverse effect on our operating results, consumer relationships, growth, and compliance programs.

If we do not continue to innovate and further develop our platform, our platform developments do not perform, we do not successfully manage our platform strategy, or we are not able to keep pace with technological developments, we may not remain competitive and our business and results of operations could suffer.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continue to innovate and further develop our platform. To remain competitive, we must continuously enhance and improve the functionality and features of our platform, including our website and mobile application and the suite of agent and other customer services that we offer through our platform. To compete effectively, we must also provide a convenient, efficient, and reliable customer experience on our platform, and we may be unable to effectively address customer needs or identify emerging customer trends.

 

43


Table of Contents

In addition, any new features or functionalities for our platform that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain errors or defects, or may not achieve broad market acceptance. Agents may delay adoption and use of new features or functionalities and compare them against potentially competitive products in the market. Further, we may make changes to our platform and platform strategy that consumers, agents, or carriers do not find useful, and we may discontinue certain features or functionalities that our consumers or agents have otherwise enjoyed. Failure to effectively manage our platform and platform strategy could lead to consumer, agent or carrier dissatisfaction, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. If existing and new consumers do not perceive the services provided by agents that utilize our platform or the products offered by carriers on our platform to be reliable, competitive, and affordable, or if we fail to offer new and relevant features and functionalities on our platform, we may not be able to attract consumers or to increase the number of policies activated on our platform, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, if competitors introduce new features, offerings, or technologies, or if new industry standards and practices or customer trends emerge, our existing technology, services, websites, and mobile application may become less popular or obsolete. In the event that our competitors’ technology is, or is perceived to be, superior to our or our partners’ technology, they may be able to leverage such technology to compete more effectively with us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our future success could depend in large part on our ability to invest in, develop, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices in a cost-effective and timely manner.

Our inability to retain or hire qualified employees, as well as the loss of any of our executive officers, could negatively impact our ability to retain existing business and generate new business.

Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain skilled and experienced personnel. There is significant competition from within the insurance industry and from businesses outside the industry for exceptional employees, especially in key positions. Our competitors may be able to offer a work environment with higher compensation or more opportunities than we can. Any new personnel we hire may not be or become as productive as we expect, as we may face challenges adequately or appropriately integrating them into our workforce culture. Our effort to retain and develop personnel may also result in significant additional expenses, which could adversely affect our profitability. If we are unable to successfully attract, retain, and motivate our employees, whether as a result of an insufficient number of qualified applicants, difficulty in recruiting new employees, or inadequate resources to train, integrate, and retain qualified employees, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and reputation could be materially and adversely affected.

If any of our key professionals were to join an existing competitor or form a competing company, some of our carriers, agency counterparties, and consumers could choose to use the services of that competitor instead of our services.

In addition, we could be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our senior management, including our founders, executives, and key personnel. We currently do not maintain key person insurance on these individuals. Although we operate with a decentralized management system, the loss of our senior management or other key personnel in any circumstance, including any limitation on the performance of their duties or short- or long-term absence as a result of an acute illness, or our inability to continue to identify, recruit, and retain such personnel, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we have employment contracts with members of senior management, as well as our key employees, they may terminate employment without notice and without cause or good reason. The members of our

 

44


Table of Contents

senior management are not subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain members of senior management could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

Any failure to offer high-quality support for our platform may harm our relationships with consumers, agents, and carriers and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our ability to attract and retain consumers, agents, and carriers is dependent in part on our ability to provide high-quality support for our platform. Consumers, agents, agencies, and carriers depend on our support organization to resolve any issues relating to our platform. If we are unable to resolve issues in a timely and effective manner, whether raised by prospective or existing policyholders, or by agents and agencies, those users may lose trust in our platform, disengage from our offerings, or shift their business elsewhere. This could result in lower policy volume, reputational harm, and reduced commission revenue. As we continue to grow our business and expand our offerings, we will face challenges related to providing high-quality platform support services at scale. Any failure to maintain high-quality support for our platform, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to scale our platform and business, our financial condition, and results of operations.

We use third-party cloud service providers to deliver our platform services. Any disruption of services from our cloud service providers could harm our business.

We currently manage our platform services and serve all of our consumers through third-party cloud computing services, such as Amazon Web Services. If, for any reason, we are required to migrate our computing to other cloud service providers, such a transition could require significant time and expense and our business could be adversely impacted.

Our third-party cloud service providers do not guarantee that access to our platform will be uninterrupted or error-free. Any damage to, or failure of, our providers’ systems could result in interruptions to our platform. Interruptions in our services would reduce our revenue, subject us to potential liability and adversely affect our ability to retain our consumers or attract new consumers and would also impact our relationships with carriers and agents using our platform. The performance, reliability, and availability of our platform is critical to our reputation and our ability to attract and retain consumers, agents, and carriers with whom we have a direct relationship. If service interruptions occur, consumers, agents, or carriers could share information about negative experiences on social media or via other channels, which could result in damage to our reputation and loss of future sales. In addition, the hosting costs for our cloud services have increased over time and may increase further if we continue to require more computing or storage capacity and such capacity may not be available on the same terms or with the same costs or at all. These costs could adversely impact our business and financial condition.

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be negatively affected by E&O claims.

We are subject to claims and litigation in the ordinary course of business resulting from alleged and actual errors and omissions in placing insurance and rendering coverage advice. These activities involve substantial amounts of money. Since E&O claims against us may allege our liability for all or part of the amounts in question, claimants may seek large damage awards. These claims can involve significant defense costs. Errors and omissions could include failure, whether negligently or intentionally, to place coverage on behalf of consumers, to provide carriers with complete and accurate information relating to the risks being insured, or to appropriately apply funds that we hold on a fiduciary basis. It is not always possible to prevent or detect errors and omissions, and the precautions we take may not be effective in all cases.

 

45


Table of Contents

We have errors and omissions insurance coverage to protect against the risk of liability resulting from our alleged and actual errors and omissions. Prices for this insurance and the scope and limits of the coverage terms available are dependent on our claims history as well as market conditions that are outside of our control. While we endeavor to purchase coverage that is appropriate to our assessment of our risk, we are unable to predict with certainty the frequency, nature or magnitude of claims for direct or consequential damages or whether our errors and omissions insurance will cover such claims.

In establishing liabilities for E&O claims, we utilize case level reviews by inside and outside counsel and an internal analysis to estimate potential losses. The liability is reviewed annually and adjusted as developments warrant. Given the unpredictability of E&O claims and of litigation that could flow from them, an adverse outcome in a particular matter could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition or cash flow in a given quarterly or annual period.

In connection with the implementation of our corporate strategies, we face risks associated with the acquisition or disposition of businesses, the entry into new lines of business, the integration of acquired businesses, and the growth and development of these businesses.

In pursuing our corporate strategy, we have in the past acquired, and may in the future acquire, other businesses or dispose of or exit businesses we currently own. The success of this strategy is dependent upon our ability to identify appropriate acquisition and disposition targets, negotiate transactions on favorable terms, complete transactions and, in the case of acquisitions, successfully integrate them into our existing businesses. If a proposed transaction is not consummated, the time and resources spent in researching it could adversely result in missed opportunities to locate and acquire other businesses. If we make acquisitions, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions, including revenue growth, operational efficiencies or expected synergies. If we dispose of or otherwise exit certain businesses, we may incur material disposition-related charges, or we may be unable to reduce overhead related to the divested assets.

From time to time, either through acquisitions or internal development, we may enter new lines of business or offer new products and services within existing lines of business. These new lines of business or new products and services may present additional risks, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. Such risks include the investment of significant time and resources; the possibility that these efforts will not be successful; the possibility that the marketplace does not accept our products or services, or that we are unable to retain consumers that adopt our new products or services; and the risk of additional liabilities associated with these efforts. In addition, many of the businesses that we acquire and develop will likely have significantly smaller scales of operations prior to the implementation of our growth strategy. If we are not able to manage the growing complexity of these businesses, including improving, refining, or revising our systems and operational practices, and enlarging the scale and scope of the businesses, our business may be adversely affected. Other risks include developing knowledge of and experience in the new business, integrating the acquired business into our systems and culture, recruiting professionals, and developing and capitalizing on new relationships with experienced market participants. External factors, such as compliance with new or revised regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business. Failure to manage these risks in the acquisition or development of new businesses could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

46


Table of Contents

If we fail to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform and innovate and introduce new solutions in a manner that responds to our consumers’ evolving needs, our business may be adversely affected.

The life insurance markets in which we compete are characterized by constant change and innovation and we expect them to continue to evolve rapidly. Our success has been based on our ability to identify and anticipate the needs of our consumers and design and maintain a platform that provides them with the tools they need to operate their businesses. Our ability to attract new consumers, earn renewal revenue, being commissions received from the carrier after the first term of a policy, from existing consumers and increase sales to both new and existing consumers will depend in large part on our ability to continue to improve and enhance the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform and to innovate and introduce new solutions. If we fail to anticipate and address consumers’ rapidly changing needs and expectations or adapt to emerging trends, our reputation could be harmed and our business, operating results, and financial condition could suffer.

Furthermore, we expect adoption of our platform and solutions by carriers, agency counterparties, agents, and consumers to increase. As the number of carriers with greater product offerings increases, so does the need for us to offer increased functionality, performance, reliability, scalability, and support, which requires us to devote additional resources to such efforts. Furthermore, as adoption of our platform and solutions by carriers, agency counterparties, agents, and consumers increases, so does the scrutiny and audit requirements imposed on us by our partners, which may demand assurances regarding the security and compliance of our platform. We have in the past, and may in the future be required to undergo third-party audits or obtain industry certifications to validate the effectiveness of our controls. These audits and certifications can be costly and time-consuming. To the extent we are not able to enhance our platform’s functionality to satisfy these requirements, our business, operating results, reputation, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We may experience difficulties with software development that could delay or prevent the development, introduction, or implementation of new solutions and enhancements. We must also continually update, test, and enhance our software platform. The continual improvement and enhancement of our platform requires significant investment and we may not have the resources to make such investment. We may make significant investments in new solutions or enhancements that may not achieve expected returns and such solutions or enhancements may not result in our ability to recoup our investments in a timely manner, or at all. The improvement and enhancement of the functionality, performance, reliability, design, security, and scalability of our platform is expensive and complex, and to the extent we are not able to execute on these efforts in a manner that responds to our consumers’ evolving needs, our business, operating results, and financial condition will be adversely affected.

Our results may be adversely affected by changes in the mode of compensation in the insurance industry.

In the past, state regulators have scrutinized the manner in which insurance brokers are compensated. For example, in 2004, the Attorney General of the State of New York brought charges against members of the insurance brokerage community. These actions have created uncertainty concerning longstanding methods of compensating insurance brokers. Given that the insurance brokerage industry has faced scrutiny from regulators in the past over its compensation practices, and the transparency and discourse to consumers regarding brokers’ compensation, it is possible that regulators may choose to revisit the same or other practices in the future. If they do so, compliance with new regulations along with any sanctions that might be imposed for past practices deemed improper could have an adverse impact on our future results of operations and inflict significant reputational harm on our business.

 

47


Table of Contents

Internet search engines drive traffic to our platform and our new user growth could decline if we fail to appear prominently in search results.

Our success depends in part on our ability to attract consumers through Internet search results on search engines such as Google. The number of consumers we attract to our platform from search engines is due in large part to how and where our websites rank in unpaid search results. These rankings can be affected by a number of factors, many of which are not under our direct control and may change frequently. For example, a search engine may change its ranking algorithms, terms of service, methodologies, or design layouts. As a result, links to our websites may not be prominent enough to drive traffic to our websites, and we may not know how or otherwise be in a position to influence the results. In some instances, search engine companies may change these rankings in a way that promotes their own competing products or services or the products or services of one or more of our competitors. Search engines may also adopt a more aggressive auction-pricing system for keywords that would cause us to incur higher advertising costs or reduce our market visibility to prospective consumers. Any reduction in the number of consumers directed to our platform could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Damage to our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our reputation is one of our key assets. Our ability to attract and retain consumers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of service, trustworthiness, business practices, financial condition, and other subjective qualities. If a carrier, agency or group of agents is not satisfied with our platform, we may incur additional costs to address the sources of dissatisfaction or lose the relationship altogether, which may negatively impact other carriers’, agencies’, or agents’ perception regarding us. Our success is also dependent on maintaining a good reputation with existing and potential employees, agents, investors, regulators, and the communities in which we operate. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these or other matters, including our association with consumers or business partners who themselves have a damaged reputation, or from actual or alleged conduct by us or our employees, could damage our reputation. Any resulting erosion of trust and confidence among existing and potential consumers, existing or potential agents, regulators, and other parties important to the success of our business could make it difficult for us to attract new consumers and maintain existing ones, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Data Privacy, and Security

We and the third parties with whom we work are subject to stringent and evolving U.S. laws, regulations, and rules, contractual obligations, industry standards, policies, and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure (or that of the third parties with whom we work) to comply with such obligations could lead, and in certain cases has led, to regulatory investigations or actions, litigation (including class action claims) and mass arbitration demands, fines and penalties, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profits, loss of consumers or sales, and other adverse business consequences.

In the ordinary course of business, we collect, receive, store, process, generate, use, transfer, disclose, make accessible, protect, secure, dispose of, transmit, and share, or collectively, process, personal information (which may also be referred to as “personally identifiable information,” “personal data,” “individually identifiable health information,” “consumer health data,” or similar terms), including sensitive information, such as proprietary and confidential business data, trade secrets, intellectual property, sensitive personal information and sensitive third-party data, or collectively, sensitive data. For example, we process personal information (including sensitive data) of our current, prospective,

 

48


Table of Contents

and past customers, which includes health data, financial data, and other personal information and sensitive data (such as social security numbers) as disclosed in our public-facing privacy notices.

Our data collection and processing activities subject us to numerous data privacy and security obligations, such as various laws, regulations, guidance, industry standards, external and internal privacy and security policies, contractual requirements, and other obligations relating to data privacy and security. These requirements and obligations also apply to transfers of information among our affiliates, as well as to transactions we enter into with vendors and other third parties.

In the United States, federal, state, and local governments have enacted numerous data privacy and security laws, including data breach notification laws, comprehensive and sector-specific privacy laws and regulations, consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), and other similar laws (e.g., wiretapping laws). At the U.S. federal level, we are subject to, among other laws, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, which requires financial institutions, including insurers, to, among other things, periodically disclose their privacy policies and practices relating to sharing “nonpublic personal information” and, in some cases, enables customers to opt out of the sharing of certain personal information with unaffiliated third parties. The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement an information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information. We are also subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC. The FTC and state regulators enforce a variety of data privacy and cybersecurity issues, such as misrepresentations in privacy policies or failures to appropriately protect information about individuals, as unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the FTC Act or similar state laws. While we are not directly subject to the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, including as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and the regulations that implement such laws (collectively, HIPAA), HIPAA affects certain of our business operations. For example, we obtain individuals’ medical and health information from their medical providers and other entities, which we then use for the purposes of determining applicants’ eligibility for life insurance. Many medical providers and other entities cannot release such medical and health information to us unless the release authorizations signed by the individuals satisfy the applicable HIPAA requirements. We also represent in our contractual agreements with key vendors that we comply with HIPAA’s requirements for authorizations to disclose protected health information.

Numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording residents with certain rights concerning their personal information. As applicable, such rights may include the right to access, correct, or delete certain personal information, and to opt-out of certain data processing activities, such as targeted advertising, profiling, sales of personal information, and automated decision-making. The exercise of these rights may impact our business and ability to provide our products and services. Certain states also impose stricter requirements for processing certain personal information, including sensitive personal information, such as conducting data privacy impact assessments and requiring individual’s consent under certain circumstances. These state laws allow for statutory fines for noncompliance. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, and all regulations thereto, or collectively, CCPA, applies to personal information of consumers, business representatives, employees, and others who are California residents, and requires businesses to provide specific disclosures in privacy notices and honor requests of such individuals to exercise certain privacy rights including the opt-out of “sales” and “sharing” (as such terms are defined by CCPA) of personal information. The CCPA provides for fines and allows private litigants affected by certain data breaches to recover significant statutory damages. The CCPA includes an exemption applicable to personal information collected, processed, sold or disclosed subject to the GLBA, and other comprehensive U.S. state privacy laws contain similar

 

49


Table of Contents

exemptions for GLBA-covered data or broader exemptions for GLBA-covered entities. However, these developments may further complicate compliance efforts, and increase legal risk and compliance costs for us and the third parties with whom we work. Similar laws have been passed and/or are being considered in additional states, as well as at the federal level, and we expect more states to pass similar laws in the future.

We are subject to various state financial privacy laws such as the California Financial Information Privacy Act. These laws require, among other things, providing either an opt-in or opt-out, depending on the state, to the sharing of non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties. They also require establishing a program of administrative, technical, and physical safeguards designed to protect the security and confidentiality of customer information. Additionally, in response to the growing threat of cyber-attacks in the insurance industry, certain jurisdictions, including New York, have begun to consider new cybersecurity measures, including the adoption of cybersecurity regulations. In March 2017, the New York State Department of Financial Services, or NYDFS, promulgated Cybersecurity Requirements for Financial Services Companies, which require covered financial institutions to establish and maintain a cybersecurity program and implement and maintain cybersecurity policies and procedures that meet specific requirements; the NYDFS adopted amendments to the cybersecurity regulation in 2023, the majority of which became effective in 2024. Additionally, in October 2017, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, adopted its Insurance Data Security Model Law, intended to serve as model legislation for states to enact in order to govern cybersecurity and data protection practices of insurers, insurance agents, and other licensed entities registered under state insurance laws. Various states have adopted versions of the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law.

Several states have also enacted new laws and regulations governing the privacy and security of consumer health data. For example, Washington’s My Health My Data Act, or MHMDA, broadly defines consumer health data, places restrictions on collecting, processing, using, and sharing consumer health data (including imposing stringent requirements for affirmative consents), provides consumers certain rights with respect to their health data, and creates a private right of action to allow individuals to sue for violations of the law. While the MHMDA includes an exemption applicable to GLBA-covered data, and a similar law in Nevada also exempts GLBA-covered entities, other states are considering and may adopt consumer health data privacy laws in the future.

Additionally, under various privacy laws and other obligations, we may be required to obtain certain consents to process personal information. For example, some of our data processing practices have been and may in the future be subject to challenges or lawsuits under data privacy and communications laws, including for example under wiretapping laws, if we share consumer information with third parties through various methods, including chatbot and session replay providers, or via third-party marketing pixels, as has occurred. These practices may be subject to increased challenges by class action plaintiffs for violations of laws such as the California Invasion of Privacy Act and other similar laws. Our inability or failure to obtain consent for these practices could result, and in certain cases has resulted, in adverse consequences, including class action litigation and mass arbitration demands.

Regulators are increasingly scrutinizing the activities of third-party data suppliers, and laws in the United States (including the CCPA and California’s Delete Act) and other jurisdictions are likewise regulating such activity. These laws pose additional, material compliance risks to such data suppliers, and these suppliers may not be able to provide us with personal information in compliance with these laws. For example, some data suppliers are required to register as data brokers under certain state laws such as California law and file reports with regulators, which exposes them to increased scrutiny. Additionally, California’s Delete Act requires the California Privacy Protection Agency, or the CPPA, to establish by January 1, 2026 a mechanism to allow California consumers to submit a single, verifiable request to delete all of their personal information held by all registered data brokers and their service providers. Moreover, third-party data suppliers have recently been subject to increased litigation under

 

50


Table of Contents

various claims of violating certain state privacy laws. These laws and challenges may make it so difficult for our suppliers to provide the data that the costs associated with the data materially increase or may materially decrease the availability of data that our data suppliers can provide to us.

In addition, we may face compliance risks and limitations on our ability to use certain data provided by our third-party suppliers if those suppliers have not complied with applicable privacy laws, provided appropriate notice to data subjects, obtained necessary consents, or established a legal basis for the transfer and processing of the data by us.

Additionally, as part of certain lead monetization efforts, we have begun providing lead information from individuals who start but do not complete the insurance application process on our platform to a limited number of third-party agencies. While we intend for this information to be used solely for insurance-related purposes and by agencies, once shared, we do not control how these agencies handle the data. As a result, this initiative may expose us to heightened privacy, data security, and reputational risks, particularly if these third parties fail to comply with applicable laws or consumer expectations regarding the handling of personal information.

We publish privacy policies, marketing materials, and other statements concerning data privacy, and security. Regulators in the United States are increasingly scrutinizing these statements, and if these policies, materials, or statements are found to be deficient, lacking in transparency, deceptive, unfair, misleading, or misrepresentative of our practices, we may be subject to investigation, enforcement actions by regulators, or other adverse consequences. We are also bound by contractual obligations related to data privacy and security, with which we may not fully comply and our efforts to comply with such obligations may not be successful. For example, certain privacy laws require us to undertake certain obligations with respect to data privacy and security or require us or our customers to impose specific contractual restrictions on our or their service providers.

Legal requirements and obligations related to data privacy and security (and consumers’ data privacy expectations) are quickly changing, becoming increasingly stringent, and creating uncertainty. Additionally, these obligations may be subject to differing applications and interpretations, which may be inconsistent or conflict among jurisdictions. Preparing for and complying with these obligations requires us to devote significant resources, which may necessitate changes to our services, information technologies, systems, and practices and to those of any third parties that process personal information on our behalf. In addition, these obligations may require us to change our business model in part because our business model depends on our ability to process personal information. As such, we are particularly exposed to the risks associated with the rapidly changing legal landscape, including with respect to data privacy laws and regulations. For example, we may be at heightened risk of regulatory scrutiny, and any changes in the regulatory framework could require us to fundamentally change our business model, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and/or results of operations. In addition, we are and may become in the future contractually subject to self-regulatory standards adopted by industry groups. For example, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS, a self-regulatory standard that requires companies that accept payment cards, or that process payment card information to implement certain cybersecurity measures and/or annually validate that required security controls are in place. Companies that accept payment cards but otherwise outsource payment card processing to a third party and do not process payment card information themselves, as we do, are subject to minimal requirements under the PCI DSS. If we or our payment processors fail to comply with the PCI DSS, we may incur significant fines or liability and lose access to major payment card systems.

We may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) to comply with our data privacy and security obligations. Moreover, despite our efforts, our personnel or third parties with whom we work may fail to comply with such obligations, which could negatively impact and in certain cases has negatively

 

51


Table of Contents

impacted our business operations. If we or the third parties with whom we work fail, or are perceived to have failed, to address or comply with applicable data privacy and security obligations, we could face significant consequences, including: government enforcement actions (e.g., investigations, fines, penalties, audits, inspections, consent orders, injunctions, settlement, or resolution orders and similar); litigation (including class-action claims) and mass arbitration demands; additional reporting requirements and/or oversight and requirements to take remedial actions; bans or restrictions on processing personal information; and orders to destroy or not use personal information. In particular, plaintiffs have become increasingly more active in bringing privacy-related claims against companies, including class claims and mass arbitration demands. Some of these claims allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis, and, if viable, carry the potential for monumental statutory damages, depending on the volume of data and the number of violations.

We have in the past received, and may in the future receive, inquiries and have been, and may again become, subject to investigations, proceedings, orders, or various government inquiries regarding our data privacy and security practices and processing and related litigation. For example, in 2022, we learned that threat actors had launched an attack against our website and obtained consumer personal information from a third-party integration. As a result, we were the subject of class action litigation that has since settled as well as inquiries and investigations from various state regulators, all of which have since settled. While we maintain policies, procedures, and technological safeguards designed to protect the security and privacy of this information, including those implemented to prevent access to consumer personal information, we cannot eliminate the risk of improper access to or disclosure of personal information nor the related costs we incur to mitigate the consequences from such events. Data privacy and cybersecurity laws, rules, and regulations are matters of growing public concern and are continuously changing in the jurisdictions in which we operate. The failure to adhere to or successfully implement adequate policies and procedures in response to evolving laws, rules, and regulations could result in legal liability or other adverse impacts on our business such as impairment to our reputation.

Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, or financial condition, including: loss of consumers; interruptions or stoppages in our business operations; inability to process personal information; limited ability to develop or commercialize our products or services; expenditure of time and resources to defend any claim or inquiry; adverse publicity; or substantial changes to our business model or operations.

If our information technology systems or those of third parties with whom we work or our data, are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm, loss of revenue or profits, loss of consumers or sales, and other adverse consequences.

Cyber-attacks, data breaches, malicious internet-based activity, online and offline fraud, and other similar activities and/or cybersecurity incidents threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our and our customers’ personal information (including sensitive data) and information technology systems, and those of the third parties with whom we work. Any such incidents may also compromise confidential business information, result in intellectual property or other confidential or proprietary information being accessed, disclosed, misused, lost, or stolen, including customer, employee or company data (including personal information and other sensitive or regulated data), which could harm our reputation, competitive position or otherwise adversely affect our business. Such threats are prevalent and continue to rise and evolve, are increasingly difficult to detect, and come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, “hacktivists,” organized criminal threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), AI agents, sophisticated nation states, and nation-state-supported actors.

 

52


Table of Contents

We and the third parties with whom we work are subject to a variety of evolving threats, including social-engineering attacks (including through deep fakes, which may be increasingly more difficult to identify as fake, and phishing attacks), malicious code (such as viruses and worms), malware (including as a result of advanced persistent threat intrusions), denial-of-service attacks, credential stuffing attacks, credential harvesting, personnel misconduct or error, ransomware attacks, supply-chain attacks, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, telecommunications failures, attacks enhanced or facilitated by AI, and other similar threats.

In particular, severe ransomware attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent and could lead to significant interruptions in our operations, ability to provide our products or services, loss of sensitive data and income, reputational harm, and diversion of funds. In certain cases, payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments. And even if we do make any such payments, doing so does not guarantee that we will regain access to any impacted systems or data and does not absolve us of liability under any applicable legal frameworks such as data breach and data security laws and regulations. Further, some actors now engage and are expected to continue to engage in cyber-attacks, including without limitation nation-state actors for geopolitical reasons and in conjunction with military conflicts and defense activities. During times of war and other major conflicts, we, the third parties with whom we work, and our customers may be vulnerable to a heightened risk of these attacks, including retaliatory cyber-attacks, that could materially disrupt our systems and operations, supply chain, and ability to sell or provide our services. In addition, remote work has increased risks to our information technology systems and data, as our employees and others utilize network connections, computers and devices outside our premises or network, including working at home, while in transit, and in public locations.

Moreover, it may be difficult and/or costly to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate a security incident or data breach, and our efforts to do so may not be successful. Any actions taken by us or the third parties with whom we work to detect, investigate, mitigate, contain, and remediate a security incident or data breach could result in outages, data losses, and disruptions of our business among other risks and issues. Threat actors may also gain access to other networks and systems after a compromise of our networks and systems.

There are many additional factors that could expose us to cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities. For example, future or past business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated entities’ systems and technologies. Furthermore, we may discover security issues that were not found during due diligence of such acquired or integrated entities, and it may be difficult to integrate companies into our information technology environment and security program.

We also rely on third parties to operate critical business systems to process sensitive data in a variety of contexts including, without limitation, cloud-based infrastructure, data center facilities, encryption and authentication technology, employee email, content delivery to customers, and other functions. Our ability to monitor these third parties’ information security practices is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place despite any statements or representations they might make. If the third parties with whom we work experience a security incident or other interruption, we could experience adverse consequences. While we may be entitled to damages if the third parties with whom we work fail to satisfy their privacy or security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such award. In addition, supply-chain attacks have increased in frequency and severity, and at any given moment third parties’ infrastructure in our supply chain or that of the third parties with whom we work could be compromised.

 

53


Table of Contents

While we have implemented security measures designed to protect against security incidents and data breaches, there can be no assurance that these measures will be effective. We take steps designed to detect, mitigate, and remediate vulnerabilities in our information systems (such as our hardware and/or software, including that of third parties with whom we work). However, we have not and will not in the future be able to detect and remediate all such vulnerabilities including on a timely basis. Further, we have and may in the future experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures and patches designed to address identified vulnerabilities. Any existing and/or unidentified vulnerabilities could be exploited and result in a security incident or data breach at any time.

Any of the previously identified or similar threats have in the past and may in the future cause a security incident or other interruption that have in the past and may in the future result in unauthorized, unlawful, or accidental acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, encryption, disclosure of, or access to our confidential or sensitive data or our information technology systems, or those of the third parties with whom we work. For example, and as described above, in 2022, we learned that threat actors had launched attacks against our website and obtained consumer personal information from a third-party integration. While we maintain policies, procedures, and technological safeguards designed to protect the security and privacy of this information, including those implemented to prevent access to consumer personal information, we cannot eliminate the risk of improper access to or disclosure of personal information nor the related costs we incur to mitigate the consequences from such events. A data breach, security incident or other interruption could disrupt, and in certain cases has disrupted, our ability (and that of third parties with whom we work) to provide our services. We may expend significant resources or modify our business activities to try to protect against security incidents. Further, certain data privacy and security obligations have required us to implement and maintain specific security measures or industry-standard or reasonable security measures to protect our information technology systems and sensitive data.

Furthermore, federal laws, laws in all 50 U.S. states, the District of Columbia, and several U.S. territories can require businesses to provide notice to consumers whose personal information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. Applicable data privacy and security obligations may require us, or we may voluntarily choose, to notify relevant stakeholders, including affected individuals, customers, regulators, and investors, of security incidents or data breaches, or to take other actions, such as providing credit monitoring and identity theft protection services, and we have done so in the past. Such disclosures and related remedial actions can be costly, and the disclosure or the failure to comply with such applicable requirements could lead to adverse consequences. If we (or a third party with whom we work) experience a security incident or data breach or are perceived to have experienced a security incident or data breach, we may experience, and have in the past experienced, material adverse consequences, such as government enforcement actions (for example, investigations, fines, penalties, audits, and inspections); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; restrictions on processing personal information (including sensitive data); litigation (including class action claims); indemnification obligations; negative publicity; reputational harm; monetary fund diversions; diversion of management attention; interruptions in our operations (including availability of data); financial loss; and other similar harms. Security incidents and attendant material consequences may prevent or cause customers to stop using our services, deter new customers from using our services, and negatively impact our ability to grow and operate our business.

Furthermore, our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, the limitations of liability in our contracts may not be sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages, or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations. In addition, we cannot be sure that our insurance coverage will be adequate or sufficient to protect us from or to mitigate liabilities arising out of any issues with our privacy and security practices or any data breaches or other security incidents, that such coverage will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that such coverage will pay future claims. Any of the foregoing risks could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

54


Table of Contents

We utilize artificial intelligence in connection with our business, which may expose us to regulatory, operational, or reputational risk.

We utilize artificial intelligence, machine learning, and similar tools and technologies, or collectively, AI, that collect, aggregate, analyze or generate data or other materials or content in connection with our business, including ancillary and operational functions, such as customer support, lead targeting, agent fraud detection, and development tooling. The use of AI technologies involves inherent risks which may also increase if our use of AI evolves and expands to other areas of our business. For example, AI tools may be flawed, insufficient, of poor quality, reflect unwanted forms of bias, or contain other errors or inadequacies, any of which may not be easily detectable; AI has been known to produce false or “hallucinatory” inferences or outputs; AI can present ethical issues and may subject us to new or heightened legal, regulatory, ethical, or other challenges; and inappropriate or controversial data practices by developers and end-users, or other factors adversely affecting public opinion of AI, could impair the acceptance of AI solutions, including those incorporated in our products and services. If the AI tools that we use are deficient, inaccurate or controversial, we could incur operational inefficiencies, competitive harm, legal liability, brand or reputation harm, or other adverse impacts on our business and financial results. If we do not have sufficient rights to use the data or other material or content or if the data we are using as inputs for AI is not permitted to be further disclosed under state laws or contractual arrangements on which the AI tools we use rely, or the output of such AI tools, we also may incur liability through the violation of applicable laws and regulations, third-party intellectual property, privacy or other rights, or contracts to which we are a party.

Use of AI technologies could include the input of our confidential information (including non-public information and personal information) by third parties in contravention of non-disclosure agreements or by our personnel or other related parties in contravention of our policies and procedures and, in each case, could result in such confidential information becoming part of a dataset that is generally accessible by AI technologies, applications, and users. The misuse or misappropriation of our data could have an adverse impact on our reputation and could subject us to legal and regulatory investigations and/or actions. Further, the use of AI technologies could be affected by claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property, including based on the use of large datasets used to train AI technologies or the use of output generated by AI technologies, in either case which contain or are substantially similar to material protected by intellectual property, including patents, copyrights or trademarks. Similar claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property could be made against providers of AI technologies, and affecting users of such AI technologies, which are considered to have substantial similarities to other, pre-existing AI technologies. Moreover, AI technologies will likely be competitive with certain business practices, or increase the obsolescence of certain organizations’ products or services (which might include competitiveness with, or causing the obsolescence of, other AI technologies). Any such developments could affect any use of our or related third parties’ AI technologies and adversely impact, whether directly or indirectly, the success of our business.

AI technologies may also be more susceptible to cybersecurity threats in part given the volume of data they utilize, which, in turn, could make us more susceptible to cybersecurity threats (such as those described under “—Risks Related to Our Business—Cyber attacks, data breaches, security incidents, systems failures, and resulting interruptions in the availability of our websites, mobile applications, platform, or services could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations”) to the extent we rely on AI technologies. Further, we could be exposed to risks to the extent our third-party service providers or other partners use AI technologies in their business activities notwithstanding any preventative policies aimed at governing or restricting the use of such AI technologies. We are not able to control the way third-party products or services are developed, trained or maintained or the way third-party services utilizing AI technologies are provided to us.

The legal and regulatory frameworks within which AI technologies operate continue to rapidly evolve, and it is impossible to predict the full extent of current or future risks related thereto. The

 

55


Table of Contents

technologies underlying AI and its uses are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including intellectual property, data privacy and cybersecurity, customer protection, competition, and equal opportunity laws, and are expected to be subject to increased regulation and new laws or new applications of existing laws and regulations. AI is the subject of ongoing review by various U.S. governmental and regulatory agencies, and various U.S. states are applying, or are considering applying, their platform moderation, data privacy and cybersecurity laws and regulations to AI or are considering general legal frameworks for AI. For example, the Colorado Department of Insurance has issued regulations requiring life insurers to establish risk-based governance and management frameworks designed to determine whether algorithms and predictive modeling potentially result in unfair discrimination. Additionally, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners issued a model bulletin on the use of AI that has been adopted in some form by more than 20 states. The bulletins generally describe regulators’ expectations that insurance industry participants develop governance frameworks and risk management protocols designed to prevent unfair or discriminatory practices in connection with the use of AI. We may be required to devote additional resources to comply with new or evolving AI-related regulations, and we may not always be able to anticipate or adapt quickly to such changes.

Furthermore, because AI technology itself is highly complex and rapidly developing, it is not possible to predict all of the legal, operational or technological risks that may arise relating to any use of AI in our business. In particular, AI technologies could significantly disrupt our industry and the markets in which we operate and subject us to increased competition, legal and regulatory risks, and compliance costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Failure to obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights, the infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of our intellectual property by third parties, or allegations that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the intellectual property rights of others, could harm our reputation, ability to compete effectively, financial condition, and business.

Our success and ability to compete depends in part on our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, defend, and enforce our intellectual property. To protect our intellectual property rights, we rely on a combination of trademark and copyright laws, trade secret protection, confidentiality agreements, and other contractual arrangements with our affiliates, employees, consumers, strategic partners, and others. However, such measures provide only limited protection and the steps that we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to deter infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property or proprietary information by others. Further, the failure to protect our domain names could also adversely affect our reputation and brand and make it more difficult for subscribers to find our products and services. We may be unable, without significant cost or at all, to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe upon or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks and other proprietary rights.

Moreover, while we take precautions designed to protect our intellectual property, competitors, and other unauthorized third parties may copy our technology and use our proprietary brand, content, and information to create or enhance competing solutions and products, which could adversely affect our competitive position in our rapidly evolving and highly competitive industry.

In addition, we may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights. Policing unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Further, currently we do not own any U.S. trademark registrations for our brand names “Ethos” or “Ethos Technologies” that cover the services of our business, though we believe we have

 

56


Table of Contents

established common law rights through usage of such trademarks in commerce. Our lack of a U.S. federal trademark registration for our main brand may limit our ability to enforce such trademarks and expose us to claims from third parties that we have infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated their trademarks and/or allow competitors to register similar trademarks, potentially causing consumer confusion and/or harming our reputation. In the event that we opt to rebrand and/or are required to cease using any of our trademarks, we could incur significant costs and risks associated with any rebrand.

Failure to protect our intellectual property adequately could harm our reputation and affect our ability to compete effectively in our industry. In addition, even if we initiate litigation against third parties, such as lawsuits alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property, we may not prevail. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Additionally, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. An adverse determination of any litigation proceedings could put our intellectual property at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our related intellectual property at risk of not issuing or being cancelled. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions, or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our Class A common stock. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We also cannot guarantee that the operation of our business does not and will not infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the rights of third parties. Third parties may assert intellectual property-related claims against us, including claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property, which may be costly to defend, could require the payment of damages, legal fees, settlement payments, royalty payments, and other costs or damages, including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed certain types of intellectual property, and could limit our ability to use or offer certain technologies, products or other intellectual property. Additionally, our competitors and other third parties hold numerous trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets and, other intellectual property rights related to technology used in our industry and may hold or obtain trademarks, patents, copyrights, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights that could prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, develop, sell, or market our products and services, which could make it more difficult for us to operate our business. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be expensive, take significant time, and divert management’s resources, time, and attention from other business concerns. Moreover, other companies, including our competitors, may have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. Successful challenges against us could require us to modify or discontinue our use of technology or business processes where such use is found to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the rights of others, or require us to purchase costly licenses from third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if a license is available to us, it could be non-exclusive thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and we may be required to pay significant upfront fees, milestone payments, or royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. Any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

57


Table of Contents

We employ third-party licensed software for use in our business, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

Our business relies on certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third-party software in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Many of the risks associated with the use of third-party software cannot be eliminated, and these risks could negatively affect our business.

Our platform contains third-party open source software components, and failure to comply with the terms of the underlying open source software licenses could restrict our ability to provide our platform and services and subject us to costly litigation or other disputes.

We have in the past incorporated and may in the future incorporate certain open source software into our platform. Open source software is licensed by its authors or owners under open source licenses, which in some instances may subject us to certain unfavorable conditions. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide support, warranties, indemnification, or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. In addition, the public availability of such software may make it easier for others to compromise our platform.

Some open source licenses contain requirements that may, depending on how the licensed software is distributed, conveyed, used or modified, require that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the licensed open source software, authorize further modification and redistribution of that source code, make that source code available at little or no cost, or grant other licenses to our intellectual property. If we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could be required under certain open source licenses to release the source code of our proprietary software under the terms of an open source software license. This could enable our competitors to create similar offerings with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of our competitive advantages. To avoid the release of the affected portions of our source code, we could be required to purchase additional licenses and expend substantial time and resources to re-engineer some or all of our software or cease use or distribution of some or all of our software until we can adequately address the concerns.

Although we have certain policies and procedures in place to monitor our use of open source software that are designed to avoid subjecting our proprietary source code to conditions we do not intend, those policies and procedures may not be effective to detect or address all such conditions. In addition, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. or non-U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide or distribute our platform. There have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their offerings. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. If we are held to have breached or failed to fully comply with all the terms and conditions of an open source software license, we could face infringement or other liability, or be required to seek costly licenses from third parties to continue providing our platform on terms that are not economically feasible, to re-engineer our platform, to discontinue or delay the provision of our platform if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or to make generally available, in source code form, our proprietary code, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

The dual class structure of our common stock as described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who held our stock prior to the closing of this offering and limiting your ability to influence corporate matters, which could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock.

Our Class B common stock has 20 votes per share, and our Class A common stock, which is the stock we and the selling stockholders are offering in this initial public offering, has one vote per share. Following the closing of this offering, stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, including our co-founders, entities affiliated with Accel, and entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, will together hold approximately 95.4% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock following the closing of this offering. As a result, our co-founders, Accel, and Sequoia Capital will have significant influence over our management and affairs and over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of the company or our assets, for the foreseeable future.

In addition, the holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Because of the 20-to-1 voting ratio between our Class B common stock and Class A common stock, the holders of our Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of our common stock even when the shares of Class B common stock represent as little as 4.8% of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future, and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future transfers by holders of shares of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to shares of Class A common stock, which will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. Certain permitted transfers, as specified in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will not result in shares of Class B common stock automatically converting to shares of Class A common stock, such as, transfers by our co-founders whereby one of our co-founders retains or is granted exclusive voting control over such shares of Class B common stock.

In addition, each outstanding share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into a share of Class A common stock upon the earliest to occur following the closing of this offering: (i) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering that the number of shares of our Class B common stock, and any shares of Class B common stock underlying equity securities, held by our co-founders, certain immediate family members and their permitted entities and permitted transferees, is less than 20% of the number of shares of Class B common stock held by our co-founders, certain immediate family members and their permitted entities at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering; (ii) the last trading day of the fiscal year following the tenth anniversary of the closing of this offering; (iii) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering that the second of our co-founders experiences a Triggering Event (as defined below, and other than death or disability); or (iv) the date that is 12 months after the second of our co-founders experiences a Triggering Event that is death or disability.

 

59


Table of Contents

A “Triggering Event” is the first to occur of any of the following with respect to each of our co-founders:

 

  •  

(1) such co-founder is no longer providing services to us as an officer or employee, and (2) such co-founder is no longer a member of our board of directors as a result of a voluntary resignation by such co-founder or as a result of a request of or agreement with such co-founder not to be renominated as a director at a meeting of stockholders;

 

  •  

such co-founder’s employment with us is terminated for cause; or

 

  •  

the death or disability of such co-founder.

If only one of our co-founders has experienced such a Triggering Event, then a proxy will automatically be granted over all of the shares of Class B common stock held by such co-founder, certain immediate family members and their related permitted entities and permitted transferees to the other co-founder, referred to as the Founder Voting Proxy, such that one co-founder will have exclusive voting control over all shares of Class B common stock held by both co-founders, certain immediate family members and their related permitted entities and permitted transferees. As a result of the Founder Voting Proxy, one co-founder would then be able to significantly influence or determine any action requiring approval of stockholders in his sole discretion, including all matters referred to above. For information about our multi-class structure, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

FTSE Russell does not allow most newly public companies utilizing dual or multi-class capital structures to be included in their indices, including the Russell 2000. Also, in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on its treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. Under the announced policies, our dual class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in certain indices, and as a result, mutual funds, exchange-traded funds, and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not be investing in our stock. In addition, we cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take similar actions. Given the sustained flow of investment funds into passive strategies that seek to track certain indices, exclusion from certain stock indices would likely preclude investment by many of these funds and would make our Class A common stock less attractive to other investors. As a result, the trading price, volume, and liquidity of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  •  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

 

  •  

variance in our financial performance from our forecasts or the expectations of securities analysts;

 

  •  

changes in commission rates;

 

  •  

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

  •  

changes in laws or regulations applicable to the life insurance industry;

 

  •  

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments or acquisitions;

 

  •  

our involvement in litigation;

 

  •  

future sales of our Class A common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up and market stand-off releases;

 

60


Table of Contents
  •  

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

  •  

the trading volume of our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market;

 

  •  

changes in demand for life insurance products;

 

  •  

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

  •  

overall performance of the equity markets; and

 

  •  

general political, social, economic, and market conditions, in both domestic and our foreign markets, including effects of increased interest rates, inflationary pressures, bank failures, and macroeconomic uncertainty and challenges.

In addition, technology stocks have historically experienced high levels of volatility. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future, which could result in substantial expenses and divert our management’s attention.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following the closing of this offering.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists. An active public trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop following the closing of this offering or, if developed, it may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

We have not granted the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us, and the trading price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile as a result.

We have not granted the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, which is a common feature in initial public offerings. Without this option, the underwriters may choose not to engage in certain transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of our Class A common stock, such as short sales, stabilizing transactions, and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, to the extent they would have engaged in any such transactions had we granted the underwriters such an option. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile than it might have been had we granted the underwriters such an option. These fluctuations could cause you to lose part of your investment in our Class A common stock because you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended

 

61


Table of Contents

use. Investors will need to rely on the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds. Pending use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market funds, corporate notes and bonds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects could be harmed, and the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the closing of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing equity holders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold based upon the price of this offering, and therefore, they may take steps to sell their shares or otherwise secure the unrecognized gains on those shares. We are unable to predict the timing of or the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

All of our directors, executive officers, selling stockholders and the holders of substantially all of our common stock outstanding and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock, have entered into agreements with market stand-off provisions that will restrict our and their ability to sell or transfer shares of our capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. However, if the closing price per share of the Class A common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price for any five trading days (one of which must be a trading day occurring after the date we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending March 31, 2026) out of ten consecutive trading days, then beginning at the opening of trading on the first trading day following such period, 25% of all Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders will be automatically released from the lock-up restrictions and may be sold into the market, which we refer to as the Tier 1 Release.

If the closing price per share of the Class A common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price for any five trading days (one of which must be a trading day occurring on or after June 5, 2026) out of ten consecutive trading days, then beginning at the opening of trading on the first trading day following such period, 25% of Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders will be automatically released from the lock-up restrictions and may be sold into the public market, which we refer to as the Tier 2 Release. The Tier 2 Release is not contingent on the Tier 1 Release having occurred.

The Tier 1 and Tier 2 Release will expire for employees and service providers on June 16, 2026, the commencement of the quarterly trading blackout periods under our insider trading policy.

Eligible Securities consist of 25% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and any shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to vested equity awards held by Eligible Holders as of February 15, 2026. Eligible Holders consist of (i) our current employees or other service providers, (ii) former employees or service providers, and (iii) and our non-affiliates, and exclude in all cases our directors, “officers” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act), or any of our affiliates (as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act).

 

62


Table of Contents

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event both the Tier 1 Release and the Tier 2 Release are triggered, the amount of Eligible Securities released will not exceed 50% of the total Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders.

In addition, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC will have the ability to release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, subject to the applicable notice requirements. See the sections titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for a discussion of such exceptions and of the provisions that may allow for sales during the lock-up period. If not earlier released, all of the shares of Class A common stock not sold in this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

A substantial majority our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock are subject to market stand-off restrictions with us that include restrictions on the sale, transfer, or other disposition of shares during the lock-up period. As a result of the foregoing, substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock are subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off provisions during the lock-up period. We have agreed to enforce all such market stand-off restrictions on behalf of the underwriters and not to release, amend or waive any such market stand-off provisions during the lock-up period without the prior consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, provided that we may release shares from such restrictions to the extent that it would be permissible to release such shares under the form of lock-up agreement with the underwriters signed by certain holders of our securities as described herein.

In addition, there were 977,231 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of options and 4,803,868 restricted stock units, or RSUs, to be settled in shares of our Class A common stock as of the date of this prospectus, of which 1,622,370 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock at the election of our co-founders upon settlement. We intend to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options, the vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs, and other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. The shares of common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised or RSUs are vested and settled, subject to the lock-up agreements and/or market stand-off provisions described above comply with applicable securities laws.

Further, based on shares outstanding as of September 30, 2025, holders of approximately 38,641,516 shares of our Class A and Class B common stock (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), or 61.4% of our shares outstanding after the closing of this offering, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

We anticipate incurring substantial tax obligations on the initial settlement of certain RSUs in connection with this offering. The manner in which we fund these tax liabilities may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and may further dilute our stockholders.

In light of the number of RSUs that will initially settle in connection with this offering, we anticipate that we will expend substantial funds to satisfy tax withholding and remittance obligations. The majority of the RSUs granted prior to the date of this prospectus vest upon the satisfaction of service-based and liquidity event-based conditions. The service-based condition is generally satisfied over a period of four years. The liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. As a result, such RSUs that have previously satisfied

 

63


Table of Contents

the service-based condition will vest in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In connection with the settlement of these RSUs, we plan to withhold certain shares underlying RSUs and remit income taxes on behalf of the holders of such RSUs at applicable statutory tax withholding rates based on the initial public offering price per share in this offering. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” For RSUs that will vest after the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and prior to the expiration of the lock-up and/or market stand-off period, we will have discretion to net settle or sell-to-cover shares underlying these RSUs and also to delay settlement of these RSUs following vesting until the expiration of the lock-up and/or market stand-off period.

Based on the number of RSUs for which the service-based condition was fully or partially satisfied on or before the date of this prospectus, and assuming (i) that the value of our Class A common stock at the time of settlement was equal to the initial public offering price of $19.00 per share and (ii) an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate for the RSUs, we estimate that our tax liability on the settlement date for these RSUs will be approximately $41.8 million in the aggregate. Accordingly, we would expect to deliver an aggregate of approximately 3.5 million shares of our Class A common stock to RSU holders after withholding an aggregate of approximately 2.2 million shares of our Class A common stock. The amount of these tax liabilities and withholdings could be higher or lower, depending on, among other things, the actual price of shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering, the actual tax withholding rates, and the actual number of RSUs for which the service-based condition has been satisfied on the settlement or vesting date (after accounting for forfeitures prior to the settlement or vesting date). As a result, depending on these factors, we may need to use existing cash, cash equivalents, and investments to fund a portion of these tax withholding and remittance obligations.

We may require additional capital to support the growth of our business, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through equity and debt financings as well as cash generated from operations. We cannot be certain our operations will continue to generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business, which may require us to engage in equity financings to secure additional funds. For example, in December 2024, we sold a portion of our commissions receivable to an unaffiliated third party re-insurer for upfront cash, as further described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We may consider entering into such arrangements in the future depending on our capital and business needs. The terms of any such arrangements may be less favorable to us in the future, and such arrangements may result in variability in our cash flows, which may complicate our financial planning and period-over-period comparisons. If our use of such arrangements increases, any disruption in our ability to execute such transactions, or changes in their terms, could negatively impact our liquidity and financial condition. Additional financing may not be available on terms favorable to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to invest in future growth opportunities, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we incur additional debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to holders of Class A common stock to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Furthermore, if we issue additional equity securities, including in connection with merger and acquisition transactions, stockholders will experience dilution. In addition, new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our Class A common stock.

The trading prices for technology companies have been highly volatile, especially recently due to rising interest rates, inflation, and the uncertain macroeconomic environment, which may reduce our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all. In addition, a recession, depression, or other

 

64


Table of Contents

sustained adverse market event could adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock as well as our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. Because our decision to issue securities or engage in other financing arrangements in the future will depend on numerous considerations, including factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of any future issuances of debt or equity securities or other financing arrangements. As a result, our stockholders bear the risk of future issuances of debt or equity securities or other financing arrangements reducing the value of our Class A common stock and diluting their interests.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after the closing of this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $12.70 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of Class A common stock in this offering, the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding 2.2 million shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $41.8 million (based on the assumed initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate), and the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See the section titled “Dilution.”

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be further restricted by agreements we may enter into in the future. Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

 

65


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the first to occur of: (i) the last day of the year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering; (ii) the last day of the first year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.235 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the securities exchange on which our Class A common stock trades, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the specific timing of such costs.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, may have the effect of preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

  •  

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

following the date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of our then-outstanding shares, require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

  •  

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, our chief executive officer, or our president (in the absence of a chief executive officer);

 

  •  

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

66


Table of Contents
  •  

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

  •  

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

  •  

provide that our directors may be removed for cause only upon the vote of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock;

 

  •  

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director; and

 

  •  

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding shares of voting stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock in an acquisition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States of America as the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which will restrict our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, or any action asserting a claim for aiding and abetting such breach of fiduciary duty; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability

 

67


Table of Contents

created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, to prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. However, as Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, will further provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. Investors also cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

These choice of forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring such a claim arising under the Securities Act against us, our directors, officers, or other employees in a venue other than in the federal district courts of the United States of America. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and we cannot assure you that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could harm our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock following the closing of this offering will be heavily influenced by the way analysts interpret our financial information and other disclosures. We do not have control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, our stock price would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our Class A common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our Class A common stock.

 

68


Table of Contents

General Risks

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to demonstrate the effectiveness of our remediation measures, or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be adversely affected.

We identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, as described below. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically, our accounting policies did not appropriately evaluate the accounting implications of the sale of commissions receivable, which transaction was complex and non-routine from an accounting perspective. We have since modified our accounting policies and procedures to properly reflect the accounting implications of such transaction; however, if those policies and related procedures are not effective, we may be subject to similar risks in the future with respect to accounting for similar complex, non-routine transactions.

While we have implemented remediation measures, including by modifying certain accounting policies and procedures described above and documenting internal controls related to such transactions, we must demonstrate sustained effectiveness of these controls over time before the material weakness can be considered fully remediated.

There can be no assurance that our remediation efforts will be successful in all respects, or that additional material weaknesses will not be identified in the future. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, it could impair our ability to manage our business effectively, delay our financial reporting, and potentially result in a loss of investor confidence, which could negatively impact the trading price of our Class A common stock and our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the year ending December 31, 2026. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” We have recently commenced the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expenses and expend significant management efforts. Although we currently have an internal audit group, we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 and to remediate our material weakness described above.

During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to certify that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We may identify material weaknesses or significant

 

69


Table of Contents

deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we are unable to remediate our material weakness described above, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

We and our employees have and may continue to be subject to claims alleging violations of our employees’ contractual obligations to their prior employers. These claims may be costly to defend, and if we do not successfully do so, our business could be harmed.

Many of our employees were previously employed at current or potential competitors. Although we have processes to ensure that our employees do not use proprietary information or disclose confidential information from their prior employer in their work for us or otherwise violate their contractual post-employment obligations such as customer and employee non-solicits, we or our employees may still in the future become subject to claims alleging such violations. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel or their work product could negatively impact our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation efforts are costly, time-consuming, and a significant distraction to management.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2024, we had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes of $255,959 and $146,636, respectively, which may be available to offset taxable income in the future, and portions of which expire in various years beginning in 2036 for U.S. federal purposes and 2030 for state purposes if not utilized. Under current law, U.S. federal NOLs incurred in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but such federal NOLs are permitted to be used in any taxable year to offset only up to 80% of taxable income in such year. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize certain of these NOLs before they expire. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” (as defined under Section 382 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations; generally a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period) is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. We have experienced ownership changes under Section 382 of the Code in the past, and we may experience additional ownership changes in the future (including, potentially, in connection with this initial public offering) which could affect our ability to utilize our NOLs to offset our income. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we have acquired or may acquire in the future also may be subject to limitations. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs could expire or otherwise be unavailable to reduce future income tax liabilities, including for state tax purposes. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

70


Table of Contents

We may be subject to additional tax liabilities, including as a result of changes in tax laws or regulations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to taxes in U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions depends on the application of the relevant tax laws to our business activities, the relative amounts of income before taxes in the various jurisdictions in which we operate, the application of new or revised tax laws, the interpretation of existing tax laws and policies, the outcome of current and future tax audits, examinations, or administrative appeals, our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements.

The tax regimes to which we are subject or under which we operate, including income and non-income taxes, are unsettled in certain respects and may be subject to significant change. Changes in tax laws or regulations, or changes in interpretations of existing laws and regulations, could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, and the Inflation Reduction Act made many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. Effective January 1, 2022, the Tax Act eliminated the option to deduct research and development expenses for tax purposes in the year incurred and instead requires taxpayers to capitalize and subsequently amortize such expenses over five years for research activities conducted in the United States and over 15 years for research activities conducted outside the United States. In recent years, many such changes have been made, and changes are likely to continue to occur in the future. It cannot be predicted whether, when, in what form or with what effective dates tax laws, regulations, and rulings may be enacted, promulgated or issued, which could result in an increase in our or our shareholders’ tax liability or require changes in the manner in which we operate in order to minimize or mitigate any adverse effects of changes in tax law.

The determination of our overall provision for income and other taxes is inherently uncertain because it requires significant judgment with respect to complex transactions and calculations. As a result, fluctuations in our tax liabilities may differ materially from amounts recorded in our financial statements and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations in the periods for which such determination is made.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Climate risks, including the risk of an economic crisis, risks associated with the physical effects of climate change, and disruptions caused by the transition to a low-carbon economy, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Concerns regarding the effects of climate change on the global environment have led governmental bodies to adopt laws and regulations aimed at reducing greenhouse gas emissions and other measures to mitigate the impact of climate change. As a result, the global business community has increased its political and social awareness surrounding the issue. At various times, the U.S.

 

71


Table of Contents

Congress, state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies have adopted or proposed legal requirements and other initiatives to combat climate change. Climate change legislation or regulation could cause us to incur increased costs and capital expenditures to comply, which may impact our financial condition and operating performance.

In addition, the U.S. Federal Reserve has in the past identified climate change as a potential risk to the stability of the financial system. It also reported that a gradual change in investor sentiment regarding climate risk introduces the possibility of abrupt tipping points or significant swings in sentiment, which could create unpredictable follow-on effects in financial markets. If this occurred, not only would we be negatively impacted by the general economic decline, but a drop in the stock market affecting our stock price could negatively impact our ability to grow through mergers and acquisitions financed using our common stock.

Moreover, if our carriers fail or withdraw from offering certain lines of insurance because of large payouts related to climate change, overall risk-taking capital capacity could be negatively affected, which could reduce our ability to place certain lines of insurance and, as a result, reduce our revenue and profitability.

 

72


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial condition or results of operations, business strategy and plans, and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “toward,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include statements concerning the following:

 

  •  

our expectations regarding the premiums set by carriers and commission rates negotiated with carriers;

 

  •  

the growth rate of the markets in which we compete;

 

  •  

our business plan and our ability to effectively manage our growth and associated investments;

 

  •  

anticipated trends, growth rates, and challenges in our business, our industry, and in the markets in which we operate;

 

  •  

our ability to continue to grow across our current markets and expand into new markets;

 

  •  

our ability to sustain or improve our profitability;

 

  •  

future investments in our business, our anticipated capital expenditures, and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

  •  

effectiveness of our brand awareness and marketing efforts;

 

  •  

our beliefs and objectives for future operations and growth initiatives and ability to predict future results;

 

  •  

our ability to increase the number of activated policies on our platform;

 

  •  

our ability to maintain our relationships with agency counterparties and to develop relationships with new agencies and increase agent engagement on our platform;

 

  •  

our ability to maintain and expand our relationships with carriers, and to diversify the carriers with whom we work;

 

  •  

our ability and expectations to continue to innovate and enhance our platform and product offerings, and to keep pace with technological developments;

 

  •  

our reliance on key personnel and our ability to identify, recruit, and retain skilled personnel;

 

  •  

our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights and any costs associated therewith;

 

  •  

our ability to successfully defend disputes, legal proceedings and governmental inquiries brought against us;

 

  •  

our ability to operate our business during fluctuations or an overall decline in economic activity, or any adverse trends in the life insurance industry;

 

  •  

our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants;

 

  •  

our ability to comply or remain in compliance with laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business;

 

  •  

potential volatility in our stock price and a possible decline in the value of our Class A common stock;

 

  •  

the effectiveness of our use of the net proceeds from this offering;

 

73


Table of Contents
  •  

the other factors discussed under “Risk Factors”; and

 

  •  

other factors beyond our control.

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe such information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, such information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information, actual results, revised expectations, or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments.

 

74


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY, AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, forecasts, and information concerning our industry, including the market size and growth of the markets in which we participate, that are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. While we believe the industry and market data included in this prospectus are reliable and are based on reasonable assumptions, these data involve many assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and other publicly available information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the projections and estimates made by the independent third parties and us.

The sources of certain statistical data, estimates, and forecasts contained in this prospectus include:

 

  •  

American Council of Life Insurers, Life Insurers Fact Book 2024, March 2024.

 

  •  

Deloitte Consulting, L&A Product Development Study, 2023.

 

  •  

LIMRA and Life Happens, 2024 Insurance Barometer Study, Report 1: The Generational Shift Has Arrived - The Path Forward for Life Insurers, January 2024.

 

  •  

LIMRA, U.S. Individual Life Insurance Yearbook 2023 Data, August 2024.

 

  •  

LIMRA, U.S. Retail Individual Life Insurance Sales Survey Q4 2024, January 2025.

 

75


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $82.6 million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and facilitate an orderly distribution of shares for the selling stockholders. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds we received from this offering to pay $41.8 million of our anticipated tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement. In connection with the RSU Net Settlement, assuming (i) the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of settlement will be equal to the assumed initial public offering price per share of $19.00, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and (ii) an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate, we estimate that these tax withholding and remittance obligations on the RSU Net Settlement will be $41.8 million in the aggregate.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $4.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $17.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share of $19.00, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming no change in the assumed settlement date or applicable tax withholding rate, would increase (decrease) the amount we would be required to pay to satisfy our tax withholding and remittance obligations described above by approximately $2.2 million. In addition, each 1.0% increase (decrease) in the tax withholding rate, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, would increase (decrease) the amount of tax withholding and remittance obligations described above by approximately $1.1 million.

We also intend to use the remaining net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the remaining net proceeds to us from this offering. We may also use a portion of the remaining net proceeds for the acquisitions of, or strategic investments in, complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments to enter into any material acquisitions or investments at this time. We will have broad discretion over how we use the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the use of the proceeds from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments such as money market funds, corporate notes and bonds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

76


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends may be further restricted by agreements we may enter into in the future.

 

77


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and investments and our capitalization as of September 30, 2025 on:

 

  •  

an actual basis;

 

  •  

a pro forma basis, to reflect (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock; (ii) the Preferred Conversion (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) stock-based compensation expense of $181.7 million related to RSUs subject to the RSU Net Settlement, reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit, as further described in Notes 2 and 12 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus; (v) the net issuance of 3,476,573 shares of Class A common stock in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding 2,198,812 shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $41.8 million (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate), of which 1,243,974 net shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right; (vi) the $41.8 million increase in liabilities and corresponding decrease in additional paid-in capital resulting from the share withholding for the tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement; (vii) the Warrant Exercise; (viii) the exercise of stock options for 158,832 shares of Class A common stock by certain selling stockholders in connection with the Cash Option Exercise, reflected as a $0.5 million increase in cash and cash equivalents and a corresponding increase in common stock and paid-in capital, and (ix) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

  •  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, to reflect (i) the adjustments described in the preceding bullet above; (ii) our receipt of $85.8 million in estimated net proceeds from the sale and issuance by us of 5,127,696 shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (which offering expenses exclude $3.2 million of deferred offering costs that have been previously paid as of September 30, 2025 but include $2.9 million of deferred offering costs accrued and unpaid as of September 30, 2025); (iii) the elimination of $6.1 million of deferred offering costs of which $3.2 million have been paid as of September 30, 2025 and $2.9 million were accrued and unpaid as of September 30, 2025 reflected as a decrease in assets and additional paid-in capital of $6.1 million; and (iv) the use of net proceeds from this offering, together with existing cash and cash equivalents, if necessary, to satisfy the estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations reflected in the pro forma adjustments described in the preceding bullet.

The pro forma as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on, among other things, the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing, the actual tax withholding rates, as well as the actual amount of RSUs settled in connection with this offering. You should read this information together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

78


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2025  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
    Pro Forma
as
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per
share amounts)
 

Cash, cash equivalents, and investments

   $ 161,191     $ 161,645     $ 205,623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 37,400,000 shares authorized, 37,227,989 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued, and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     403,997       —       —  

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —       —      
—
 

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 16,554,751 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 25,604,242 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 30,731,938 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     2       3       4  

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 40,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 40,000,000 shares authorized, 32,211,060 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 40,000,000 shares authorized, 32,211,060 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —       3       3  

Additional paid-in capital

     78,653       623,040       705,620  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (498 )      (498 )      (498 ) 

Accumulated deficit

     (127,075 )      (305,961 )      (305,961 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (48,918 )    $ 316,587     $ 399,168  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 355,079     $ 316,587     $ 399,168  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 
(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, and investments, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by $4.8 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase (decrease) the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase or decrease the amount of pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents, and investments, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by $17.9 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, each 1.0% increase (decrease) in the tax withholding rate would increase (decrease) the amount of tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement and increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents, and investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by $1.1 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the

 

79


Table of Contents
  same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. Each $1.0 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the amount of tax withholding and remittance obligations related to the RSU Net Settlement and increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents, and investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by $2.2 million, assuming that the tax withholding rate remains the same, that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after the closing of this offering is based on 25,604,242 shares of our Class A common stock and 32,211,060 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 after giving effect to (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) the RSU Net Settlement, (v) the Warrant Exercise, and (vi) the Cash Option Exercise, and excludes:

 

  •  

1,037,566 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2016 Plan, excluding the stock options subject to the Cash Option Exercise, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.30 per share;

 

  •  

4,803,868 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of the date of this prospectus subject to service-based and liquidity event-based conditions, for which (i) the service-based condition was not satisfied as of such date and (ii) the liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, of which 1,622,370 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock at the election of our co-founders upon settlement;

 

  •  

548,489 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Class A common stock as of September 30, 2025 and not exercised prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.92 per share;

 

  •  

up to 18,962,327 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, consisting of 13,000,000 new shares and up to 5,962,327 shares underlying outstanding awards granted under our 2016 Plan that, after the date the 2026 Plan becomes effective, either are not issued (due to the awards expiring or being settled in cash), are forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, or are withheld to satisfy the exercise, strike, or purchase price or tax withholding obligations, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Equity Incentive Plan”; and

 

  •  

1,300,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 ESPP plus any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,” which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our 2026 Plan and 2026 ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

 

80


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock immediately after the closing of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book deficit as of September 30, 2025 was $57.4 million, or $3.47 per share of common stock. Historical net tangible book deficit represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 was $308.1 million, or $5.33 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, after giving effect to (i) the Preferred Conversion, (ii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iii) the RSU Net Settlement (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate), (iv) the Warrant Exercise, and (v) the exercise of stock options for 158,832 shares of Class A common stock by certain selling stockholders in connection with the Cash Option Exercise, reflected as a $0.5 million increase in cash and cash equivalents and a corresponding increase in common stock and paid-in capital.

After giving further effect to (i) our receipt of $85.8 million in estimated net proceeds from the sale and issuance by us of shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (which offering expenses exclude $3.2 million of deferred offering costs that have been previously paid as of September 30, 2025 but include $2.9 million of deferred offering costs accrued and unpaid as of September 30, 2025), (ii) the elimination of $6.1 million of deferred offering costs of which $3.2 million have been paid as of September 30, 2025 and $2.9 million were accrued and unpaid as of September 30, 2025 reflected as a decrease in assets and additional paid-in capital of $6.1 million; and (iii) the use of proceeds and existing cash and cash equivalents to satisfy the assumed tax withholding and remittance obligations described above, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2025 would have been $396.7 million, or $6.30 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $0.97 per share to our existing stockholders and immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of approximately $12.70 per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 19.00  

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of September 30, 2025

   $ (3.47 )   

Increase per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     8.80    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2025, before giving effect to this offering

     5.33    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to investors purchasing shares in this offering

   $ 0.97    
  

 

 

   

 

81


Table of Contents

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the closing of this offering

      $ 6.30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $ 12.70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on, among other things, the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering, the actual tax withholding rates, as well as the actual amount of RSUs settled in connection with this offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.04 per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.96 per share, in each case, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the closing of this offering by approximately $0.18 per share and increase (decrease) the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $(0.18) per share, in each case assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of September 30, 2025, the differences between the number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock purchased from us by our existing stockholders and our Class A common stock purchased from us by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, the total consideration paid to us in cash, the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares of common stock issued prior to the closing of this offering, and the price to be paid by new investors for shares of Class A common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering estimated price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount
(in millions)
     Percent  

Existing stockholders

     57,815,302        92 %     $ 450        82 %    $ 7.78  

New investors

     5,127,696        8 %     $ 97        18 %    $ 19.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     62,942,998        100 %     $ 547        100 %    $ 8.69  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders before this offering to be reduced to 52,416,683 shares, or 83% of the total number of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to 10,526,315 shares, or 17% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 25,604,242 shares of our Class A common stock and 32,211,060 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 after giving effect to (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) the RSU Net Settlement, (v) the Warrant Exercise, and (vi) the Cash Option Exercise, and excludes:

 

82


Table of Contents
  •  

1,037,566 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2025 under our 2016 Plan, excluding the stock options subject to the Cash Option Exercise, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.30 per share;

 

  •  

4,803,868 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of RSUs outstanding as of the date of this prospectus subject to service-based and liquidity event-based conditions, for which (i) the service-based condition was not satisfied as of such date and (ii) the liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, of which 1,622,370 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock at the election of our co-founders upon settlement;

 

  •  

548,489 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Class A common stock as of September 30, 2025 and not exercised prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.92 per share;

 

  •  

up to 18,962,327 shares of our Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2026 Plan, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, consisting of 13,000,000 new shares and up to 5,962,327 shares underlying outstanding awards granted under our 2016 Plan that, after the date the 2026 Plan becomes effective, either are not issued (due to the awards expiring or being settled in cash), are forfeited or repurchased due to failure to vest, or are withheld to satisfy the exercise, strike, or purchase price or tax withholding obligations, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Equity Incentive Plan”; and

 

  •  

1,300,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 ESPP, plus any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan,” which will become available for issuance upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our 2026 Plan and 2026 ESPP provide for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for additional information.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, or any outstanding RSUs settle, or new stock options or RSUs are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional equity or convertible debt securities in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options and RSUs under our 2016 Plan as of the date of this prospectus were exercised or settled, then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these securities would own approximately 92.5% and our new investors would own approximately 7.5% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding on the closing of this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

83


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the sections titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of forward-looking statements and important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

Ethos is a technology company transforming the life insurance industry. We have built a vertically integrated technology platform that makes life insurance accessible, affordable, and transparent for everyone. Since inception, we have activated over 500,000 policies, and as of September 30, 2025, we had over 10,000 active selling agents and several active carriers on our platform. Through our three-sided technology platform, we serve a growing ecosystem of consumers, agents, and carriers, each of which benefits from the scale, ease-of-use, and efficiency of our platform. This creates strong network effects that drive our continued growth. We serve the following constituents through our digital platform:

 

  •  

Consumers: We remove the friction from buying life insurance with a 100% digital application and underwriting process that includes transparent pricing, a few health questions driven by our proprietary underwriting engine instead of lengthy and invasive medical exams, and decisions in minutes for almost all consumers.

 

  •  

Agents: Our platform is designed to enable agents to sell more policies and get paid quickly across a broad portfolio of products. We provide agents with an Agent OS that streamlines quoting, application submission, and policy management. Agents generate their own leads and refer customers to our platform, either through agent-assisted applications or dedicated microsites or links, and all Ethos policies sold through agents are ultimately activated on our platform. This reduces case management work and streamlines payments infrastructure, all of which substantially increase an agent’s time available to prospect and sell.

 

  •  

Carriers: We help life insurance carriers expand their consumer and agent reach in a manner designed to optimize risk selection and profitability, as carriers assume the insurance risk of the underlying policies. We do not assume balance sheet risk for the policies on our platform.

Our technology platform is fully digital and vertically integrated. We simplify the insurance value chain from distribution to underwriting, activation, payments, and administration. Combining key elements of the insurance sales and administrative process into a singular platform enables us to build insurance products quickly, dynamically adjust underwriting and pricing, and rapidly iterate to deliver a delightful consumer and agent experience.

Our platform makes the application process faster and more accessible for consumers and agents while reducing errors, including by validating disclosures against third-party data in real-time. Our proprietary underwriting engine leverages predictive and real-time data acquired with the consent of the applicant to create a bespoke information graph that allows us to instantly assess risk and deliver quick, competitively priced policies with high approval rates. Once issued, our cloud-native policy administration system provides consumers with seamless servicing and billing. The unified, end-to-end nature of our platform enables us to collect and analyze granular data across the entire consumer and agent journey. We then identify patterns across cohorts to continuously optimize our underwriting and improve conversion and platform usability.

 

84


Table of Contents

Our technology platform is extensible, demonstrated by our ability to launch and scale new life insurance and estate planning products. This has enabled us to expand our offerings from just one product in 2019 to ten as of December 31, 2024. We have launched multiple Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance products, as well as Wills & Estate Planning and Supplemental Health Insurance products. As a result, we have achieved significant scale with broad demographic and geographic distribution. We have activated over 500,000 policies, and these consumers come from a wide range of educational backgrounds, income levels, and ages, consistent with our mission of democratizing access to life insurance. Our technology platform continuously improves as we scale and collect data, which further refines underwriting accuracy, pricing efficiency, and our platform engagement strategy to create durable network effects.

While we are in the early stages of capturing our market opportunity, we have made substantial progress in revolutionizing life insurance. Our key milestones include:

 

 

LOGO

We have balanced our portfolio with products that accommodate a broad range of applicants, spanning various ages, health classifications, and policy sizes, enabling us to serve a wide segment of the U.S. population, and others that allow us to address a variety of consumer needs. Our products also have different financial profiles, given they offer different coverage amounts and are designed to serve different user demographics across various age, health, and wealth bands. We aim to drive further growth by expanding the breadth and diversity of our product portfolio, which represents a key value proposition for both consumers and agents.

Our products may be sold through our DTC or third-party channels, and we offer most of our products through both channels. Our DTC channel does not involve any third-party selling efforts, such as through agency partners. Consumers who purchase products through our DTC channel engage with our platform directly. We leverage our two channels to drive continued growth by capturing an increasingly broad set of consumer use cases and preferences. As a result, our product mix across our channels also fluctuates over time, and we expect it will continue to do so as we expand the breadth and diversity of our product portfolio to drive overall growth in activated policies.

Our Financial Model

We generate substantially all of our revenue from the expected lifetime commissions for activated policies. We receive such commission payments from the issuing carrier. After a policy is activated, we have no material additional or recurring performance obligations to the carrier.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our commissions for an activated policy are based on the commission rate, which is a percentage of the policy’s annual premium. Commission rates primarily vary by insurance product, policy duration, and product risk class. They are defined in our carrier contracts and reviewed by carriers on an annual basis. Commission rates have generally been stable or have increased as we have scaled, driven in part by the value we provide carriers by helping them efficiently acquire consumers, manage risk, and administer activated policies.

We generally receive commissions over the life of an activated policy. Carriers pay us the majority of a policy’s lifetime commissions in the first year following activation, after which we generally receive commission payments monthly for the life of the policy. However, we recognize as revenue the expected lifetime value of commissions upfront at the time the policy is activated.

We adjust the amount of lifetime expected commission revenue recognized at the time of a policy’s activation using a persistency estimate, which refers to a percentage estimating the likelihood that the policy will remain active throughout its term. We derive the persistency estimate for the policy using our observed persistency data applicable to that policy as well as relevant industry persistency data. Because persistency estimates are based on observed persistency data, such estimates differ by product type and based on whether a policy is sold directly to the consumer or through our third-party channel. Persistency estimates are reviewed by our actuarial, finance, and accounting teams, as well as externally by third-party experts, including our financial auditors, and are adjusted as needed on a quarterly basis based on changes to observed persistency data and, where applicable, industry persistency data.

If we adjust our persistency estimates for an activated policy during the policy term, we recognize an adjustment to revenue previously recorded for that difference. Observed persistency for policies of a particular product type changes over time as activated policies are terminated prior to the end of their terms. Policy terminations are primarily driven by either the consumer’s failure to pay or voluntary customer cancellations. From time to time, terminations may also result from findings in post-issue audits that we perform to validate digital underwriting information. Persistency has generally been stable or has improved on an individual product basis as we have enhanced our product experience and policy recommendation. However, we expect our persistency estimates to fluctuate in the future, including as we expand our product offerings, grow our carrier and agency relationships, and increase our activated policies.

 

LOGO

 

86


Table of Contents

For policies that are sold on our platform directly to consumers, we incur marketing as well as underwriting costs, and for policies that are sold through a third-party channel on our platform, we incur the costs of agent payments, as well as underwriting-related costs.

GAAP Revenue vs. Cash Commissions

Carriers pay us the majority of a policy’s lifetime commissions in the first year following activation, after which we generally receive commission payments monthly for the life of the policy. If a policy is terminated within the first year, all or a portion of the commission received is repaid to the carrier. This results in a difference between the timing of revenue recognition and operating cash inflows from commission payments, as illustrated in the diagram below, which is subject to change based on factors such as product mix. On average, roughly 77% of expected lifetime commissions associated with an activated policy are collected as cash during the first year following policy activation, while 89% are collected as cash by the fifth year following activation.

 

LOGO    LOGO

We expect the percentage of lifetime commissions collected as cash in the first year following policy activation to fluctuate over time as we grow our activated policies and scale our business. See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have a limited history operating our business at its current scale, scope, and complexity, which makes it difficult to plan for future operations and growth initiatives and predict future results” for a discussion of certain factors that may impact the timing of our cash flows from commissions.

Agent Payments

For a policy sold through an agent, the total agent payment is a percentage of the policy’s first year premium. We generally pay such amount the day after the policy is activated, and agents are not entitled to payments after the first year. If the policy terminates within the first year following activation, we are entitled to recover all or a portion of the total agent payment. If a policy terminates after the first year, we are generally not entitled to recover any portion of the agent payment.

Despite the actual timing of such agent payments, we recognize total agent payments in sales and marketing expense in the period of policy activation, net of the estimated amount that we expect to recover from agents in the first year after activation due to termination. We apply the same persistency used to recognize revenue for the policy in estimating this recovery amount. This may result in a difference between the timing of expense recognition for agent payments and the payment to or recoupment of cash associated with such agent payments. In a particular quarter during which a policy is activated, cash outflows for agent payments exceed expense recognized for those payments, since we receive any recouped cash amount of

 

87


Table of Contents

agent payments on a delayed basis. In addition, as with commission revenue, we similarly recognize adjustments to our operating expenses from time to time upon adjustments to estimated persistency for policies sold through agents.

We also offer agents production-based incentives and rewards that we may elect to use from time to time, which we also recognize in sales and marketing expense. These expenses primarily relate to loyalty programs that reward agents for high volumes of business with strong persistency characteristics, agency incentive programs, and limited promotional campaigns recognizing top-performing agents.

Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
     (in thousands)  

Total Activated Policies

     72       128       89       144  

Average Revenue Per Unit

   $ 2.2     $ 2.0     $ 2.1     $ 1.9  
         
     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in millions, except percentages)  

Gross Profit

     154       248       183       273  

Gross Margin

     96 %      97 %      97 %      98 % 

Contribution Profit(1)

     51       105       76       115  

Contribution Margin(1)

     32 %      41 %      40 %      41 % 

Net Income

     2       49       39       47  

Net Income Margin

     1 %      19 %      21 %      17 % 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

     7       58       43       63  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(1)

     4 %      23 %      23 %      23 % 
 
(1)

Contribution Profit, Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. See below for more information regarding our use of Contribution Profit, Contribution Margin, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin and a reconciliation of Contribution Profit to Gross Profit, Contribution Margin to Gross Margin, Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to Net Income Margin, the most directly comparable financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

Activated Policies. We define activated policies as the number of policies issued on our platform over a given period of measurement. Activated policies have increased over time as we have expanded our DTC and third-party channels and added product offerings with existing and new carriers.

 

88


Table of Contents

The total number of activated policies in the year ended December 31, 2024 was 127,619, a 77% increase compared to the same period in 2023. The total number of activated policies in the year ended December 31, 2023 was 72,018. The total number of activated policies in the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was 143,625, a 61% increase compared to the same period in 2024. The total number of activated policies in the nine months ended September 30, 2024 was 89,108.

 

LOGO

Average Revenue Per Unit. We define average revenue per unit, or ARPU, as our total GAAP revenue for a given period, divided by the total number of activated policies during the period.

ARPU varies by channel, and relatedly by product, due to differences in premium amounts, negotiated commission rates, and persistency estimates. Premiums are influenced by factors such as coverage amount, policy duration, and risk level, all of which differ by product. Our third-party channel historically has a higher mix of our Whole Life insurance products, which typically have lower ARPU due to lower coverage amounts and commission rates. While ARPU fluctuates by channel and by product, we use total ARPU to evaluate our performance across channels and our overall growth.

The DTC channel generated revenue of $119 million and $174 million, accounting for 75% and 68% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. The third-party channel generated revenue of $41 million and $81 million, accounting for 25% and 32% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. The DTC channel generated revenue of $135 million and $168 million, accounting for 72% and 61% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025, respectively. The third-party channel generated revenue of $53 million and $109 million, accounting for 28% and 39% of our total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025, respectively. For additional information on revenue, see Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

ARPU for the DTC channel increased by 3% in 2024 compared to 2023, while ARPU for the third-party channel decreased by 14% over the same period. ARPU for the DTC channel increased by 7% in the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024, while ARPU for the third-party channel decreased by 4% over the same period. ARPU for the third-party channel accounted for a higher portion of total ARPU over these periods as we continued the scaling of our third-party channel and due to the third-party channel’s increasing contribution to overall revenue over these periods compared to the DTC channel.

 

89


Table of Contents

ARPU in the year ended December 31, 2024 was $1,997, compared to $2,218 in the prior year. ARPU in the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was $1,932, compared to $2,114 in the prior period.

 

LOGO

Contribution Profit. We define Contribution Profit as our gross profit less sales and marketing expense, which includes agent payments and underwriting costs for non-activated policies, plus stock-based compensation related to our employees and overhead costs allocated to sales and marketing expense. Gross profit is defined as revenue less cost of revenue. Cost of revenue primarily consists of underwriting costs associated with activated policies. Overhead costs allocated to sales and marketing expense include professional fees, technology expenses, and other related costs. Contribution Margin is calculated by dividing Contribution Profit for a period by revenue for the same period.

Contribution Profit is primarily impacted by revenue as well as marketing costs, which consists of advertising spend on our website and agent payments for policies sold through our third-party channel. Both ARPU and marketing costs are impacted by changes in product and distribution channel mix. As a result, we expect Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin to fluctuate over time as we expand our product offerings and experience changes in distribution channel mix across periods.

Contribution Profit increased from $51 million to $105 million from 2023 to 2024, representing a Contribution Margin improvement from 32% to 41%. Contribution Profit increased from $76 million to $115 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to 2025, representing a Contribution Margin improvement from 40% to 41%. The increase in Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin from 2023 to 2024, and from the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to the same period in 2025, was primarily due to higher revenue and gross profit as a percentage of revenue.

Within sales and marketing expense, agent payments increased by 120%, or from $25.1 million in 2023 to $55.1 million in 2024, resulting in agent payments as a percentage of third-party revenue increasing by six percentage points, from 62% in 2023 to 68% in 2024. Advertising expenses increased by only 13%, or from $55.9 million in 2023 to $63.4 million in 2024. As a result, advertising expense as a percentage of DTC revenue decreased by 11 percentage points, from 47% in 2023 to 36% in 2024, contributing to lower overall sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue in 2024 compared to 2023 and improvements in Contribution Margin.

Agent payments increased by 69%, or from $37.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to $63.1 million for the same period in 2025, resulting in agent payments as a percentage of third-party revenue decreasing by 13 percentage points, from 70% for the nine

 

90


Table of Contents

months ended September 30, 2024 to 58% for the same period in 2025. Advertising expenses increased by 43%, or from $48.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to $69.5 million for the same period in 2025, resulting in advertising expenses as a percentage of DTC revenue increasing by 5%, from 36% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to 41% for the same period in 2025. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the decrease in agent payments as a percentage of third-party revenue along with the higher contribution of third-party revenue to total revenue resulted in overall improvements in Contribution Margin compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

We expect Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin to fluctuate in the near term as we continue to invest in the growth of our business, and improve over the long term as we achieve greater scale and drive efficiency through operational improvements.

We use Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin to evaluate our operating performance. We believe that Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin provide useful information to investors about our business and financial performance because they offer insight into how efficiently we activate new policies and ultimately revenue by accounting for the direct expenses associated with those activated policies.

Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin should not be considered as alternatives to gross profit and gross margin, or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin rather than gross profit and gross margin, which are the most directly comparable GAAP measures. They do not reflect our financial results in accordance with GAAP as they do not include the impact of certain expenses that are reflected in our consolidated statements of operations. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Contribution Profit differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure. For these reasons, our Contribution Profit and Contribution Margin should be considered alongside, not as substitutes for or in isolation from, GAAP-based financial measures.

The following table provides a reconciliation of gross profit to Contribution Profit:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
     (in millions)  

Gross Profit

   $ 154     $ 248     $ 183     $ 273  

Less: Sales and Marketing

     (108 )      (149 )      (109 )      (165 ) 

Add: Stock-based Compensation Allocated to Sales and Marketing(1)

     1       1       —       2  

Add: Professional Fees Allocated to Sales and Marketing

     1       1       —       1  

Add: Technology Expenses Allocated to Sales and Marketing

     2       2       1       2  

Add: Other Expenses Allocated to Sales and Marketing

     1       1       1       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contribution Profit

   $ 51     $ 105     $ 76     $ 115  
 
(1)

Such expenses relate to our employees.

 

91


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

LOGO

Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as our net income excluding interest expense, interest income net, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation expense as set forth in the table below. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA for a period by revenue for the same period. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to assess performance, to inform the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, and to assist our board of directors in monitoring our business and financial performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin provide useful information to investors about our business and financial performance, enhance their overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, including by providing consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, and allow for greater transparency with respect to measures used by our management in their financial and operational decision making. In addition, we believe Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors, securities analysts, and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of operational performance.

Adjusted EBITDA increased from $7 million to $58 million from 2023 to 2024, representing an Adjusted EBITDA Margin improvement from 4% to 23%. Adjusted EBITDA increased from $43 million

 

92


Table of Contents

to $63 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to 2025, representing an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 23% for both periods. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin from 2023 to 2024 and the increase in Adjusted EBITDA from the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to the nine months ended September 30, 2025 was primarily due to the growth in net income. We expect Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to fluctuate in the near term as we continue to invest in our business and improve over the long term as we achieve greater scale in our business and efficiencies in our operating expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should not be considered as alternatives to net income and net income as a percentage of revenue, or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin rather than net income and net income as a percentage of revenue, which are the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

The following table provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2023      2024      2024      2025  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 1,689      $ 48,832      $ 39,284      $ 46,590  

Interest expense

     723        595        457        2,405  

Interest income

     (5,792 )       (5,599 )       (4,277 )       (4,472 ) 

Income tax expense

     586        5,104        942        4,029  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 5,713      $ 5,438      $ 4,169      $ 4,075  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     2,919        54,370        40,575        52,627  

Stock-based compensation

     3,607        3,166        2,269        10,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 6,526      $ 57,536      $ 42,844      $ 63,191  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of these limitations, our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should be considered in addition to, not as substitutes for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

93


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

Cost-Effectively Activating New Policies. Our continued growth is dependent on cost-effectively activating new policies. We reach consumers by investing in direct marketing and agent payments. Our direct marketing is diversified and includes affiliate marketing, search engine marketing, social media advertising, TV advertising, and others. We dynamically adjust our direct marketing on a daily basis to optimize our acquisition strategy. Spending to activate a new policy is governed by our payback period, which we define as the number of months it takes for the cash commissions received to offset advertising spend and agent payments, as well as underwriting, sales team and payment processing costs. As of September 30, 2025, our average payback period was within two months.

We assess the effectiveness of agents by monitoring their sales productivity over time. The chart below reflects the cumulative policies sold per agent by cohort, with each cohort consisting of all

 

94


Table of Contents

agents who sold their first policy on our platform in a given fiscal quarter. In turn, cohorts include agents who have ceased selling policies on our platform. Overall, agents within each cohort consistently become more productive, as demonstrated by the increase in cumulative activated policies sold per agent by cohort over time. Since 2022, the number of agents on our platform has grown at an annual rate of 35% net of agent departures, or churn, while revenue per agent has increased at an annual rate of 27% over the same time period.

 

LOGO

 

95


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Agent Recruitment and Retention. We onboard new agents to our platform primarily through our network of agencies. As such, it is critical that we maintain strong relationships with existing agencies, establish new relationships, and enhance the productivity of agents to support agent retention. We intend to continue investing in our platform to make it increasingly attractive to agencies and their agents, primarily by adding features and functionalities that help agencies recruit more agents, enhance agent efficiency, boost overall productivity, and improve the consumer experience. In addition, as we continue to scale our third-party channel, we have taken, and expect to continue to take, actions to improve the persistency of policies sold by these agents, including by terminating agents who do not meet our heightened sales and underwriting standards.

Life Insurance Pricing. Life insurance pricing impacts purchasing and agent selling behavior. Pricing is primarily influenced by factors such as health, lifestyle, coverage amount, and policy type. Carriers may adjust pricing in response to shifts in mortality assumptions, interest rates, capital markets, reinsurance costs, inflation, and regulatory changes. We mitigate pricing risk through a

 

96


Table of Contents

diversified product portfolio and a broad mix of carriers, enabling us to offer competitive rates across a wide range of consumer profiles.

Evolving Channel and Product Mix. We leverage our two distribution channels to optimize for increased demand on our platform. Consumer demand through each channel is impacted by multiple factors, including product mix, which we evaluate holistically when implementing this channel strategy. In addition, though we prioritize overall expansion of our product portfolio, our product mix impacts our growth and results of operations. Our revenue and ARPU are impacted by premium amounts, commission rates, and persistency estimates, all of which differ by product. Certain of our products, such as Whole Life Insurance, tend to have lower coverage amounts and commission rates, resulting in lower ARPU.

Further, because we offer most of our products through both channels, including Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance, our strategy and shifts in consumer insurance purchasing patterns and trends also drive fluctuations in product mix by channel, which impacts our results of operations. Certain of our products, such as Whole Life Insurance, have historically been sold primarily through our third-party channel due to various factors, including preferences and demographics of the target consumers for such products as well as sales strategies and priorities of our agency partners. In addition, our sales and marketing expense and Contribution Margin are impacted by our channel mix, as described further under the section titled “—Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures–Contribution Profit.”

As a result, we expect revenue, activated policies, and profitability to continue to be impacted by our evolving channel and product mix.

Strategic Carrier Relationships. Maintaining our active carrier relationships and establishing new carrier relationships are critical for our continued growth. For our top three carriers by distribution, who are also our longest tenured carriers, we were their largest source of life distribution in 2024. However, we still have significant opportunities to increase our share, as we accounted for a minority of these top three carriers’ life insurance premiums in 2024. Our existing carriers have a significant growth opportunity, as the life insurance market remains highly fragmented, with numerous carriers competing for market share. Beyond our current relationships, we intend to selectively work with new carriers, primarily to facilitate new product introductions and further diversify our positions within our existing carrier base.

Increasing Products on Our Platform. The breadth and diversity of our existing products are a key value proposition for both consumers and agents. Moreover, our platform is extensible, as demonstrated by our successful track record in launching and scaling new insurance and estate planning products. Our growing expertise in product launches, informed by our growing experience through numerous past product launches and continuous improvements in our third-party channel, has enhanced our efficiency. For instance, while it initially took 24 months to reach $20 million in run-rate annual premium with our Term Life Insurance product launched in 2019, a more recent product achieved the same milestone in just 15 months. We intend to continue investing in new product development, leveraging our increasing efficiency to drive further growth.

Persistency.  Our results of operations, including our revenue growth trends, are impacted by changes in our persistency estimates. Several factors have resulted in, and may in the future result in, fluctuations in our persistency estimates, including growth in activated policies, new carrier relationships, introductions of new products on our platform, changes in our product mix, and changes in observed persistency in the life insurance industry.

Operating Leverage. Our platform benefits from operating leverage, allowing our business to scale efficiently as we increase policy activations and launch new products. Several of our costs,

 

97


Table of Contents

including our general and administrative costs, are not directly tied to the number of activated policies in a given period. As a result, we generate more revenue relative to our cost base as we grow. Each incremental product launch also becomes more cost-effective, leveraging our robust underwriting capabilities, digital platform, and established distribution channels with minimal additional overhead.

Investment in Technology Platform. We have prioritized investments in automation, our data moat, and data analytics to optimize policy approvals and pricing while enriching the customer journey. Our commitment to digitizing the life insurance process is evident in our continued development of digital infrastructure, such as enhancing features on our website and in our agent portal. Our significant investment in proprietary technology is key to advancing our underwriting capabilities and may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

Seasonality. Seasonality can impact our activated policies patterns, influencing acquisition volume, costs, and conversion rates. The three months ended March 31 have historically been our strongest quarter of activated policies, as consumer demand for life insurance is elevated by factors such as annual financial planning cycles that typically occur post-New Year. During this period, digital marketing costs tend to be lower relative to other periods, allowing us to efficiently invest more in direct marketing.

Macroeconomic and Regulatory Trends. Macroeconomic factors, including a high interest rate environment, equity market returns, and a tight labor market impact the financial services and life insurance industries. Moreover, changes in the tax code (demand for insurance for tax planning purposes) or on capital reserving requirements (such as the approval of the principles-based reserving regime in 2017) impact the demand for the life insurance products we offer and the profitability of the carriers with whom we work. These macroeconomic and regulatory factors have the potential to affect demand for our underwriting and distribution services.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We primarily generate revenue through commissions paid by carriers from policies activated and sold through our platform as well as from our provision of third-party administrator, or TPA, services for such policies. Our commission revenue is recognized upfront upon delivering new policyholders to carriers, and we have no material additional obligations post-sale. Our revenue for an activated policy includes both the first-year commission and renewal commissions, both of which require significant judgment in applying a persistency estimate. In future periods following policy activation, we recognize in-period adjustments in revenue as the applicable persistency estimates are updated.

Cost and Expenses

Our costs and expenses consist of sales and marketing, general and administrative expenses, technology costs, cost of revenue, and depreciation and amortization.

In the quarter in which this offering is completed, we expect to recognize approximately $178.9 million of stock-based compensation expense associated with the satisfaction of the liquidity event-based vesting condition for outstanding RSUs, for which the service-based vesting conditions have been fully or partially satisfied on or before the pricing of this offering. As such, we expect to incur a net loss for the quarter and year in which this offering is completed, primarily as a result of recognition of this stock-based compensation amount.

We also expect to incur additional stock-based compensation expense in future periods across certain of the costs and expenses categories below as additional RSUs meet their service-based

 

98


Table of Contents

vesting conditions, calculated using the accelerated attribution method for RSUs with a liquidity event-based vesting condition and using the straight-line method for RSUs granted following the closing of this offering and without a liquidity event-based vesting condition.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consists of our advertising expenses, agent payments, underwriting costs for non-activated policies, and overhead costs allocated on a headcount basis. Sales and marketing expenses also consist of salaries, stock-based compensation expense, employee benefits, bonuses, and commissions for sales and marketing employees and contractors.

We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue as we increase our sales and marketing personnel and continue to expand our customer engagement.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist of salaries, stock-based compensation expense, employee benefits, and bonuses for executive, finance, accounting, legal, human resources, actuarial, and administrative support. General and administrative expenses also include legal, accounting, other third-party professional services, other miscellaneous expenses, and overhead costs allocated on a headcount basis.

We expect general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue as we grow our operations and incur additional expenses associated with operating as a public company.

Technology (Exclusive of Amortization)

Technology (exclusive of amortization) expenses primarily consist of salaries, stock-based compensation expense, employee benefits, and bonuses for salaried employees and contractors engaged in the design, development, maintenance, and testing of our platform including our websites, mobile applications and other products. Technology expenses also include overhead costs allocated on a headcount basis but do not include amortization of capitalized website and software development costs.

We expect technology expenses to continue to increase on an absolute dollar basis and vary from period to period as a percent of revenue as we continue investing in our technology platform to support future growth.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue represents the direct costs associated with fulfilling our obligations to our carriers for the activation of insurance policies and primarily consists of underwriting costs incurred by activated policies in the application process.

We expect that cost of revenue will increase on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future as we continue to grow and be relatively consistent period to period as a percentage of revenue.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses relate to property and equipment, website and software development costs, as well as acquisition-related and other acquired intangible assets. We record depreciation and amortization using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets.

 

99


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists of interest costs associated with the sale of commissions receivable. For a portion of our policies, we have at times entered into arrangements in which we sell the rights to a portion of future commissions in exchange for upfront cash payments to unaffiliated entities. The cost of these arrangements, or the difference between the purchase price and the foregone future commissions for years sold, is recorded as a Loss on Sale in the period in which the policies are sold. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we only used this arrangement for one of our Term Life Insurance products as described further in “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Liabilities Related to Sale of Commissions Receivable” and in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements. We impute interest on the unamortized portion of the liability for the sale of commissions receivable using the effective interest method, which is based on forecasted payments expected to be made over the term of the agreements.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of income earned on our short-term investments included in cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities.

Other Income, net

Other Income, net consists of income from subleasing office space along with income from credit card rewards.

Income Tax Expense

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States and income taxes in certain foreign jurisdictions, deferred income taxes reflecting the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and the realization of net operating loss carryforwards.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes. We recognize the tax effects of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date and only in an amount more likely than not to be sustained upon review by the tax authorities. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are classified in the consolidated financial statements as income tax expense.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth our results of operations for the periods presented in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue:

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2023      2024      2024      2025  
                   (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

           

Commission

   $ 159,754      $ 254,926      $ 188,402      $ 277,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     159,754        254,926        188,402        277,531  

Costs and expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

     107,531        148,664        108,578        165,205  

General and administrative

     21,231        22,417        17,674        30,414  

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

     22,288        23,133        16,767        24,711  

 

100


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

     5,902       6,527       4,969       4,674  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,713       5,438       4,169       4,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     162,665       206,179       152,157       229,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (2,911 )      48,747       36,245       48,452  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (723 )      (595 )      (457 )      (2,405 ) 

Interest income

     5,792       5,599       4,277       4,472  

Other income, net

     117       185       161       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     5,186       5,189       3,981       2,167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     2,275       53,936       40,226       50,619  

Income tax expense

     (586 )      (5,104 )      (942 )      (4,029 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,689     $ 48,832     $ 39,284     $ 46,590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2023     2024     2024     2025  
                 (unaudited)  

Revenue:

        

Commission

     100 %      100 %      100 %      100 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100       100       100       100  

Costs and expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

     67       58       58       60  

General and administrative

     13       9       9       11  

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

     14       9       9       9  

Cost of revenue

     4       3       3       2  

Depreciation and amortization

     4       2       2       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

     102       81       81       83  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (2 )      19       19       17  

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     0       0       0       (1 ) 

Interest income

     4       2       2       2  

Other income, net

     0       0       0       0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     3       2       2       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

     1       21       21       18  

Income tax expense

     (0 )      (2 )      (0 )      (1 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1 %      19 %      21 %      17 % 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

*Certain figures may not sum due to rounding

        
        

 

101


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and 2025

Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,         
       2024          2025        % Change  
     (in thousands)         

DTC channel revenue

   $ 135,331      $ 168,285        24 % 

Third-party channel revenue

   $ 53,071      $ 109,246        106 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 188,402      $ 277,531        47 % 

Revenue increased by $89.1 million, or 47%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by a 61% increase in activated policies across both the DTC and third-party channels. DTC channel revenue grew by $33.0 million, or 24%, whereas the third-party channel revenue grew by $56.2 million, or 106%. Third-party channel revenue grew at a faster rate, primarily due to the accelerated growth of our Whole Life Insurance products, which were primarily sold through the third-party channel. These products had relatively lower coverage amounts, driving a 9% decrease in ARPU over the same period.

Costs and Expenses:

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Sales and marketing

   $ 108,578     $ 165,205       52 % 

Percentage of revenues

     58 %      60 %   

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $56.6 million, or 52%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. This increase was primarily driven by a $46.6 million increase in agent payments and advertising spend, as we continued to scale both our DTC and third-party channels by driving lead growth through direct marketing and brand awareness campaigns and compensating agents for volume growth. Agent payments increased by 69%, from $37.3 million for nine months ended September 30, 2024 to $63.1 million for the same period in 2025, and advertising spend increased by 43%, from $48.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to $69.5 million for the same period in 2025. Other key drivers were an increase of $3.1 million in underwriting costs for non-activated policies associated with higher application volume and an increase of $2.8 million in personnel-related expenses as we increased headcount to support revenue growth. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 60% for the nine months ended September 30, 2025, increasing from 58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2024.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

General and administrative

   $ 17,674     $ 30,414       72 % 

Percentage of revenues

     9 %      11 %   

 

102


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses increased by $12.7 million, or 72%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $4.6 million in stock-based compensation associated with the 2025 Tender Offer, $4.1 million in personnel-related compensation expenses due to increased headcount, and $1.5 million in professional and outside services costs.

Technology (Exclusive of Amortization)

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

   $ 16,767     $ 24,711       47 % 

Percentage of revenues

     9 %      9 %   

Technology expenses increased by $7.9 million, or 47%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $3.3 million in personnel-related compensation expenses due to headcount growth, an increase of $2.0 million in stock-based compensation associated with the 2025 Tender Offer, an increase of $0.8 million in hosting fees, and an increase of $0.8 million in software and web services to support both the maintenance and expansion of our product suite and technology infrastructure.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Cost of revenue

   $ 4,969     $ 4,674       (6 )% 

Percentage of revenues

     3 %      2 %   

Cost of revenue expenses decreased by $0.3 million, or 6%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The decrease was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million decrease in evidence provider costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 4,169     $ 4,075       (2 )% 

Percentage of revenues

     2 %      1 %   

Depreciation and amortization expenses were relatively consistent between the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024 due to a $0.4 million decrease in capitalized software amortization offsetting a $0.3 million increase in depreciation expense.

 

103


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense):

Interest Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Interest expense

   $ (457 )    $ (2,405 )      426 % 

Percentage of revenues

     0 %      (1 )%   

Interest expense increased by $1.9 million, or 426%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was driven by an increase in liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable in December 2024, partially offset by a reduction in previous liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable.

Interest Income

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Interest income

   $ 4,277     $ 4,472       5 % 

Percentage of revenues

     2 %      2 %   

Interest income increased by $0.2 million, or 5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to a higher average investments and cash equivalents balance.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,        
       2024         2025       % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Income tax expense

   $ (942 )    $ (4,029 )      328 % 

Percentage of revenues

     0 %      (1 )%   

Income tax expense increased by $3.1 million, or 328%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by an increase to the valuation allowance related to changes in temporary differences.

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2024

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2023      2024      % Change  
     (in thousands)         

DTC channel revenue

   $ 119,141      $ 173,736        46 % 

Third-party channel revenue

   $ 40,613      $ 81,189        100 % 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 159,754      $ 254,926        60 % 

 

104


Table of Contents

Revenue increased by $95.2 million, or 60%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily driven by a 77% increase in activated policies as well as a larger commission revenue adjustment from improved persistency estimates compared to the prior year period. DTC channel revenue grew by $54.6 million, or 46%, whereas third-party channel revenue grew by $40.6 million, or 100%. Third-party channel revenue grew at a faster rate primarily due to the accelerated growth of our Whole Life Insurance and Indexed Universal Life Insurance products, which were mainly sold through the third-party channel. In particular, the growth in our third-party revenue reflects increased revenue from the launch of Indexed Universal Life Insurance in September 2023 and positive agent and consumer reactions to customer experience enhancements that we made in 2024 for certain of our existing products that are primarily sold through our third-party channel. We expect that the rate of revenue growth in our DTC and third-party channels may fluctuate in future periods, depending on the frequency and timing of additional product introductions on our platform and whether such products are sold through both distribution channels. These products sold in 2024 had relatively lower coverage amounts and commission rates, driving a 10% decrease in ARPU over the same period.

Costs and Expenses:

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,    

 

 
     2023     2024     % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Sales and marketing

   $ 107,531     $ 148,664       38 % 

Percentage of revenue

     67 %      58 %   

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $41.1 million, or 38%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily driven by a $37.4 million increase in agent payments and advertising spend, as we continued to scale both our direct to consumer and third-party channels by driving lead growth through direct marketing and brand awareness campaigns and compensating agents for volume growth. Agent payments increased by 120% from $25.1 million in 2023 to $55.1 million in 2024, and advertising spend increased by 13% from $55.9 million in 2023 to $63.4 million in 2024. The increase in agent payments was primarily attributable to continued scaling of our third-party distribution channel, rather than an increase in per-policy agent payments. The second key driver was a $1.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses as we increased headcount to support growth. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses were 58% in the year ended December 31, 2024, decreasing from 67% in the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by improved efficiency in lead generation and policy conversion.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2023     2024     % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

General and administrative

   $ 21,231     $ 22,417       6 % 

Percentage of revenue

     13 %      9 %   

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.2 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.8 million in professional and outside services costs, $0.6 million in personnel-related compensation expenses due to increased headcount, and $0.6 million in payment

 

105


Table of Contents

processing and other general and administrative costs. These increases were in part offset by the reversal of a prior accrual of a $2.0 million loss contingency associated with a cyber incident.

Technology (Exclusive of Amortization)

 

     Year Ended December 31,         
     2023      2024      % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
        

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

   $ 22,288      $ 23,133        4 % 

Percentage of revenue

     14%        9%     

Technology expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in software and web services costs, driven in part by investments in cybersecurity, and a $0.6 million increase in professional and outside services costs to support both the maintenance and expansion of our product suite and technology infrastructure. These increases were in part offset by a $1.0 million reduction in personnel-related expenses.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
     2023     2024     % Change  
     (in thousands, except
percentages)
       

Cost of revenue

   $ 5,902     $ 6,527       11 % 

Percentage of revenue

     4 %      3 %   

Cost of revenue expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 11%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to a $0.6 million increase in underwriting costs driven by growth in application and activated policy volume.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
      2023       2024      % Change  
     (in thousands,
except percentages)
       

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 5,713     $ 5,438       (5 )% 

Percentage of revenue

     4 %      2 %   

Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased by $0.3 million, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily driven by acquired intangible assets that were fully amortized during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Other Income (Expense):

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
      2023       2024      % Change  
     (in thousands,
except percentages)
       

Interest expense

   $ (723 )    $ (595 )      (18 )% 

Percentage of revenue

     (0 )%      (0 )%   

 

106


Table of Contents

Interest expense decreased by $0.1 million, or 18%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was driven by a reduction in previous liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable, partially offset by an increase in liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable in December 2024.

Interest Income

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
      2023       2024      % Change  
     (in thousands,
except percentages)
       

Interest income

   $ 5,792     $ 5,599       (3 )% 

Percentage of revenue

     4 %      2 %   

Interest income decreased by $0.2 million, or 3%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to a lower average short-term investment and cash equivalents balance.

Income Tax Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,        
      2023       2024      % Change  
     (in thousands,
except percentages)
       

Income tax expense

   $ (586 )    $ (5,104 )      771 % 

Percentage of revenue

     0 %      (2 )%   

Income tax expense increased by $4.5 million, or 771%, for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily driven by changes to the valuation allowance as a result of increases to deferred tax liabilities associated with revenue recognition.

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data

The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters ended September 30, 2025, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. The unaudited quarterly statements of operations data set forth below have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other period. The following quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and, in each case, the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2023
    March 31,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
    March 31,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    September 30,
2025
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:

               

Commission

  $ 40,018     $ 62,191     $ 56,384     $ 69,827     $ 66,524     $ 94,888     $ 88,849     $ 93,794  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    40,018       62,191       56,384       69,827       66,524       94,888       88,849       93,794  

Costs and expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    27,143       38,666       34,343       35,569       40,086       56,383       51,748       57,074  

General and administrative

    6,350       5,870       5,843       5,961       4,743       13,396       8,147       8,871  

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

    5,372       5,442       5,549       5,776       6,366       9,658       7,284       7,769  

 

107


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2023
    March 31,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
    March 31,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    September 30,
2025
 
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

    1,757       2,097       1,441       1,431       1,558       1,575       1,422       1,677  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,566       1,425       1,344       1,400       1,269       1,337       1,406       1,332  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    42,188      
53,500
 
    48,520       50,137       54,022       82,349       70,007       76,723  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (2,170 )      8,691       7,864       19,690       12,502       12,539       18,842       17,071  

Other income (expense):

               

Interest expense

    (170 )      (160 )      (152 )      (145 )      (138 )      (973 )      (646 )      (786 ) 

Interest income

    1,519       1,389       1,405       1,483       1,322       1,513       1,549       1,410  

Other income (expense), net

    33       15       63       83       24       32       26       42  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    1,382       1,244       1,316       1,421       1,208       572       929       666  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (788 )      9,935       9,180       21,111       13,710       13,111       19,771       17,737  

Income tax (expense)

    (147 )      (191 )      (227 )      (524 )      (4,162 )      (864 )      (1,302 )      (1,863 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (935 )    $ 9,744     $ 8,953     $ 20,587     $ 9,548     $ 12,247     $ 18,469     $ 15,874  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends in Revenue

Quarterly commissions increased in each period when compared to the results of the same period in the prior year due to steady growth across both our DTC and third-party channels.

Historically, commissions from our DTC channel have exhibited seasonality, most prominently in the first quarter of each calendar year due to an increase in marketing efficiency driven by seasonally strong consumer demand and relatively low advertising costs per impression.

Quarterly Trends in Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses fluctuate on a quarterly basis as we leverage our data platform to optimize the timing and magnitude of marketing campaigns across channels.

Total costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue has generally decreased for the periods presented with the exception of the three months ended March 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025. The March 31, 2025 increase was due to stock-based compensation expense from the 2025 Tender Offer, and the expense was allocated across our Sales and marketing, General and administrative, and Technology expenses proportional to the personnel in each category. The September 30, 2025 increase was due to the factors described in “—Results of Operations—Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and 2025.”

Quarterly interest expense increased in 2025 due to an arrangement entered into in the fourth quarter of 2024 to sell a portion of our future commissions receivable in exchange for an upfront cash payment.

 

108


Table of Contents

Quarterly Percentage of Revenue Data

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenue for each of the quarterly periods presented:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2023
    March 31,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
    March 31,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    September 30,
2025
 
    (in millions, except percentages)  

Revenue:

               

Commission

    100 %      100 %      100 %      100 %      100 %      100 %      100 %      100 % 

Costs and expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    68       62       61       51       60       59       58       61  

General and administrative

    16       9       10       9       7       14       9       9  

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

    13       9       10       8       10       10       8       8  

Cost of revenue

    4       3       3       2       2       2       2       2  

Depreciation and amortization

    4       2       2       2       2       1       2       1  

Total costs and expenses

    105       86       86       72       81       87       79       82  

Income (loss) from operations

    (5 )      14       14       28       19       13       21       18  

Other income (expense):

               

Interest expense

    (0 )      (0 )      (0 )      (0 )      (0 )      (1 )      (1 )      (1 ) 

Interest income

    4       2       2       2       2       2       2       2  

Other income (expense), net

    0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0  

Total other income (expense), net

    3       2       2       2       2       1       1       1  

Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (2 )      16       16       30       21       14       22       19  

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (0 )      (0 )      (0 )      (1 )      (6 )      (1 )      (1 )      (2 ) 

Net income (loss)

    (2 %)      16 %      16 %      29 %      14 %      13 %      21 %      17 % 

Quarterly Trends in Gross Profit, Net Income and Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and Related Margins:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2023
    March 31,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
    March 31,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    September 30,
2025
 
    (in millions, except percentages)  

Gross Profit

  $  38     $  60     $  55     $  68     $  65     $  93     $  87     $  92  

Gross Margin

    96 %      97 %      97 %      98 %      98 %      98 %      98 %      98 % 

Net Income (Loss)

  $ (1 )    $ 10     $ 9     $ 21     $ 10     $ 12     $ 18     $ 16  

Net Income (Loss) Margin

    (2 %)      16 %      16 %      29 %      14 %      13 %      21 %      17 % 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 0     $ 11     $ 10     $ 22     $ 15     $ 24     $ 21     $ 19  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    1 %      18 %      18 %      31 %      22 %      25 %      23 %      20 % 

 

109


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, to non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin is presented below:

 

    Three Months Ended  
    December 31,
2023
    March 31,
2024
    June 30,
2024
    September 30,
2024
    December 31,
2024
    March 31,
2025
    June 30,
2025
    September 30,
2025
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (935 )    $ 9,744     $ 8,953     $ 20,587     $ 9,548     $ 12,247     $ 18,469     $ 15,874  

Interest income

    (1,519 )      (1,389 )      (1,405 )      (1,483 )      (1,322 )      (1,513 )      (1,549 )      (1,410 ) 

Interest expense

    170       160       152       145       138       973       646       786  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    147       191       227       524       4,162       864       1,302       1,863  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,566       1,425       1,344       1,400       1,269       1,337       1,406       1,332  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    (571 )      10,131       9,271       21,173       13,795       13,908       20,274       18,445  

Stock-based compensation expense

    824       817       783       669       897       9,814       478       272  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 253     $ 10,948     $ 10,054     $ 21,842     $ 14,692     $ 23,722     $ 20,752     $ 18,717  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    1 %      18 %      18 %      31 %      22 %      25 %      23 %      20 % 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through net proceeds from the issuance of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and commissions received from the sale of our products. As of September 30, 2025, our principal sources of liquidity were cash, cash equivalents, and investments of $161.2 million and working capital of $126.8 million. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash held in demand deposit accounts and short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Marketable securities are comprised primarily of commercial paper and investment grade U.S. and non-U.S.-issued corporate debt securities. Our principal use of cash has been to fund our operations and invest in technology to support our growth.

We have generated significant losses from operations and negative cash flows from operating activities in the past as reflected in our accumulated deficit of $127.1 million as of September 30, 2025. Our future cash flows from operating activities may fluctuate as a result of investments we continue to make across our organization. As a result, we may require additional capital resources to execute strategic initiatives to grow our business.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next twelve months. However, our liquidity assumptions may prove to be incorrect, and we could utilize our available financial resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of available funds will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, accuracy of persistency estimates, expansion of sales and marketing activities, expansion of carrier and agency relationships, investments in technology enhancements, continued market adoption of our platform and services, and timing and amount of sales of commissions receivable. In addition, we may enter into agreements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, teams, and technologies, including intellectual property rights, which could increase our cash requirements. As a result of these and other factors, we may be required to seek additional financing sooner than we currently anticipate. However, we may not be able to secure additional financing to meet our operating requirements or growth strategies on acceptable terms, or at all.

 

110


Table of Contents

In particular, recent volatility in the global financial markets, including due to heightened inflation, rising interest rates, tariffs, and other macroeconomic conditions, geopolitical events, such as the ongoing conflicts between Russia and Ukraine and in the Middle East, and disruptions in access to bank deposits or lending commitments due to bank failures could reduce our ability to access capital and negatively affect our liquidity in the future. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity or equity-linked securities, the ownership of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we raise additional financing by the incurrence of indebtedness, we will be subject to increased fixed payment obligations and could also be subject to restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we are unable to obtain needed additional funds, we will have to reduce our operating costs, which would impair our growth prospects and could otherwise negatively impact our business.

Cash Flows

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2024 and 2025

The following table sets forth certain cash flow information for the periods presented:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2024     2025  
     (in thousands,
unaudited)
 

Net cash provided by / (used in) operating activities

   $ (13,072 )    $ 31,281  

Net cash provided by investing activities

     11,279       23,115  

Net cash used in financing activities

     (1,236 )      (5,183 ) 

Cash Flows Provided by / (Used In) Operating Activities

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, net cash provided by operating activities was $31.3 million. This was driven primarily by net income of $46.6 million, non-cash expenses of $4.1 million related to depreciation and amortization, $3.5 million related to deferred taxes, $2.4 million related to interest expense and $10.6 million related to stock-based compensation, in addition to non-cash income of $1.0 million related to the amortization of discounts and premiums of investments. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, significant changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted from the following:

 

  •  

Increase in commissions receivable of $46.5 million due to an increase in the earned commissions resulting from the 61% growth in activated policies.

 

  •  

Increase in prepaid and other assets of $15.9 million due primarily to growth in expected clawbacks from payments made to agents for policies sold.

 

  •  

Increase in accounts receivable of $5.6 million due primarily to an increase in commission owned to us by the insurance carriers.

 

  •  

Increase in accounts payable of $35.3 million due primarily to increase in expected commissions to be paid to carriers as a result of clawbacks.

 

  •  

Increase in accrued expenses of $10.5 million due primarily to an increase in accrued agent payments driven by growth in third-party revenue.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, cash used in operating activities was $13.1 million. This was driven primarily by net income of $39.3 million, non-cash expenses of $4.2 million related to depreciation and amortization and $2.3 million related to stock-based

 

111


Table of Contents

compensation in addition to non-cash income of $2.6 million related to the amortization of discounts and premiums of investments. In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 2024, significant changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted from the following:

 

  •  

Increase in commissions receivable of $48.7 million due to an increase in the earned commissions resulting from the 65% growth in activated policies.

 

  •  

Increase in accounts receivable of $12.6 million due primarily to an increase in commission owned to us by the insurance carries.

 

  •  

Increase in prepaid and other assets of $11.6 million due primarily to growth in expected clawbacks from payments made to agents for policies sold.

 

  •  

Increase in accounts payable of $10.0 million due primarily to an increase in expected commissions to be paid to carriers as a result of clawbacks.

Cash Flows Provided By Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities during the periods presented included purchases, sales and maturities of short-term and long-term investments.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, net cash provided by investing activities was $23.1 million. This was primarily due to proceeds from maturity and sale of investments of $79.9 million, partially offset by purchases of investments of $52.5 million.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, net cash provided by investing activities was $11.3 million. This was primarily due to proceeds from maturity and sale of investments of $122.4 million, partially offset by purchases of investments of $107.6 million.

Cash Flows Used In Financing Activities

Our financing activities during the periods presented consisted primarily of proceeds or repayments related to liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable as well as payments of deferred offering costs.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, cash used in financing activities was $5.2 million, which primarily consisted of payments of deferred offering costs of $3.2 million and repayments of the liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable of $7.8 million, partially offset by the sale of commissions receivable of $5.0 million and proceeds from exercise of stock options of $0.8 million.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2024, cash used in financing activities was $1.2 million, which primarily consisted of repayments of the liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable.

Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2024

The following table sets forth certain cash flow information for the periods presented:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2023     2024  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (37,124 )    $ (10,908 ) 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (9,159 )      (896 ) 

Net cash provided by / (used in) financing activities

     (1,642 )      21,857  

 

112


Table of Contents

Cash Flows Used In Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in operating activities was $10.9 million. This was driven primarily by net income of $48.8 million, non-cash expenses of $5.4 million related to depreciation and amortization, $3.9 million related to deferred taxes, and $3.2 million related to stock-based compensation, in addition to non-cash income of $3.1 million related to the amortization of discounts and premiums of investments. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2024, significant changes in our operating assets and liabilities resulted from the following:

 

  •  

Increase in long-term commissions receivable of $53.9 million due to an increase in the commissions owed to us by the insurance carriers.

 

  •  

Increase in prepaid and other assets of $23.9 million due primarily to growth in expected clawbacks from payments made to agents for policies sold.

 

  •  

Increase in accounts receivable of $13.6 million due primarily to 77% growth in activated policies.

 

  •  

Increase in accounts payable of $12.7 million due primarily to increase in expected commissions to be paid to carriers as a result of clawbacks.

 

  •  

Increase in other current liabilities of $12.4 million due primarily to a reclassification of contract asset balances to contract liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, cash used in operating activities was $37.1 million. This was driven primarily by net income of $1.7 million, non-cash expenses of $5.7 million related to depreciation and amortization, an increase in commissions receivable of $29.1 million relating to an increase in volume of activated policies sold in the year ended December 31, 2023, $3.6 million related to stock-based compensation, and non-cash income of $3.6 million related to the amortization of discounts and premiums of investments.

Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities during the periods presented included purchases, sales and maturities of short-term and long-term investments.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $0.9 million. This was primarily due to purchases of investments of $154.7 million offset by proceeds from maturity and sale of investments of $158.4 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $9.2 million. This was primarily due to purchases of investments of $154.2 million offset by proceeds from maturity and sale of investments of $149.9 million.

Cash Flows Provided By / (Used In) Financing Activities

Our financing activities during the periods presented consisted primarily of proceeds or repayments related to liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, cash provided by financing activities was $21.9 million, which primarily consisted of proceeds from the sale of commissions receivable of $23.6 million, offset by repayments of the liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable of $1.9 million. In December 2024, we sold a portion of our commissions receivable to an unaffiliated third party re-insurer for upfront cash, as further described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We may consider entering into such arrangements in the future depending on our capital and business needs.

 

113


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2023, cash used in financing activities was $(1.6) million, which primarily consisted of repayments of the liabilities related to the sale of commissions receivable.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our operating lease commitments primarily include corporate offices. As of September 30, 2025, we had fixed lease payment obligations of $2.8 million, with $1.2 million to be paid within 12 months and the remainder thereafter. For additional discussion on our operating leases, see Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We did not have any long-term borrowings as of September 30, 2025.

We invest our excess cash primarily in commercial paper and money market accounts. Our current investment strategy seeks first to preserve principal, second to provide liquidity for our operating and capital needs and third to maximize yield without putting our principal at risk.

Our investments are exposed to market risk due to the fluctuation of prevailing interest rates that may reduce the yield on our investments or their fair value. We do not believe an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and therefore we do not expect our results of operations or cash flows to be materially affected to any degree by a sudden change in market interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. Substantially all of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our revenue is not currently subject to any significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the United States, Singapore and India. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. We do not believe a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the relative value of the U.S. dollar to other currencies would have a material effect on our operating results.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs, and expenses and related disclosures. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making

 

114


Table of Contents

judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and any such differences may be material. We believe that of our significant accounting policies, which are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer, in the amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

Our revenue comes in the form of commissions paid to us by insurance carriers for the provision of placement and TPA services. We recognize revenue when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and recognizes an amount that reflects the consideration that an entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. We apply the following five step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the contract with a customer; (ii) identification of the performance obligations in the contract, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) we satisfy each performance obligation.

Our primary customers are the insurance carriers that it contracts with to provide placement and/or TPA services through direct and indirect sales channels, related to consumers and partnerships with insurance agencies, respectively. We earn commissions for first year and renewal policies from the insurance carriers for both placement and TPA services. The contracts with the insurance carriers are non-exclusive and can typically be terminated unilaterally by either party. We review individual contracts to determine our legal and enforceable rights to renewal commissions upon contract termination when determining variable consideration.

We review each contract with customers to determine what promises we must deliver and which of these promises are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. The delivery of new policyholders to the insurance carriers is the only material promise specified within the contracts. After a policy is sold, we have no material additional or recurring obligations to the policyholder or the insurance carrier.

Our contracts do not include downstream policyholder activities such as claims support or payment collection services. While the primary promise is the sale of policies, some contracts include the promise to provide TPA services to policyholders on behalf of the insurance carrier such as responding to policyholder inquiries regarding coverage or providing proof of insurance. We have reviewed and do not have any material ongoing costs for the provision of insurance placement or TPA services. As a result, for a given policy, our performance obligation to insurance carriers is met upon the issuance and activation of an insurance policy.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer. The transaction price is identified as the first year commission due upon the initial sale of a policy as well as an estimate of renewal commissions. The estimates of renewal commissions are considered variable consideration and require significant judgment including determining the number of periods in which a renewal will occur and the value of those renewal commissions to be received if renewed.

 

115


Table of Contents

For renewal commissions, we utilize the expected value approach. This approach is based on persistency to estimate renewal commissions at the time of policy activations considering historical data and performance, and we recognize adjustments in revenue for differences in actual commissions received versus persistency estimates. Our persistency estimates incorporate a combination of historical lapse and performance of the placed policy, available insurance carrier experience data, historical payment data by distribution channel, and insurance carrier to estimate forecasted renewal consideration and constrain revenue recognized to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The uncertainty associated with the variable consideration related to each periodic policy renewal is subsequently resolved when the policy renews, and adjustments in variable consideration are recognized in the period incurred.

We recognize all commissions expected to be received over the expected life of the insurance policy at the policy effective date which is when it has completed its performance obligation for both placement and TPA services. At the policy effective date, we apply its management estimate of policyholder persistency; the attrition rate of policy holders who cease to maintain their insurance policy, due to cancellation or mortality, and accrues a churn reserve based on industry data and our experience in the industry and with different carriers.

We continuously evaluate the assumptions and inputs into its calculation of renewal commissions. As a result of these continuous evaluations, we recognize adjustments for revenue from prior periods when the cash collections are different from the estimated constrained renewal commissions. These adjustments are a result of a change in estimate of expected cash collections when actual cash collections differ from the estimated constrained renewal commissions for the revenue recognized at the time of approval. These adjustments can be positive or negative and are recognized using actual experience from policy renewals.

Commissions Receivable

The estimated variable consideration related to performance obligations that have been satisfied but for which payment is not yet due is classified as commissions receivable. Commissions receivable are contract assets and are reclassified as accounts receivable when the rights to payment become unconditional (upon renewal of the underlying policy). Commissions receivable represent the variable consideration for policies that have not renewed yet and therefore are subject to the same assumptions, judgments, and estimates used when recognizing revenue as noted above.

Liabilities Related to Sale of Commissions Receivable

From time to time, we enter into agreements to sell a portion of our commissions receivable. We account for the sale of future rights to commissions from insurance carriers as debt, amortized under the effective interest method. We have elected to use the prospective method in the calculation of the effective interest rate and will update this calculation quarterly when there are changes in the projected cash flows. The amortization of the liabilities is based on our current estimates of future commission payments, which represents the variable consideration for policies that have not renewed yet and therefore are subject to the same assumptions, judgments and estimates used when recognizing revenue as noted above.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize our stock-based compensation expense for stock options based on the estimated fair value of the award. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton pricing model to determine the grant date fair value of stock options. For awards with service conditions only, stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the

 

116


Table of Contents

awards, which is generally the vesting period. For awards with both a time and liquidity event condition, stock-based compensation expense is recognized using the accelerated-attribution method over the estimated vesting period of the awards if and when we conclude that it is probable that the liquidity event condition will be achieved. We reassess the probability of vesting at each reporting period for awards with liquidity event conditions and adjust compensation expense based on its probability assessment. We account for forfeitures as they occur.

We measure and recognize our stock-based compensation expense for RSUs based on the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Our RSUs vest upon the satisfaction of both a time and liquidity event condition. We recognize compensation expense for awards with both a time and liquidity event condition on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award and, for awards with liquidity event conditions, when we conclude it is probable that the liquidity event condition will be achieved. We reassess the probability of vesting at each balance sheet date and adjust compensation expense based on the probability assessment.

We continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility and expected term utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates of expected volatility and expected term, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

As of September 30, 2025, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested RSUs was $92.1 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.01 years. Following the completion of this offering, stock-based compensation expense related to our RSUs will result in increases in our expenses in future periods, in particular the quarter in which this offering is completed for RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be fully or partially satisfied and for which the liquidity event condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

After the closing of this offering, based on RSUs outstanding as of September 30, 2025, we expect that approximately 383,228, 484,574, and 386,785 RSUs will satisfy their service-based vesting conditions by each of February 15, 2026, May 15, 2026, and August 15, 2026, respectively, assuming no forfeitures. We may delay the settlement of certain of these vested RSUs until after the expiration of lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Common Stock Valuations

Since June 2018, we have obtained periodic valuation analyses prepared by independent third-party valuation firms to assist us with the determination of the fair value of our common stock. The valuation firms utilized approaches and methodologies consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation and information provided by our management, including historical and projected financial statements, prospects and risks, our performance, various corporate documents, capitalization, and economic and financial market conditions. The third-party valuation firms also utilized other economic, industry, and market information obtained from other resources considered reliable. The valuation analyses were reviewed by management and the board of directors in conjunction with stock-based compensation grants. Management and our board of directors have considered these valuation analyses and other qualitative and quantitative factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock at each stock option, RSU, or warrant grant date. These factors included:

 

  •  

the results of contemporaneous valuations of our common stock at periodic intervals, performed by independent third-party specialists;

 

117


Table of Contents
  •  

the prices, right, preferences, and privileges of our redeemable convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  •  

the prices paid for redeemable convertible preferred stock sold to third-party investors by our Company and prices paid in secondary transactions for shares repurchased by us in arm’s-length transactions, including any tender offers;

 

  •  

the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

  •  

our actual operating and financial results;

 

  •  

our current business conditions and projections;

 

  •  

the hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

  •  

our stage of development;

 

  •  

operational, financial, and market performance of companies considered comparable to our Company;

 

  •  

likelihood of achieving certain liquidity events, such as a sale or merger or initial public offering, or IPO, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

  •  

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

The valuation analyses employed market and income approaches to estimate our enterprise value and allocated our enterprise value among our various equity classes utilizing option pricing, or OPM, and probability-weighted expected return, or PWERM, methods. The valuation analyses were based on contemporaneous information as of each respective valuation date.

Under the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow, or DCF method, forecast cash flows are discounted to the present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analyses determine discrete free cash flows over several years based on forecast financial information provided by our management and a terminal value for the residual period beyond the discrete forecast, which are discounted at our estimated weighted average cost of capital to estimate our enterprise value.

Under the market approach, the guideline public company method and subject company transaction method were considered. The guideline public company method involves selecting publicly traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as us and calculating valuation multiples based on the guideline public company’s financial information and market data. Based on the observed valuation multiples, an appropriate multiple was selected to apply to our financial statistics. The same set of guideline public companies was utilized for both the common stock valuation and the expected volatility estimate for the valuation of the stock-based compensation awards. The subject company transaction method involves the utilization of a company’s own relevant stock transactions, such as a preferred stock issuance, to calculate the enterprise value based on the transaction price of the stock.

After determining an estimate of the fair value of the enterprise, the valuation analyses allocated the enterprise value among the equity classes outstanding at each valuation date utilizing the OPM, specifically the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The OPM requires inputs for the exercise price, term, expected volatility, and risk-free rate. The exercise prices were calculated based on the enterprise values at which the equity classes either begin or stop participating in the next incremental enterprise value, which were determined based on the liquidation preferences and conversion rights of each equity class. The term was the estimated time to a liquidity event, such as a sale or merger or IPO, which was determined based on information provided by our management and outside research. The expected volatility for the enterprise was estimated based on a historical analysis of publicly traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as us and consideration of the relative

 

118


Table of Contents

differences between us and the selected comparable companies, such as stage of development, earning margins, leverage, and other risk factors. The risk-free rates were based on U.S. treasury securities with terms to maturity consistent with the estimated time to a liquidity event.

The PWERM was utilized starting on May 31, 2024, which was determined to be appropriate given the expectation of a liquidity event in the near-term (approximately zero to two years) and a more discrete distribution of likely liquidity events. Under the PWERM, the fair value of common stock is estimated based on likely liquidity event scenarios. For each identified liquidity scenario, it is necessary to estimate the timing to a liquidity event, future enterprise value, probability of occurrence, and risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analyses estimated the future enterprise values utilizing the guideline public company method and information provided by our management. The timing to each liquidity event and the probability of occurrence were estimated based on information provided by our management and outside research. The risk-adjusted discount rates were estimated based on market data and outside research of required rates of return for companies at a similar stage of development and risk factors. The future enterprise values under each scenario were allocated to the various equity classes based on the liquidation preferences and conversion rights of each equity class. The future values for each equity class under each scenario were discounted to a present value at the selected risk-adjusted discount rate. The present values under each scenario were probability-weighted to determine the value of common stock before applicable discounts.

After obtaining the value allocated to the common stock under either the OPM or PWERM, a discount was considered to adjust for the fact that a share of common stock is a minority, non-marketable interest. The discounts are determined based on qualitative and quantitative analyses.

We derived the estimated fair value per share as of each grant date by applying a linear proration of fair values between the valuation performed immediately prior to each set of grants and the valuation performed after each set of grants.

As of September 30, 2025, total unrecognized compensation expense, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested awards was $92.2 million which is expected to be recognized over the next 2.01 years.

Based upon an estimated offering price of $19.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the options and warrants would have an intrinsic value of approximately $25.9 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted.

 

119


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Our Mission

Our mission is to protect families by democratizing access to life insurance and empowering agents at scale.

To achieve this mission, we built Ethos, a three-sided technology platform that transforms the buying, selling, and risk management experience of life insurance for consumers, agents, and carriers alike.

The Problem with the Legacy Life Insurance Process

Life insurance is a pillar of financial security. It provides individuals and their families peace of mind and financial protection against unforeseen events.

While technology has transformed almost every important personal and financial experience, from education to buying a home, banking, or investing, the experience of purchasing, selling, and administering life insurance has not meaningfully improved in several decades:

 

  •  

Consumers: Consumers today face slow, complex, and opaque application processes that often discourage them from obtaining the coverage they need.

 

  •  

Agents: Agents are required to navigate complex underwriting guidelines and rely on legacy, disparate technology applications that distract from insurance sales, create long sales cycles, and make case management labor-intensive.

 

  •  

Carriers: Carriers rely on analog underwriting processes and siloed data, which limits the speed and scale at which they can distribute policies.

As a result, there is a significant need for a new approach to life insurance in the United States. In 2024, 42% of American adults recognized they needed life insurance coverage but did not purchase it due to multiple reasons, notably the complexity of the products, perceived cost, and other financial priorities, according to the Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association, or LIMRA, a leading research organization for insurance and financial services companies.

Value Proposition to Consumers, Agents, and Carriers

Through our three-sided technology platform, we serve a growing ecosystem of consumers, agents, and carriers, each of which benefits from the scale, ease-of-use, and efficiency of our platform. This creates strong network effects that drive our continued growth.

Since inception, we have activated over 500,000 policies, and as of September 30, 2025, we had over 10,000 active selling agents and several active carriers on our platform.

 

  •  

Consumers: We remove the friction from buying life insurance with a 100% digital application and underwriting process that includes transparent pricing, a few health questions driven by our proprietary underwriting engine instead of lengthy and invasive medical exams, and decisions in minutes for almost all consumers.

 

  •  

Agents: Our platform is designed to enable agents to sell more policies and get paid quickly across a broad portfolio of products. We provide agents with an all-in-one agent operating system, or Agent OS, that streamlines quoting, application submission, and policy management. This reduces case management work and streamlines payments infrastructure, all of which substantially increase an agent’s time available to prospect and sell.

 

120


Table of Contents
  •  

Carriers: We help life insurance carriers expand their consumer and agent reach in a manner designed to optimize risk selection and profitability, as carriers assume the insurance risk of the underlying policies. We do not assume balance sheet risk for the policies on our platform.

Our Platform

Our technology platform is fully digital and vertically integrated. We simplify the insurance value chain from distribution to underwriting, activation, payments, and administration. Combining key elements of the insurance sales and administrative process into a singular platform enables us to build insurance products quickly, dynamically adjust underwriting and pricing, and rapidly iterate to deliver a delightful consumer and agent experience.

Our platform makes the application process faster and more accessible for consumers and agents while reducing errors, including by validating disclosures against third-party data in real-time. Our proprietary underwriting engine leverages predictive and real-time data acquired with the consent of the applicant to create a bespoke information graph that allows us to instantly assess risk and deliver quick, competitively priced policies with high approval rates. Once issued, our cloud-native policy administration system provides consumers with seamless servicing and billing. The unified, end-to-end nature of our platform enables us to collect and analyze granular data across the entire consumer and agent journey. We then identify patterns across cohorts to continuously optimize our underwriting and improve conversion and platform usability.

Our technology platform is extensible, demonstrated by our ability to launch and scale new life insurance and estate planning products. This has enabled us to expand our offerings from just one product in 2019 to ten as of December 31, 2024. We have launched multiple Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance products, as well as Wills & Estate Planning and Supplemental Health Insurance products. As a result, we have achieved significant scale with broad demographic and geographic distribution. We have activated over 500,000 policies, and these consumers come from a wide range of educational backgrounds, income levels, and ages, consistent with our mission of democratizing access to life insurance. Our technology platform continuously improves as we scale and collect data, which further refines underwriting accuracy, pricing efficiency, and our platform engagement strategy to create durable network effects.

Our Business Model

Our business model is capital and asset light and highly scalable. In contrast to a traditional carrier model, we do not assume balance sheet risk for the policies sold on our platform. We power the technology, distribution, digital underwriting, and consumer experience while our insurance carriers assume the underlying insurance risk of the policies.

We have achieved significant scale and rapid growth, and have expanded our margins since inception. The number of activated policies on our platform increased by 77% from 72,018 in the year ended December 31, 2023 to 127,619 in the year ended December 31, 2024, and increased by 61% from 89,104 in the nine months ended September 30, 2024 to 143,625 in the nine months ended September 30, 2025. Our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2023 and 2024 was $104 million, $160 million and $255 million, respectively, representing increases of 53% and 60%. Over the same period, we also increased our gross profit margin from 96% to 97%, respectively, and Contribution Margin from 32% to 41%, respectively. Our revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 was $188 million and $278 million, respectively, representing an increase of 47%. Over the same period, we also increased our gross profit margin from 97% to 98%, respectively, and Contribution Margin from 40% to 41%, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, our net income margin was 1% and 19%, and our Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased from 4% to 23%. In the nine

 

121


Table of Contents

months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025, our net income margin was 21% and 17% and our Adjusted EBITDA Margin was 23% for both periods. For more information about Contribution Margin and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, including the limitations of such measures and a reconciliation of each metric to its most directly comparable financial measure under GAAP, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Key Business Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

The Ethos Platform

We operate a vertically integrated platform transforming how life insurance is bought and sold through end-to-end distribution, underwriting, and policy administration. Our platform is natively built on a unified data infrastructure and our technology allows for continuous platform improvement, creating network effects as we scale.

 

LOGO

Vertically Integrated

Our vertical integration yields comprehensive data and insights across the value chain, enabling us to deliver superior value to consumers, agents, and carriers, while continuously improving our platform. By integrating multiple carriers on our unified platform, we are also able to offer a wider array of products tailored to various consumer profiles, creating a significant competitive advantage that compounds over time and helps us achieve our mission of democratizing access to life insurance.

Distribution

We believe we have transformed distribution for constituents in the life insurance value chain, simplifying and improving the policy experience for consumers, agents, and carriers alike.

We serve consumers by unifying the direct-to-consumer, or DTC, and third-party distribution channels on a single digital platform. This integrated model creates powerful flywheel effects: consumer marketing drives brand visibility and inbound interest from agents leading to higher sales and data captured from both channels that collectively improve our platform.

Our data engine and machine learning models identify patterns from historical consumer cohorts and use that data to predict purchase behavior, consumer lifetime values, and underwriting outcomes early in the funnel, improving our targeting while offering consumers an experience that is personalized to their needs.

 

122


Table of Contents

Our platform also integrates with third-party channels such as fintech companies via application programming interfaces, or APIs, allowing these companies to quote, process, and activate policies within their own platform. This further expands our reach and reinforces our distribution.

Underwriting

Our proprietary underwriting engine leverages real-time, sophisticated data analytics designed to deliver faster decision-making and higher approval rates at competitive prices compared to traditional models.

Traditional underwriting often requires in-person blood tests, urine analysis, and medical exams, as well as time-intensive, static, fillable forms. Such processes can take several weeks and subsequently can result in denial of coverage. With our digital technology platform, the majority of applicants receive a decision within ten minutes of starting their application. We leverage the services of reputable third-party vendors to efficiently obtain necessary medical information for our underwriting system to provide carriers with the information they need to approve policy issuances. These vendors include, among others, Milliman, TransUnion, and MIB Group, and they source data including credit-based insurance scores, driving records, prescription data, medical records, and other consumer information. When applicants first engage with our platform through any channel, they answer a few questions regarding their life insurance goals and medical history. Applicants then provide the necessary authorizations and consents directly through our platform before we obtain any third-party information regarding the applicant. Once such consents are obtained, our underwriting engine collects relevant third-party data from our third-party vendors and combines that data with consumer-submitted application information to generate a holistic information graph for carriers, supporting their individualized risk assessments and allowing them to rapidly arrive at an underwriting decision. Our underwriting engine is designed to share this information with carriers only to the extent permitted by the applicants’ authorizations. As we grow in scale and collect more data, we continue to refine and improve our underwriting system’s decision-making accuracy, allowing us to maintain our approval speeds while staying within our carriers’ acceptable ranges of mortality predictiveness. For example, our large and growing volume of policy applications gives us differentiated insights into decision-making accuracy across multiple risk dimensions, providing pricing adjustment insights and refinements to product-market fit, in addition to fueling the speed of approvals. We also work with our carriers to mitigate accuracy issues further through customer post-issue audits.

Our underwriting engine ingests up to 250,000 data points per application, including prescription history, credit-based insurance scores, historical underwriting outcomes and motor vehicle records. Importantly, it is designed to intelligently determine which data is most relevant for each individual consumer, which minimizes both cost and friction in the process. Our underwriting engine then combines such relevant third-party data with consumer-submitted application data to create a proprietary information graph that allows us to identify and assess risk instantly in an individualized manner. This scale of data integration and evaluation is difficult to achieve and is powered by our proprietary technology. When paired with our comprehensive product suite spanning a broad array of risk profiles, 95% of applicants receive decisions instantly based on internal data compared to four to eight weeks on average for traditional underwriting processes.

As a testament to our capabilities, many of our carriers entrust us with underwriting administration and execution. In these arrangements, we administer underwriting pursuant to certain standards that we develop and modify as necessary pursuant to carrier-specific requirements. The final standards, as agreed to by carriers, are set forth in carrier-specific manuals or guidelines. These standards are specific to each carrier and also vary by product, and address matters such as persistency, mortality, and post-issue audits. These standards generally apply consistently regardless of whether a policy is activated on our platform through our DTC channel or third-party channel, including APIs. These standards provide

 

123


Table of Contents

the framework within which our underwriting engine operates. Our underwriting engine continuously improves with each application processed, refining logic-based rules for risk selection, optimizing pricing, and enhancing approval rates, which drives better unit economics for us and our carriers.

Policy Administration

Our cloud-native policy administration system is able to automate significant portions of the full policy lifecycle, from issuance to servicing and policyholder payments. These services include dynamic contract generation, payment processing and reinstatements, endorsements (policy changes such as coverage amount or beneficiary updates), full servicing workflows (including consumer self-service), and structured data pipelines for auditing and compliance reporting. Owning our own policy administration stack allows us to deploy new product features, pricing updates, and carrier configurations in days, not quarters. This reduces unnecessary integration with, and reliance on, legacy carrier systems, which tend to be less flexible and therefore slower to iterate or improve.

Platform Extensibility

Our integrated distribution, underwriting, and policy administration capabilities enable us to efficiently develop and scale new products. We leverage ongoing feedback from agents, which is grounded in their understanding of consumer demand, to help guide product development. We also collaborate with carriers to introduce additional offerings that expand their distribution reach and broaden our product suite on our platform.

We continue to remain active in product development, including launching Indexed Universal Life Insurance in September 2023 and enhancing the consumer experience for certain of our existing products in 2024. We believe that our ability to rapidly develop and launch new products sets us apart. For example, we launched one of our most recent Term Life Insurance products in less than half of the industry average product development time based on average timelines cited in a 2023 Deloitte study.

 

 

LOGO

Network Effects

Our technology platform benefits from three key network effects:

 

  •  

Data Advantage: Because we vertically integrate the distribution, underwriting and administration of policies, we are able to gather and utilize data across the entire consumer journey. As more consumers apply for policies through our platform, our machine-learning

 

124


Table of Contents
 

driven consumer intelligence engine strengthens and adapts, resulting in optimized targeting in marketing, better consumer experiences, and improved conversion, allowing us to scale efficiently. As we underwrite more policies, our underwriting engine leverages these insights to optimize our risk assessment, which improves the unit economics for us and our carriers.

 

  •  

Platform Engagement: Our data advantage, increasing scale, and risk-management expertise lead to more carriers joining our platform for incremental growth. As we add new carriers, our existing agents have a broader and more competitive suite of products to sell. This broader offering enables us to attract more agents and agencies onto our platform and strengthens our consumer value proposition and marketing efficiency.

 

  •  

Economies of Scale: As more agents engage with our platform, we can more efficiently leverage the fixed costs associated with building our platform across a larger agent base. This more efficient cost structure allows us to invest more heavily in improving our agent experience and agent incentives. These improvements help attract new agencies and grow our agent base, which further compounds our scale.

 

LOGO

Our Ecosystem — Who We Serve

Our platform connects thousands of consumers and agents, and multiple agencies and carriers daily.

Why Consumers Choose Ethos: Life Insurance Reimagined for the Digital Age

We aim to make buying life insurance as seamless and intuitive as any modern e-commerce experience—fast, transparent, and entirely online. We believe we have revolutionized the application process, enabling consumers to apply and receive decisions in minutes, not weeks. The consumer experience on the Ethos platform eliminates the cumbersome medical exams and extensive paperwork of traditional processes. Our NPS score is 70, compared to the carrier industry average of 14.

We also believe in transparency and value. Consumers have traditionally faced an opaque and confusing array of policy options. Our consumers benefit from competitive pricing from the start,

 

125


Table of Contents

ensuring confidence in their coverage. We streamline life insurance selection with precision, recommending the optimal policy available on our platform for each consumer at a risk-adjusted price and ensuring clarity, confidence and the right coverage without unnecessary complexity or hidden surprises.

Why Agents Choose Ethos: Empowering Growth and Efficiency

Without Ethos, agents rely on antiquated technology with multiple logins, consumer relationship management, or CRM, platforms, contracting and compensation systems, and quoting tools that lead to fragmented and tedious consumer outreach and case management. Our operating system empowers agents to improve the efficiency of their outreach and increase conversion while making it easier to manage their business. Our end-to-end digital platform streamlines carrier contracting, quoting, applications, and policy management, freeing agents to focus on what they do best: selling policies, rather than administrative work. Additionally, we have added features and functionalities to our platform that help agencies recruit more agents, enhance agent efficiency, and boost overall productivity—delivering better outcomes for agencies, agents, carriers, and us.

With our agent platform, agents can enroll in minutes, acquire high-intent leads, sell a policy the same day, and get paid as early as the next day. Our CRM capabilities enable continuous and efficient engagement with current and prospective consumers. We believe our proprietary underwriting engine leads to faster approvals, helping agents close more policies in less time. Real-time tracking of consumer application status and automated payouts help agents optimize their cash flow, all while avoiding administrative burdens. Additionally, we enhance the agent experience through incentives and a structured loyalty program that rewards performance, encourages engagement, and fosters long-term retention. By making the sales process more rewarding and interactive, we help agents boost their productivity and stay motivated to grow their business with us.

Why Carriers Succeed with Us: Expanding Reach and Optimizing Risk

Our carriers are integral to our success. We are dedicated to helping carriers expand their consumer base through additional distribution, underwriting, and policy administration, as well as to bring new products to market quickly. For our top three carriers by distribution, who are also our longest tenured carriers and include Ameritas, Banner Life (formerly Legal & General America), and TruStage, we were their largest source of life insurance premiums in 2024.

Carriers often still rely heavily on decades-old technology infrastructure. As a result, sales and underwriting cycles remain long and inefficient. Our platform provides carriers new growth opportunities by reaching digital-first consumers and a growing network of tech-enabled agents, with higher underwriting efficiencies. Our proprietary underwriting model uses real-time data to optimize risk assessment while maintaining strong risk controls. Our commitment to carriers is a top priority, and we take extensive steps to assess and improve the efficacy of our digital underwriting process. For example, we have performed over 100,000 post-issue audits on activated policies (approximately 25% of activated policies to date) to validate digital underwriting information. We also provide carriers with full-service policy administration, which minimizes their internal resource requirements and simplifies the path to distribution at scale. Our carriers enjoy seamless integration with our data infrastructure, which connects with existing systems for rapid deployment and value creation. These benefits have driven meaningful growth for the carriers we work with. According to LIMRA data, on a third-quarter year-to-date basis for 2025 compared to the same period in 2024, carriers on the Ethos platform grew more than twice as fast as non-Ethos carriers offering comparable product lines.

 

126


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our Opportunity

There is a Significant Coverage Gap for Life Insurance Today

Life insurance represents a vast market opportunity in the United States, driven by millions of life events each year that heighten the demand for comprehensive coverage. Welcoming a new child, purchasing a home, saving for higher education, reaching retirement age, or experiencing the loss of a loved one are examples of key life milestones that drive this demand. In 2024, 3.6 million children were born in America according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 5.0 million Americans purchased homes according to the U.S. Census Bureau and the National Association of Realtors, 19.3 million enrolled for college in the United States according to College Enrollment & Student Demographic Statistics, 4.1 million Americans reached the age of 65 according to Alliance for Lifetime Income, and 12.5 million Americans mourned the loss of a loved one according to the Recovery Village Grief Statistics.

These recurring life events result in a persistent annual influx of new consumers seeking life insurance. Despite this demand, a significant need gap persists. According to LIMRA, 42% of American adults in 2024 recognized a need for life insurance but were deterred by the perceived cost and complexity of the products. The industry’s lack of innovation and reliance on traditional methods create an opportunity for technology-driven solutions. Our platform leverages technology and network effects to increase our market share.

The cumbersome nature of legacy life insurance processes has led insurers and agents to increasingly focus on the high net worth segment, where the complexity and cost of servicing are offset by larger premiums and higher lifetime commission value. We believe this focus has left a significant

 

127


Table of Contents

untapped opportunity in the mass affluent and middle market segments, where there is a growing demand for simplified and accessible life insurance solutions. We are well positioned to address this gap by offering streamlined, technology-driven solutions that cater to a broader market segment, thereby expanding our reach and impact.

Ethos Addresses a Large and Growing Market Opportunity

Ethos effectively bridges the life insurance need gap by offering accessible coverage and underwriting 95% of applicants instantly based on internal data. Term Life Insurance, Whole Life Insurance, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance, each offered on our platform, represented an aggregate of $12.6 billion of annual new policy premiums in the industry for the year ended December 31, 2024. The markets for these products have demonstrated consistent demand through economic cycles, with an average of approximately 10 million individuals purchasing new policies annually over the past decade, according to the American Council of Life Insurers. As we expand into new products, such as Variable Universal Life and Fixed Indexed Annuities, our market opportunity could grow to over $140 billion of new premiums a year.

Limitations Burden Existing Carriers Today

Traditional life insurers face challenges in bridging the life insurance need gap due to outdated infrastructure and the substantial investment required for modernization. With all of the top 20 carriers being over 100 years old, these insurers often focus on maintaining third-party provided legacy systems given the complexity associated with transitioning to new systems. Legacy processes often rely on human underwriters who manually review data, resulting in slow, inconsistent decision-making that limits scalability. Consequently, modern third-party provided systems lack the sophistication of our natively built platform and instead typically store data in disparate, inaccessible, poorly structured formats, complicating integration and analysis.

Over the last decade, the life insurance industry has been transitioning from captive agents tied to a single carrier to independent agents offering products from multiple insurers. This trend is driven by consumer demand for choice, price transparency, and tailored coverage. According to LIMRA, independent agents distributed 53% of premiums in 2023, up 8% from 2013. This shift presents operational challenges for carriers, who must now compete in a broker-driven environment without a dedicated agent salesforce. Consequently, carriers need to invest in agent-friendly tools, simplify underwriting, and offer competitive products to attract independent agents and agencies focused on consumer value rather than brand loyalty.

Consumer Demand for DTC Sales Positions Ethos for Success

According to LIMRA, approximately 90% of life insurance premiums are sold through agents. We believe DTC sales will continue to gain traction as consumers increasingly expect a digital end-to-end experience. The United States auto insurance sector has demonstrated this preference shift: Progressive wrote 56% of its personal auto premiums through DTC channels for the year ended December 31, 2024 according to company filings. Life insurance is undergoing a similar transformation, and we believe Ethos is positioned to lead and benefit from this transition with its modern, technology-first platform.

Our Competitive Strengths

Extensible Platform Drives Growth and Efficiency

Our technology platform is extensible, enabling us to scale more rapidly and more efficiently than traditional carriers. Built on a unified data infrastructure, our digitally native platform can launch products quickly, enhance product design, and update pricing in real-time. This allows us to leverage

 

128


Table of Contents

platform development costs across a broad base of products and distribution, maximizing efficiency and return on investment. For example, we migrated an existing Whole Life Insurance product from a carrier purchase experience to our digitally native platform in during three months ended March 31, 2024. As a result, total policy activations for this product grew 314% in 2024 compared to 163% in 2023. In addition, we believe our platform compares favorably to other non-traditional insurance companies in our industry. While many non-traditional insurance companies have implemented elements of automated underwriting to some degree, we believe our platform’s underwriting engine is competitively differentiated in its ability to ingest and analyze a wide range of data sources and identify which data points are most relevant to each individual applicant, both at scale. For example, we are able to deliver underwriting decisions for the majority of applicants within ten minutes, and deliver instant decisions for 95% of applicants based on internal data. Our platform’s scale enhances our underwriting engine and results by continuously generating additional data points that support ongoing refinement of our underwriting model. Further, because our platform is fully native, unlike many non-traditional insurance companies, we can analyze data across the entire ecosystem, from the application engine, underwriting engine, payments and commissions, and marketing infrastructure, allowing us to continuously improve our platform.

Multi-Carrier Relationship Model Delivers Value to Consumers and Agents

Unlike traditional insurers that typically focus on specific market segments and risk classes, our business model encompasses a wide range of products and risk categories within the life insurance sector. We work with multiple carriers, including a range of established national insurers with varied underwriting capabilities and product strengths, selected based on how well their capabilities align with a product’s design, underwriting needs, and intended risk and customer profile. These carriers vary in their strengths across product types, such as Term Life Insurance, Whole Life, and Indexed Universal Life Insurance.

When evaluating a new product opportunity, we engage with multiple carriers to assess their interest level, underwriting capabilities, growth capacity, and willingness to support specific product characteristics, such as pricing structure, risk profile, and underwriting requirements. This approach enables us to select the carrier or carriers best positioned to support the product’s distribution, underwriting, and performance objectives. The optimal carrier partner may vary by product based on the factors above, and in some cases we also engage with multiple carriers for a particular product type. However, in all cases, we aim to select the carrier or carriers best suited to support our goals for each product on our platform.

This flexible model allows us to offer diverse products with the most suitable carrier, driving strong demand from targeted consumer profiles. By maintaining multiple carrier relationships across product categories, we are able to expand our offerings to reach a broader range of consumer profiles and aim to better match applicants with the most suitable policies. This strategy is reflected in our product overview table set forth under “—Our Products” below, which demonstrates the breadth of our carrier relationships across the Ethos platform and sets out our specific product categories, their risk characteristics, and the related carriers issuing such products.

Diverse Go-to-Market Channels

By leveraging both our DTC digital platform and extensive third-party channel, Ethos captures a wide array of consumer use cases and preferences, allowing us to evolve our platform in response to market demands and reinforce our data moat. We cater both to consumers who prefer the personalized agent experience and others who opt for the convenience of DTC. This diverse go-to-market approach allows us to reach a broader range of consumers across multiple geographies and income levels. Both strategies offer comprehensive advantages: the DTC channel provides direct

 

129


Table of Contents

consumer feedback, enabling us to refine interfaces and product features, while the third-party channel offers valuable market and product insights, informing our product and distribution roadmap.

Significant Data Moat

As a vertically integrated platform, Ethos collects extensive data and insights from consumer interactions and third-party data providers. Our closed-loop data system, which integrates consumer disclosures with reflexive application questions, continually refines our underwriting models. With over 500,000 cumulative policies activated since inception, Ethos has built a robust data moat that enhances accuracy, efficiency, and pricing as more consumer data flows through the platform. Given the complexity of life insurance underwriting, where rare conditions have an incidence rate of <0.01%, this scale and diversity of data is crucial for enhancing our underwriting engine. Additionally, by integrating this data into our consumer acquisition engine, Ethos fine-tunes targeting, optimizes ad spend, and improves conversion rates. This comprehensive data integration translates into superior unit economics and competitive pricing across the ecosystem, Ethos, consumers, agents, and carriers, representing a notable barrier for new entrants.

Early Mover Advantage

Ethos holds a powerful early mover advantage as one of the only scaled technology platforms in the life insurance industry. Our early market entry in 2018 has allowed us to forge long-standing strategic relationships with leading insurance carriers that share our commitment to digitization. Building relationships with carriers is a challenging task, as carriers set a high bar for entrusting a platform like ours with underwriting policies and managing risk on their behalf.

This foundation has been further strengthened by significant technological advancements, particularly in our underwriting engine, which now instantly processes 95% of applications as of September 30, 2025, up from 73% in 2021 and 12% in 2019 based on internal data. Our cumulative investment since 2020 of over $750 million in sales, marketing, and research and development, or R&D, has established a strong brand and technological edge. Central to these achievements is our carefully assembled team, whose specialized domain expertise has been instrumental in modernizing this antiquated, highly regulated sector. Together, these elements create a substantial barrier for potential entrants, positioning us well for continued growth.

Proven Track Record with Industry Leading Carriers

Ethos has consistently demonstrated its ability to deliver exceptional value to our carriers. Our three longest tenured, active carriers, who are also our top carriers by distribution, have grown at an average compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 64% in annual premiums activated through Ethos from 2021 to 2024. For each of these carriers, we were their largest source of life insurance premiums in 2024. We believe that our track record in driving value for the carriers with whom we work not only helps us retain our existing carriers but also positions us as an attractive choice for new carrier relationships.

Our Growth Strategies

Attract More Consumers: We continue to attract more consumers by leveraging our rapidly growing data advantage, which strengthens as we scale. As our consumer base expands, our platform benefits from enhanced data and machine learning, enabling us to offer personalized interactions with our platform, more accurate underwriting, competitive pricing, and higher approval rates. This broadens our appeal and creates a virtuous cycle, where the influx of new consumers generates additional data, further enhancing customer satisfaction and attracting even more consumers to Ethos.

 

130


Table of Contents

Recruit More Agents and Increase Ethos’ Share of Our Agents’ Sales: We have a strong network of over 10,000 active selling agents on our platform as of December 31, 2024 and we are committed to expanding this network. We believe by providing agents with essential tools and offering a streamlined experience, we boost their productivity and effectiveness, positioning Ethos as a preferred choice for agents. Additionally, we intend to continue investing in incentives that encourage agents to join and continue managing their business on our platform.

Enhance Agent Productivity: We have achieved significant success by equipping agents with our comprehensive digital platform, and there are more enhancements to come. We will continue to invest in platform features to streamline the sales process and boost agent productivity to attract more agents and drive growth.

Expand Our Product Portfolio: Ethos has expanded from one product in 2019 to ten products as of December 31, 2024. We intend to continue broadening the product offerings available on our platform and plan to launch two additional products, Cancer Insurance and Accumulation Indexed Universal Life Insurance, by the end of 2025. These new products are expected to be launched without the need for additional financing.

Our Products

Ethos offers a comprehensive range of life-insurance and adjacent products:

Term Life Insurance

Term Life Insurance policies offer coverage for a specified period, with a benefit paid to the designated beneficiary or beneficiaries if the insured passes away during the policy term. Our diverse portfolio of Term Life Insurance products accommodates a broad range of applicants—spanning various ages, health classifications, and policy sizes—enabling us to serve a wide segment of the U.S. population.

Whole Life Insurance

Our Whole Life Insurance simplifies coverage for individuals of a wide range of backgrounds, including older consumers or those with health considerations. The benefit is permanent and, so long as consumers continue paying premium payments, can help cover expenses such as funeral costs, medical bills, and other expenses. With benefit amounts ranging from $2,000 to $100,000, we provide lifelong coverage at a secured rate.

Indexed Universal Life Insurance

Indexed Universal Life Insurance products allow consumers to utilize market-linked returns to help fund permanent life insurance coverage, providing potentially lower premiums for protection and/or the ability to achieve tax-advantaged accumulation. With benefit amounts up to $2.0 million, Indexed Universal Life Insurance provides a versatile solution for those seeking security, financial growth, or both.

Wills & Estate Planning

Wills and other estate planning tools help to ensure assets are properly distributed to provide loved ones with a financial safety net. We offer the optionality to seamlessly bundle will and estate planning tools with eligible policies sold through our platform. Additionally, both will creation and estate planning tools may be purchased separately. Our will creation service facilitates the designation of guardians and asset distribution, providing peace of mind. For estate planning, we cover everything from finances to caregiving, including the tools to create a will, trust, power of attorney, advanced

 

131


Table of Contents

medical directive, and more. We provide a simple, self-guided platform for quick and easy setup with no attorney required, saving both time and money.

 

Product Type1

  Carriers   Our Role   Number of
Products
  Description
Term Life Insurance  

Banner Life (formerly Legal & General America)

 

Ameritas

 

Protective

 

TruStage

  Distribution2, Underwriting Administration, and Policy Administration   4  

Each Term Life Insurance product was designed to serve a particular consumer risk profile and has differentiated features (such as coverage amounts and term length options) as well as risk-adjusted pricing, as set out below:

 

•

10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, and 40 year terms

 

•

$5,000 - $3,000,000 coverage range

Whole Life

Insurance

  TruStage   Distribution   2  

Whole Life product provides up to $100,000 of coverage and builds cash value.

 

Guaranteed Whole Life product offers up to $25,000 of coverage and is available regardless of health status.

 

Generally, our Whole Life Insurance products have the following features:

 

•

$2,000 - $100,000 coverage range

 

•

Product offering covering broad demographics

Indexed

Universal Life

Insurance

 

Ameritas

 

Sammons (North American)

  Distribution and Underwriting Administration   2  

•

$25,000 - $2,000,000 coverage range

Wills & Estate

Planning

  Proprietary   Distribution and Service Provider   1  

•

Add-on to Life Insurance or standalone

 

•

Wills & Estate Planning tools

Supplemental Health Insurance

  Aflac   Distribution   1  

•

Provides access to critical protection for out-of-pocket expenses

 

•

The first product offered is Cancer Insurance3

1 Our product offerings and the carriers offering such products are presented as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to change from time to time.

2 Ethos only serves as distributor for TruStage Term Life Insurance products.

3 Ethos began offering Cancer Insurance as of November 2025.

 

132


Table of Contents

Our Go-to-Market Strategy

We have a diverse go-to-market model that combines the benefits of a digitally native solution with essential insights from the traditional third-party agent model. Our platform encompasses both our consumer-facing website and our dedicated portal of tools for independent agents, as well as other third-party integrations, and delivers personalized policies to applicants regardless of the channel through which they engage with us.

 

LOGO

Direct-to-Consumer

Our platform provides consumers with a seamless, fully digital experience for purchasing life insurance online, similar to other frictionless and digital experiences to which consumers have grown accustomed. We optimize the consumer acquisition funnel by enhancing lead targeting and conversion. Our approach involves identifying high-potential leads using intent, demographic, and behavioral data. We then predict lead engagement, including expected conversion paths and underwriting class, and personalize the application experience to maximize conversion likelihood.

To maximize efficiency and capitalize on emerging opportunities, Ethos evaluates and refines its marketing spend across over 25 channels and over 100 partners daily. By having a sophisticated data infrastructure that provides a deep understanding of consumer intent, willingness to pay, and underwriting eligibility, we are able to allocate marketing spend more strategically. Data-driven marketing spend allocation allows Ethos to optimize its marketing mix for maximum impact, promoting sustained growth in consumer acquisition.

Our largest channels include marketing affiliates, organic traffic, and paid search. Notably, our organic channel, our largest marketing channel, generated approximately 21% of DTC activated policies in the nine months ended September 30, 2025, underscoring the strength of the Ethos brand and consumer value proposition.

 

133


Table of Contents

Third-Party Channel

Ethos has established a robust third-party network, which includes agents and fintech companies. We onboard new agents to our platform through our network of agencies. This channel enables us to access trusted advisor relationships and reach diverse consumer segments that prefer purchasing life insurance through an agent. Ethos distributes policies through an extensive network of independent agents at enterprise-level agencies and small-to-medium agency networks. In addition, while activated policies through fintech companies have not historically been material to our third-party channel revenue and results of operations, we intend to continue developing our relationships with fintech companies to further expand our reach and reinforce our distribution.

Agents selling through Ethos have the flexibility to distribute policies through either an agent-assisted application process or by sharing personalized referral links with consumers, providing multiple avenues for engagement. The agent-assisted application is seamlessly integrated within the Agent OS, enabling agents to collaborate with consumers in real time to complete the application. Alternatively, the referral agent can provide a unique, personalized URL link that allows consumers to independently navigate and complete the application process at their convenience.

To drive participation and performance, we offer flexible payment methods and next-day payments (compared to the industry standard of multiple weeks). Ethos enhances the agent experience through incentives and a structured loyalty program that motivates agents to achieve their goals. In addition, Ethos provides productivity tools, including co-branded websites, marketing and lifecycle tools, the ability to purchase leads, business quality oversight, and agency management tools such as downline performance management and chargeback management. These strategic incentives empower agents to scale and accelerate their business, which is mutually beneficial for Ethos as we continue to expand our third-party channel.

Our Technology

We have rebuilt the traditional insurance technology stack to improve efficiency, speed, and consumer access, using structured rule-based automation, unified data infrastructure, and modern, extensible software systems. This platform supports seamless experiences for consumers, enables superior productivity for agents, and drives sustainable growth for carriers.

 

 

LOGO

Application Engine

Our application engine is designed to intelligently engage consumers by utilizing thousands of approved questions to gain a comprehensive understanding of their health. The engine tailors its

 

134


Table of Contents

questioning strategy to align with natural interactions, creating an accurate and user-friendly experience. Key components include:

 

  •  

Intelligent probing to dynamically adjust the interaction based on consumer responses.

Underwriting Engine

Our proprietary rules-based underwriting engine is powered by a dynamic consumer information graph that is generated from our application engine. This graph connects and structures health, behavioral, and other predictive data to evaluate risk precisely, consistently, and transparently while providing clear, traceable, auditable, and explainable underwriting decisions. It ingests self-reported health data, prescription history, electronic health records, and more, enabling:

 

  •  

Instant decisions for most applicants.

 

  •  

Adaptive rule selection.

 

  •  

High approval rates with reduced friction and faster decision-making.

The consumer information graph continuously evolves as new applications are processed. Outcomes are used to refine rule relevance, enhance risk segmentation, and improve pricing precision.

Automated Policy Administration

Our cloud-native policy administration system is able to automate significant portions of the policy lifecycle from issuance to servicing and policyholder payments. This includes:

 

  •  

Dynamic policy contract generation.

 

  •  

Billing, payment processing, retries, and reinstatements.

 

  •  

Endorsements (policy changes such as coverage amount or beneficiary updates).

 

  •  

Full policy servicing workflows, including consumer self-service options.

 

  •  

Structured data pipelines for supporting carriers in claims, auditing, and compliance reporting.

Owning our own policy administration stack allows us to deploy new product features, pricing updates, and carrier configurations in days, not quarters, significantly improving responsiveness and reducing external dependencies.

Agent OS

Ethos provides agents with a comprehensive operating system to sell and manage life insurance policies. Our Agent OS functionality includes:

 

  •  

Rapid agent onboarding and agent eligibility checks.

 

  •  

Quoting tools and near real-time application tracking.

 

  •  

CRM integrations and marketing automation.

 

  •  

Agent payment dashboards and next-day payments.

 

  •  

Performance analytics and agent performance insights.

This system improves agent productivity while reducing manual effort and enabling agents to focus on client engagement.

 

135


Table of Contents

Embedded Distribution Infrastructure

Our APIs and software development kits, or SDKs, enable agent networks, fintechs, and others to embed insurance directly into their workflows. These parties can:

 

  •  

Quote, process, and activate policies within their own platforms.

 

  •  

Track performance and conversion metrics via real-time dashboards.

 

  •  

Customize product routing while relying on Ethos for compliance, servicing, and underwriting.

This infrastructure has allowed us to scale these relationships quickly and deepen integration, driving a compounding advantage as distribution partners grow.

Applied Machine Learning and Operational Intelligence

While our underwriting is rule-based, we deploy machine learning in key operational areas, including:

 

  •  

Fraud detection: Use behavioral analytics and identity verification APIs help flag anomalies and ensure secure transactions.

 

  •  

Agent quality scoring: Evaluate agent behavior, compliance, and conversion.

 

  •  

Marketing optimization: Optimize advertising spend, targeting, and creative testing.

 

  •  

Policy audit prioritization: Rank and sample decisioned policies for human review for effective auditing and accelerated learning.

These machine learning applications are subject to strong governance and bias mitigation, and improve our ability to scale efficiently across operations, growth, and compliance.

Data Platform and Intelligence Layer

We have built a modern data infrastructure that serves as the intelligence backbone of the business. Our architecture supports:

 

  •  

A unified journey model, linking anonymous and logged-in user behavior for experimentation and funnel analysis.

 

  •  

Cohort-based profit tracking, surfacing Contribution Margin and persistency dynamics across products and acquisition sources.

 

  •  

Advanced experimentation, supporting dozens of simultaneous A/B tests across our platform.

Scalable Architecture and Security by Design

Ethos is built on a modular, cloud-native architecture optimized for performance, extensibility, and resilience. Core attributes include:

 

  •  

Microservices deployed on secure, modular infrastructure.

 

  •  

A modern frontend platform using industry-leading technologies.

 

  •  

Unified observability, role based access control, and logging integrated across services.

 

  •  

End-to-end encryption, KBA/SMS-based authentication, and SOC 2 Type II certification.

Our platform enables rapid development, continuous deployment, and strict adherence to data privacy and regulatory standards.

 

136


Table of Contents

Competition

The business of selling insurance products and services is highly competitive and fragmented. While we believe we are well positioned to execute our business model and transform the life insurance industry, we actively compete with a number of companies, including agencies, brokerages, and traditional carrier distribution channels, as well as companies with online and platform offerings similar to ours. As insurance carriers and financial services companies expand their digital distribution strategies, we may face increased competition from larger, well-capitalized entities offering a broader range of products directly to consumers. In addition, a number of carriers are engaged in the direct sale of insurance, primarily to individuals, and do not pay commissions to brokers or other market intermediaries.

Furthermore, we compete with various other companies that provide risk-related services or alternatives to traditional insurance services, including other competing start-up companies, which are focused on using technology and innovation, including AI, machine learning, digital platforms, data analytics, robotics, and blockchain, to simplify and improve the customer experience, increase efficiencies, alter business models and effect other potentially disruptive changes in the industries in which we operate. We also expect new entrants to offer competitive services and carriers may also seek to build their own solutions, including using advanced tools such as AI, and particularly in markets where development costs are lower. In addition, in recent years, private equity sponsors have invested tens of billions of dollars into the insurance sector, transforming existing players and creating new ones to compete with large brokers.

We compete for consumers on the basis of reputation, customer service, program and product offerings, and our ability to innovate and tailor products and services to meet the specific needs of a customer. We believe we compete favorably across many of these factors with our fully digital and vertically integrated platform that simplifies the insurance value chain from distribution to underwriting, activation, payments, and administration. Our growing ecosystem of consumers, agents, and carriers benefits from the scale, easy-of-use, and efficiency of our platform, which creates strong network effects that drive our continued growth. For additional information about the risks to our business related to competition, see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Competition in our industry is intense, and our inability to compete effectively may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.”

Our Employees and Culture

At Ethos, our employees are the driving force behind our mission to democratize access to life insurance, protecting families and empowering agents at scale. Our culture is rooted in empathy, innovation and a commitment to meaningful impact, and the values that define our organization are as follows:

 

  •  

Serve Our Families: We are driven by a deep sense of responsibility to serve and delight the families that depend on us.

 

  •  

Intellectual Rigor: We challenge assumptions and hold ourselves to the highest standards of analytical excellence, making objective decisions informed by data and logic.

 

  •  

Bias for Impact: We prioritize outcomes over optics, empowering our teams to move quickly and decisively while always putting in the extra effort.

 

  •  

Speak Your Mind: We foster a culture of candor and trust, where open dialogue and diverse perspectives drive better outcomes.

Our employees are located in the global technology hubs of San Francisco and Bengaluru, India, as well as remotely across the United States and in select additional countries such as Singapore.

 

137


Table of Contents

Employees in San Francisco support core corporate, product, and go-to-market functions. Our operations in Bengaluru are focused primarily on engineering and customer success, supported by local administrative and human resources personnel. We believe this global yet concentrated distribution of employees provides us access to high quality and diverse technology talent. Our digital-first company culture empowers collaboration and innovation across time zones. Through employee referrals, campus recruiting, and target job postings, we aim to attract exceptional talent to drive our mission of reimagining life insurance. As of September 30, 2025, we had 548 full-time employees globally.

Our Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property is an important aspect of our business and helps us to maintain our competitive position in our industry. To establish and protect our proprietary rights, we rely upon a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws and contractual restrictions such as confidentiality agreements, licenses, and intellectual property assignment agreements.

We control access to our intellectual property and confidential information through internal and external controls. We maintain a policy requiring our employees, contractors, consultants, and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements to control access to and non-disclosure of our proprietary information.

We also are the registered holder of a variety of domain names that include “ethos,” “ethoslife,” and similar variations; however, we do not own a U.S. federal trademark registration for our main brand “Ethos” or “Ethos Technologies,” and instead rely on common law protection for these trademarks. Further, we currently do not own any patents and instead, rely on copyright law and trade secret protection for our software and other proprietary technology.

Data Privacy and Security

In the ordinary course of our business, we process personal information (including sensitive personal information and medical records). Accordingly, we are subject to numerous data privacy and security requirements and obligations, including federal, state, and local laws, regulations, guidance, and industry standards. Such obligations may include, without limitation, data breach notification laws, comprehensive privacy laws, consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), and other similar laws (e.g., wiretapping laws). At the federal level, we are subject to, among other laws, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, which requires financial institutions, including insurers, among other things, periodically disclose their privacy policies and practices relating to sharing “nonpublic personal information” and, in some cases, enables customers to opt out of the sharing of certain personal information with unaffiliated third parties. The GLBA also requires financial institutions to implement an information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information.

Numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording residents with certain rights concerning their personal information, including health information. Certain states also impose stricter requirements for processing certain personal information, including sensitive information, such as conducting data privacy impact assessments. These state laws allow for statutory fines for noncompliance. For example, the CCPA applies to personal information of consumers, business representatives, employees, and others who are California residents, and requires businesses to provide specific disclosures in privacy notices and honor requests of such individuals to exercise certain privacy rights. The CCPA provides for fines and allows private litigants affected by certain data breaches to recover significant statutory damages. The CCPA includes an exemption

 

138


Table of Contents

applicable to personal information collected, processed, sold or disclosed subject to the GLBA, and other comprehensive U.S. state privacy laws contain similar exemptions for GLBA-covered data or broader exemptions for GLBA-covered entities. However, these developments may further complicate compliance efforts and increase legal risk and compliance costs for us and the third parties with whom we work.

We are also subject to various state financial privacy laws such as the California Financial Information Privacy Act. These laws require, among other things, providing either an opt-in or opt-out, depending on the state, to the sharing of non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties. Additionally, in response to the growing threat of cyber-attacks in the insurance industry, certain jurisdictions, including New York, have begun to consider new cybersecurity measures, including the adoption of cybersecurity regulations. In October 2017, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, adopted its Insurance Data Security Model Law, intended to serve as model legislation for states to enact in order to govern cybersecurity and data protection practices of insurers, insurance agents, and other licensed entities registered under state insurance laws. Various states have adopted versions of the NAIC Insurance Data Security Model Law.

Furthermore, we and the third parties with whom we work are subject to a variety of evolving cybersecurity threats, including social-engineering attacks (including through deep fakes, which may be increasingly more difficult to identify as fake, and phishing attacks), malicious code (such as viruses and worms), malware (including as a result of advanced persistent threat intrusions), denial-of-service attacks, credential stuffing attacks, credential harvesting, personnel misconduct or error, ransomware attacks, supply-chain attacks, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, telecommunications failures, earthquakes, fires, floods, attacks enhanced or facilitated by AI, and other similar threats. While we have implemented security measures designed to protect against security incidents and data breaches, these measures may not be effective. For information on risks associated with our information technology systems, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Intellectual Property, Data Privacy, and Security—If our information technology systems or of those third parties with whom we work or our data, are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including regulatory investigations or actions, litigation, fines and penalties, disruptions of our business operations, reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits, loss of consumers or sales, and other adverse consequences.”

Regulatory

We are also subject to extensive regulations at the state and federal level. These laws and regulations are designed to protect consumers, policyholders, and insureds and to protect the integrity of the financial markets.

The regulatory regimes applicable to our business vary by state but generally require individual and company licensing to act as producers, agents, and third-party administrators. We hold producer licenses in 49 states and the District of Columbia and third-party administrator licenses in the 38 states that require a separate license to act as a third-party administrator. We do not operate in New York. These laws are administered and enforced by state insurance regulators as well as state attorneys general. State insurance regulators have broad authority to grant, renew, suspend, and terminate the company and individual licenses required to do business in their respective states. The conditions for maintaining these licenses in good standing include complying with reporting requirements, maintaining liability insurance policies and surety bonds, completing continuing education, and generally complying with the insurance laws and regulations of each state. Certain state insurance laws also require notification to state regulators of certain corporate changes, including changes of address, name, officers or directors, and ownership information or corporate structure. We operate as a licensed producer and administrator in 49 states.

 

139


Table of Contents

State insurance laws govern whether licensees may share commissions with unlicensed entities and individuals and in some cases prohibit the payment, directly or indirectly, of any compensation or valuable consideration in exchange for referring, soliciting, or negotiating an insurance contract. Third-party administrators are also subject to state insurance law requirements governing the receipt and payment of premiums. These funds are held in a fiduciary capacity and generally may not be invested or withdrawn except in accordance with the written agreement with the carrier. Producers, agents, and third-party administrators are also subject to insurance laws governing marketing, advertisements, and representations made regarding the terms, conditions, costs, and other features of insurance products. State insurance regulators and state attorneys generally enforce these laws and have authority to take action against a licensee’s license, to impose civil money penalties and fines, and to require remedial or corrective action for violations. Disciplinary action by one state regulator may also trigger requirements to notify other state regulators that supervise the company’s other state licenses.

In addition to state insurance laws and regulations, we are subject to federal and state laws governing marketing and consumer outreach, including the federal TCPA, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act, or CAN-SPAM, and its state equivalents. These laws restrict telemarketing calls, text messages, and the use of automatic dialers and similar technology, and may limit when and how we can contact consumers. We are also subject to anti-money laundering, or AML, and economic sanctions laws and regulations, including those administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Control, or OFAC, that prohibit issuing policies to certain sanctioned persons, entities, jurisdictions, or business sectors and may require reporting of certain information and transactions to OFAC. We must also cooperate with carriers with whom we work in providing them with information necessary for those partners to maintain effective AML programs.

Our Agreements with Carriers

We enter into standard contractual arrangements with our carriers, many of which do not have a fixed term and others of which are structured as annual contracts with automatic renewal. These agreements typically permit either party to terminate for convenience with advance written notice, including some with notice periods of up to 18 months. Our carrier agreements also permit termination for cause in the event of a material breach, regulatory non-compliance, or other specified circumstances. Upon termination of a carrier agreement, we generally continue to receive commissions on policies that were active as of the termination date, for so long as we remain the agent of record for servicing those policies, until such policies are no longer active. Our carrier agreements generally do not impose minimum volume or policy commitments. Our carrier agreements include commission recoupment provisions that require us to repay a portion of commissions received if a policy is terminated within a specified period, typically between six- and 12 months following policy issuance, on a pro rata basis based on premiums received. These agreements generally include mutual indemnification obligations, confidentiality and data security provisions, and require us to maintain errors and omissions insurance.

Our Agreements with Agencies and Other Third-Parties

We enter into standard contractual agreements with agencies that allow their affiliated agents to access and use our platform to sell products offered on our platform. These agreements generally have one-year terms and renew automatically unless either party provides notice of non-renewal at least 30 days prior to the end of the then-current term. Generally, either party may also terminate the agreement earlier for convenience with advance written notice, typically ranging from 30 to 90 days, or for cause, including material breach, following a short cure period. The agreements do not impose any minimum production or engagement commitments. Recoupment provisions generally require the repayment to us by agents of all agent payments for policies that are terminated within the first six months following activation and the repayment of any unearned agent payments for policies that terminate after six months.

 

140


Table of Contents

We prohibit certain conduct under our agency agreements, including soliciting insurance without proper licensure, acting outside the scope of contractual authority, promoting competing life insurance products sold primarily online, and attempting to induce policyholders to surrender, lapse, or replace in-force coverage. Agencies and their affiliated agents are also prohibited from certain activities, such as engaging in deceptive or unethical trade practices, violating digital and social media marketing regulations, contacting consumers on “Do Not Call” registries, or using consumer data without appropriate consent. While we do not directly supervise individual agents and are not required to do so under applicable laws and regulations, our contractual arrangements are designed to ensure that agencies are responsible for supervising their affiliated agents, and agents have their own obligations to comply with applicable laws and avoid impermissible activities within the agency’s supervisory framework. Agents also face the risk of license loss through carrier-reported misconduct or mis-selling, a process we support when appropriate. In addition, agents must complete an annual compliance certification to access our platform, and we issue periodic compliance reminders. Despite these safeguards, our ability to monitor and influence agency and agent conduct is limited due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk Factors–Risks Related to Our Business–Our business is subject to risks related to disputes, legal proceedings, and governmental inquiries.”

We also maintain relationships with select third-party fintech companies that refer potential consumers through their own digital channels via customized partner links to our platform. These entities typically operate through affiliated licensed agencies whose agents are eligible to receive agent payments for new policies activated by referred consumers. In addition, we compensate the applicable fintech company in connection with referred customers who activate a new policy. For certain established relationships, we may also provide API access to enable integration, subject to regulatory compliance

Facilities

Our principal executive offices are in San Francisco, California, where we occupy approximately 9,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in November 2028. As of September 30, 2025, we also lease office space internationally in Bengaluru, India and Singapore. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from activities in the normal course of business. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Defending any legal proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

141


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of January 4, 2026:

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Executive Officers

     

Peter Colis

   36    Chief Executive Officer and Chair of our Board of Directors

Lingke Wang

   35    President and Director

Christopher Capozzi

   48    Chief Financial Officer

Erin Lantz

   46    Chief Revenue Officer

Kunal Mehta

   45    Senior Vice President, Finance

Vipul Sharma

   47    Chief Technology Officer

Non-Employee Directors

     

Roelof Botha(1)*

   52    Director

Priscilla Hung(2)

   59    Director

John Kunze(1)(2)

   62    Director

Mark W. Mullin

   62    Director

Nathan J. Niparko(3)

   39    Director

Khozema Shipchandler(1)

   51    Director

William J. Wheeler(3)

   64    Director
 
(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

*

Lead Independent Director.

Executive Officers

Peter Colis. Mr. Colis is our co-founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Chair of our board of directors since July 2016. Prior to co-founding Ethos, Mr. Colis served as the Chief Executive Officer of Ovid Corp., an insurance auction platform that was acquired in 2019. Mr. Colis holds a Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy from University of Colorado, Boulder and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Colis was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as co-founder and Chief Executive Officer of Ethos as well as his extensive experience with advising and leading technology companies.

Lingke Wang. Mr. Wang is our co-founder and has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2016. Mr. Wang has served as our President since July 2021 and previously served as our Chief Technology Officer from July 2016 to July 2021. Prior to co-founding Ethos, Mr. Wang co-founded and served as the Chief Product and Chief Technology Officer of Ovid Corp., an insurance auction platform that was acquired in 2019, and started his career at Morgan Stanley as an investment banking analyst. Mr. Wang holds a Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics, Economics and Mechanical Engineering from Brown University and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Wang was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as co-founder and President of Ethos as well as his extensive experience in the insurance technology field and in finance.

Christopher Capozzi. Mr. Capozzi has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2025. Prior to Ethos, Mr. Capozzi served as a Partner and Chief Financial Officer at Quiet Capital, an investment management company, from January 2021 to April 2025, where he was responsible for financial oversight, strategic planning and risk management. Previously, Mr. Capozzi served as Advisor

 

142


Table of Contents

and Former Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Achieve, a leading digital personal finance company, from January 2017 to July 2021, and in various executive roles, including Chief Risk Officer, at General Electric from 1999 to 2016. Mr. Capozzi holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Boston College and a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School.

Erin Lantz. Ms. Lantz has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since April 2020. Prior to joining Ethos, Ms. Lantz led the Mortgages business at Zillow Group from July 2010 through October 2019 where she oversaw several functions including product, engineering, sales, marketing, operations and compliance. Earlier, she was a Senior Vice President at Bank of America and an Associate Consultant at the Boston Consulting Group. Ms. Lantz has served on the board of directors of Blend Labs (NYSE: BLND), an origination platform for digital banking, where she chairs the compensation committee and has been a member of the audit committee, since January 2023. She also has served on the board of directors of Meritage Homes Corporation (NYSE: MTH), an energy-efficient residential construction company, where she has been a member of the audit committee, since October 2024. Previously, Ms. Lantz served on the board of directors of TrueCar, Inc. (Nasdaq: TRUE), a digital automotive marketplace, from November 2016 to May 2024, Shelter Acquisition Corp (Nasdaq: SHQA), a special-purpose acquisition company focused on the property technology industry from July 2021 to December 2022 and Washington Federal, Inc. (Nasdaq: WAFD), a bank holding company, from September 2016 to August 2018. Ms. Lantz holds a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science, Philosophy, and Economics from University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

Kunal Mehta. Mr. Mehta has served as our Senior Vice President, Finance since April 2025, our Chief Financial Officer from March 2023 to April 2025 and our Vice President, Finance and Corporate Strategy from September 2021 to March 2023. Prior to Ethos, Mr. Mehta held senior leadership roles at Adobe, a global leader in digital media and marketing solutions, from March 2017 to September 2021, where he most recently led GTM sales strategy for Adobe’s digital media enterprise business, and at DocuSign, a cloud-based platform that simplifies the process of signing, sending, and managing documents electronically, from July 2014 to March 2017, where he scaled corporate strategy, M&A and business operations functions. His career began at Intuit, Deutsche Bank and PwC. Mr. Mehta holds a Bachelor of Science in Computer Science from University of California, Los Angeles and a Master of Business Administration from Tuck School of Business of Dartmouth College.

Vipul Sharma. Mr. Sharma has served as our Chief Technology Officer since July 2021 and previously served as Vice President of Engineering from January 2019 to June 2021. Prior to Ethos, Mr. Sharma held engineering leadership positions at Indeed.com, an internet job search and recruiting platform, and Eventbrite, an online ticketing platform, and founded Simppler, an employee referral platform that was later acquired. Mr. Sharma holds a Bachelor’s in Computer Science from College of Engineering Roorkee and a Master of Science in Computer Science from University of Houston.

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Non-Employee Directors

Roelof Botha. Mr. Botha has served on our board of directors since October 2018. Mr. Botha is a Partner at Sequoia Capital, a venture capital firm, and has been with Sequoia Capital since 2003. Mr. Botha has spent over 25 years building companies in Silicon Valley. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. Botha served in various positions at PayPal, Inc. (Nasdaq: PYPL), an online payments company, including as the chief financial officer. Mr. Botha has served on the board of directors of MongoDB (Nasdaq: MDB) since December 2013, where he serves on the audit committee, Block, Inc. (NYSE: XYZ) (formerly

 

143


Table of Contents

Square, Inc.), a technology company and financial services provider since January 2011, where he serves as the lead independent director and a member of the audit and risk committee and compensation committee, Natera Inc. (Nasdaq: NTRA), a public genetic testing company, since June 2007, where he serves as the lead independent director and a member of the nominating, corporate governance and compliance committee, and Unity Software (NYSE: U), a public video game software development company, since 2009, where he serves on the audit committee, and a number of privately held companies. Mr. Botha previously served on the boards of directors of 23andMe, Inc. (Nasdaq: ME), a personal genetics company, from September 2017 to September 2024, Bird Global, Inc. (NYSE: BRDS), an electric vehicle ridesharing company, from June 2018 to December 2022, and Eventbrite, Inc. (NYSE: EB), a global platform for live experiences, from October 2009 to June 2022. Mr. Botha received his Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science, Economics, and Statistics from University of Cape Town and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Botha was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience serving on the boards of public companies as well as his expertise with venture capital and technology companies.

Priscilla Hung. Ms. Hung has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2021. Ms. Hung previously served as a Senior Advisor at Guidewire Software, Inc., a provider of cloud-based software for the property and casualty insurance industry from January 2024 to June 2025. Prior to becoming a Senior Advisor, Ms. Hung held multiple executive roles at Guidewire since 2005, including president and chief operating officer, chief administrative officer, senior vice president of corporate development, vice president of operations, and vice president of corporate development. Prior to joining Guidewire, Ms. Hung held multiple management positions at SAP Ariba, a software and information technology services company, Sun Microsystems, Inc., a manufacturer of computer workstations, servers, and software, and Oracle Corporation, a database and enterprise management company. Ms. Hung has served on the board of Xerox Holdings Corporation (Nasdaq: XRX), a global leader in office systems and production print technology, since May 2024, where she serves on the corporate governance committee and finance committee, Veeva Systems Inc. (NYSE: VEEV), a provider of cloud-based software for the global life sciences industry, since January 2022, where she serves on the audit committee, and Waystar Holding Corp. (Nasdaq: WAY), a leading enterprise healthcare payments company, since February 2024, where she serves on the audit, compliance, and risk committee and talent and compensation committee. Ms. Hung previously served on the board of Vonage Holdings Corp., a cloud communications provider, from 2019 until 2022, when it was acquired by Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson. Ms. Hung holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Computer Science from Mills College and a Master of Engineering in Operation Research & Industrial Engineering from Cornell University. Ms. Hung was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her experience serving on the boards of financial technology companies as well as her corporate management experience.

John Kunze. Mr. Kunze has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2019. Previously, Mr. Kunze served in various roles at PayPal, Inc. (Nasdaq: PYPL), an online payments company from 2015 to 2023, including most recently as its Senior Vice President, Global Consumer Product and Technology from June 2019 to April 2023. Mr. Kunze served as the Chief Executive Officer of Xoom Corporation, a global online payments service, until its acquisition by PayPal in 2015. Mr. Kunze holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Franklin & Marshall College. Mr. Kunze was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive management experience with financial technology companies.

Mark Mullin. Mr. Mullin has served on our board of directors since January 2026. Mr. Mullin has served as Chairman of the Board and as a member of the Risk Committee of Transamerica Corporation, or Transamerica, a life insurance and financial services company, since April 2021. Previously, Mr. Mullin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Transamerica from January

 

144


Table of Contents

2009 to April 2021. Mr. Mullin served as a member of the Management Board of Aegon N.V. (NYSE: AEG) from March 2010 to March 2021. Mr. Mullin has spent more than 20 years with Aegon, the parent company of Transamerica, in a variety of senior roles in both the United States and Europe. Mr. Mullin holds a Bachelor of Arts in English and Literature from LaSalle University and a Master of Finance degree from Loyola University Maryland. Mr. Mullin was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience across the insurance and financial services industries.

Nathan J. Niparko. Mr. Niparko has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2018. Since 2011, Mr. Niparko has served as a partner at Accel, a venture capital firm. He also serves on the boards of directors of various private companies. Mr. Niparko holds Bachelor’s Degrees in Economics and Engineering from Dartmouth College, and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Niparko was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his experience advising financial technology, cloud, and software services companies.

Khozema Shipchandler. Mr. Shipchandler has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2021. Mr. Shipchandler has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Twilio, Inc. (NYSE: TWLO), a leading cloud communications company, since January 2024. Prior to that, Mr. Shipchandler served as Twilio’s President from March 2023 to January 2024, as Chief Operating Officer from 2021 to 2023, and as Chief Financial Officer from 2018 to 2021. From 2015 to 2018, Mr. Shipchandler served as Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Corporate Development at GE Digital, an operational technology and infrastructure software company that is a division of General Electric, a multinational conglomerate. From 1996 to 2015, Mr. Shipchandler served in various executive roles at General Electric, including as Chief Financial Officer, Middle East, North Africa and Turkey from 2011 to 2013. Mr. Shipchandler previously served on the board of directors of Smartsheet Inc., an enterprise software company, from June 2023 to January 2025. Mr. Shipchandler holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Biology and English from Indiana University Bloomington. Mr. Shipchandler was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his management experience at multiple global technology companies.

William J. Wheeler. Mr. Wheeler has served on our board of directors since July 2025. Mr. Wheeler has served on the board of directors of Evercore Inc. (NYSE: EVR), a premier global independent investment banking advisory firm, since February 2015, where he serves as chair of the audit committee and as a member of the compensation committee. Mr. Wheeler previously served as the Vice Chairman of Athene Holding Ltd. (NYSE: ATH-PA), a leading retirement services company and a subsidiary of Apollo Global Management, Inc., from April 2022 to February 2025 and as President from September 2015 to March 2022. Prior to joining Athene, Mr. Wheeler was President of the Americas group for MetLife Inc. (NYSE: MET) from September 2011 to August 2015, where he oversaw the insurance and retirement business in the United States and Latin America. Previously, Mr. Wheeler had been Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at MetLife. Prior to joining MetLife, Mr. Wheeler was an investment banker at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette. Mr. Wheeler holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Wabash College, where he is the Chairman of its board of trustees, and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School. Mr. Wheeler was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his deep expertise across insurance, retirement services and investment banking.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

 

145


Table of Contents

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated voting agreement in effect prior to the closing of this offering, our directors were elected as follows:

 

  •  

Mr. Botha was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock;

 

  •  

Mr. Niparko was elected as the designee nominated by holders of our Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock; and

 

  •  

Messrs. Colis, Wang, Kunze, Mullin, Shipchandler and Wheeler and Ms. Hung were elected as the independent designees nominated by holders of our common stock.

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our amended and restated voting agreement will terminate, our certificate of incorporation, along with our bylaws, will be amended and restated, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. After the closing of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, or removal.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering, immediately after the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  •  

the Class I directors will be Peter Colis, Priscilla Hung, and Mark W. Mullin and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

  •  

the Class II directors will be Lingke Wang, Nathan J. Niparko, and William J. Wheeler and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

  •  

the Class III directors will be Roelof Botha, John Kunze, and Khozema Shipchandler and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment, and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Roelof Botha, Priscilla Hung, John Kunze, Mark W. Mullin, Nathan J. Niparko, Khozema Shipchandler, and William J. Wheeler do not have relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under Nasdaq listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and

 

146


Table of Contents

circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence. In addition, our board of directors considered the beneficial ownership of our shares held by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director

Upon the closing of this offering, our corporate governance guidelines will provide that one of our independent directors will serve as our Lead Independent Director. Our board of directors has appointed Roelof Botha to serve as our Lead Independent Director. The Lead Independent Director will be responsible for presiding over each executive session of non-management directors in which those directors meet without management participation and perform other duties as our board of directors may determine from time to time.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee, and will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee before the closing of this offering. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Khozema Shipchandler, Roelof Botha and John Kunze. The chairperson of our audit committee is Mr. Shipchandler. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under the listing standards of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Shipchandler is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment.

The primary purpose of our audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes, systems of internal control and financial statement audits, and to oversee our independent registered public accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

  •  

helping our board of directors oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

  •  

managing the selection, engagement, compensation, qualifications, independence, and performance of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required;

 

  •  

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end results of operations;

 

  •  

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

147


Table of Contents
  •  

reviewing and approving any material related party transactions;

 

  •  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our guidelines and policies on risk assessment and risk management, including financial risk, cybersecurity risk, and any other identified operational risks;

 

  •  

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving, audit, review, and attest services and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm and the related fees; and

 

  •  

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement.

Our audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of John Kunze and Priscilla Hung. The chairperson of our compensation committee is Mr. Kunze. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the listing standards of Nasdaq, and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors in overseeing our compensation policies, plans, and programs, and to review and determine or recommend to our board of directors for approval, as applicable, the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors, and other senior management, as appropriate. Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

  •  

reviewing and recommending to the independent members of our board of directors the compensation of our chief executive officer and approving the compensation of other senior executives that may be designated by our board of directors for review by our compensation committee;

 

  •  

in consultation with our chief executive officer, reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

  •  

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our non-employee directors;

 

  •  

administering our equity incentive plans and other benefit programs;

 

  •  

reviewing, interpreting, adopting, amending, and terminating our incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, bonus plans, change of control protections, and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management; and

 

  •  

reviewing and establishing general policies and programs relating to compensation and benefits of our employees, including our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of William J. Wheeler and Nathan J. Niparko. The chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee is Mr. Wheeler. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and corporate governance committee is independent under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

148


Table of Contents

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

  •  

identifying and evaluating candidates, including the nomination of incumbent directors for reelection and nominees recommended by stockholders, to serve on our board of directors;

 

  •  

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition and chairpersons of the committees of our board of directors;

 

  •  

developing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters; and

 

  •  

overseeing periodic evaluations of the board of directors’ performance, including committees of the board of directors.

Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our code of conduct will be available under the corporate governance section of our website at www.ethos.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of our code of conduct. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee are currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

During the year ended December 31, 2025, we did not pay any compensation to our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

Messrs. Colis and Wang also served on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2025, but did not receive any additional compensation for their service as directors. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information regarding the compensation earned by Mr. Colis.

 

149


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2025, the aggregate number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock awards and options under our 2016 Plan held by each of our non-employee directors was as follows:

 

Name   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Stock
Awards
     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
 

Roelof Botha

    —        —  

Priscilla Hung

    21,877        32,879  

John Kunze

    22,805        49,318  

Nathan J. Niparko

    —        —  

Khozema Shipchandler

    15,714        9,566  

William J. Wheeler

    —        —  

Mr. Mullin is not included above as he was appointed to our board of directors in January 2026.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Prior to the closing of this offering, we did not have an established plan or policy with regard to compensation of our non-employee directors. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a non-employee director compensation policy, or the Director Compensation Policy, that will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering and will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. The Director Compensation Policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

  •  

an annual service retainer in the form of RSUs covering a number of shares that results in a value of $35,000, vesting over a one-year period in equal quarterly installments;

 

  •  

an additional annual service retainer in the form of RSUs covering a number of shares that results in a value of $35,000 for service as non-employee chair of the board of directors or $15,000 for service as lead independent director, vesting over a one-year period in equal quarterly installments;

 

  •  

an additional annual service retainer in the form of RSUs covering a number of shares that results in a value of $10,000, $7,000 and $4,000 for service as a non-chair member of the audit committee, compensation committee, and the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively, vesting over a one-year period in equal quarterly installments;

 

  •  

an additional annual service retainer in the form of RSUs covering a number of shares that results in a value of $20,000, $15,000 and $8,000 for service as chair of the audit committee, chair of the compensation committee, and chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee, respectively (in lieu of the committee member retainer above), vesting over a one-year period in equal quarterly installments;

 

  •  

an initial RSU grant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock that results in a value of $360,000, vesting over three years in 12 equal quarterly installments;

 

  •  

an additional initial service retainer in the form of RSUs covering a number of shares that results in a value of $35,000, vesting over three years in 12 equal quarterly installments.

 

  •  

an annual RSU grant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock that results in a value of $180,000, vesting over a one-year period in equal quarterly installments following the date of grant, provided that the last quarter of the annual RSU grant will be fully vested on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the date of grant and (ii) the date of the next annual

 

150


Table of Contents
 

meeting of shareholders, provided that newly elected non-employee directors who join the board on a date other than the date of our annual meeting will receive their first of annual grant on the date of the second annual stockholder meeting following such non-employee director first joining the Board.

Each of the RSU grants described above will be granted under our 2026 Plan, the terms of which are described in more detail below under “Executive Compensation—Equity Benefit and Stock Plans—2026 Equity Incentive Plan.” Each such award will vest and become exercisable subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date, provided that each award will vest in full upon a change in control (as defined in the 2026 Plan) of the company, subject to the director’s continuous service through immediately prior to the change in control. Our compensation committee may, in its discretion and in accordance with any non-qualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, allow our non-employee directors to elect to defer the delivery of shares upon settlement of the RSU grants.

 

151


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2025, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, were:

 

  •  

Peter Colis, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

  •  

Vipul Sharma, our Chief Technology Officer; and

 

  •  

Kunal Mehta, our Senior Vice President, Finance

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025.

 

Name    Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
     Stock Awards(2)
($)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(3)
($)
     Total
($)
 

Peter Colis

Chief Executive Officer and Director

     2025        383,333        —        —        87,502        472,861  
     2024        300,000        —        —           300,000  

Vipul Sharma(1)

Chief Technology Officer

     2025        400,000        —        —        100,993        500,993  

Kunal Mehta

Senior Vice President,
Finance

     2025        400,000        —        —        100,993        500,993  
     2024        394,792        5,000        —        108,738        508,530  

 

 
(1)

Mr. Sharma was not a named executive officer for 2024, and, accordingly, compensation information for Mr. Sharma is not included in this table for 2024.

(2)

During the year ended December 31, 2025, Mr. Colis was granted an RSU award under our 2016 Plan, subject to a service-based vesting requirement and a liquidity event vesting condition. As of the applicable grant date and December 31, 2025, we had not recognized stock-based compensation expense for this award because achievement of the liquidity event vesting condition was not deemed probable as of any such date. As a result, no value is included in the table for this award. Assuming achievement of the liquidity event vesting condition, the aggregate grant date fair value of the RSU award for Mr. Colis was $74,758,602, computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the RSU award are set forth in Note 13, “Stock-Based Compensation” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not necessarily correspond to the actual value that may be realized by Mr. Colis. See the section titled “—Equity-Based Incentive Awards” below for additional information.

(3)

Amounts reported in this column represent total cash bonuses earned by our named executive officers based on achievement of corporate performance goals as determined by our compensation committee for the year ended December 31, 2025, as described below under “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table—Annual Performance-Based Bonus Opportunity.”

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

Historically, our board of directors has been responsible for overseeing all aspects of our executive compensation programs. In making compensation determinations, we consider compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders and a long-term commitment to our company.

 

152


Table of Contents

Our board of directors has historically determined our executive officers’ compensation and has typically reviewed and discussed management’s proposed compensation with our Chief Executive Officer for all executives other than our Chief Executive Officer. Based on those discussions and its discretion, our board of directors has then approved the compensation of each executive officer.

Annual Base Salary

Base salaries for our executive officers are initially established through arm’s-length negotiations at the time of the executive officer’s hiring, taking into account such named executive officer’s experience, qualifications, scope of responsibilities, and competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions within the industry and geography. Base salaries are reviewed periodically, and adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance, and experience.

The 2025 annual base salaries for our named executive officers are set forth in the table below.

 

Name    Base Salary
($)
 

Peter Colis

     400,000  

Vipul Sharma

     400,000  

Kunal Mehta

     400,000  

Annual Performance-Based Bonus Opportunity

In addition to base salaries, our named executive officers are eligible to receive performance-based cash bonuses, which are designed to provide appropriate incentives to our executives to achieve defined performance goals and to reward our executives for individual achievement towards these goals. The performance-based bonus each executive officer is eligible to receive is generally based on the extent to which we achieve the corporate goals that our board of directors or compensation committee establishes.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, our named executive officers were each eligible to receive a bonus at an annual target of $100,000, respectively. Our corporate performance objectives for the year ended December 31, 2025 related to the achievement of certain financial metrics.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the Employee Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Bonus Plan. The Bonus Plan will provide for the grant of such performance-based cash bonuses to our named executive officers going forward.

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity awards provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture, and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. We believe that our equity awards are an important retention tool for our executives as well as for our other employees.

In May 2025, our Chief Executive Officer was granted an RSU award covering 1,854,134 shares of our common stock under the 2016 Plan. Vesting of the RSU award is subject to satisfaction of both a service-based vesting requirement and a liquidity event vesting condition. The service-based vesting requirement is satisfied as to 50% of the RSUs on the date of grant, and 3.125% of the RSUs vest on

 

153


Table of Contents

each quarterly vesting date thereafter, subject to Mr. Colis’ continued service to us through each applicable vesting date. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied with respect to any then-outstanding RSUs upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act for the sale of the our common stock to the public, whether pursuant to an initial public offering of our common stock or by a direct listing of the our common stock, or (ii) immediately prior to the closing of a corporate transaction, as defined in our 2016 Plan. The liquidity event requirement will be satisfied in connection with the closing of this offering. No other equity awards were granted to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Historically, we have granted RSU awards and stock option awards subject to service-based, liquidity event-based, and/or market-based conditions. Grants to our executives and other employees are made at the discretion of our compensation committee and are not made at any specific time period during a year. Prior to the closing of this offering, all of the equity awards we granted were made pursuant to our 2016 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.” The terms of equity awards granted to our named executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2025 are described below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.”

Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers

We entered into confirmatory offer letters with each of our named executive officers, which provide for an annual base salary, bonus opportunity, and standard employee benefits generally available to our employees. Each of our named executive officers is employed at-will. Additionally, each of our named executive officers entered into participation agreements under the Ethos Technologies Inc. Severance Plan, or the Severance Plan, providing for severance benefits as discussed below under “—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change in Control

Regardless of the manner in which a named executive officer’s service terminates, each named executive officer is entitled to receive amounts earned during his or her term of service, including unpaid salary and unused vacation.

Each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive benefits under the terms of our Severance Plan, which was approved on May 23, 2025 and amended and restated on October 10, 2025. The Severance Plan provides for severance benefits to the named executive officers upon certain terminations of employment.

Upon a covered termination (as defined below), each of our named executive officers is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to a portion of their base salary (12 months for Mr. Colis and 6 months for each of Messrs. Sharma and Mehta) and payment of COBRA premiums (12 months for Mr. Colis and 6 months for each of Messers. Sharma and Mehta).

Upon a covered CIC termination (as defined below), each of our named executive officers is entitled to a lump sum payment equal to a portion of their base salary (18 months for Mr. Colis and 12 months for each of Messrs. Sharma and Mehta), a lump sum payment equal to a percentage of their annual target cash bonus (150% for Mr. Colis and 100% for each of Messrs. Sharma and Mehta), payment of COBRA premiums (18 months for Mr. Colis and 12 months for each of Messrs. Sharma and Mehta) and accelerated vesting of 100% of the then-unvested portion of their equity awards that vest based solely on continuous service. All severance benefits under the Severance Plan are subject to the executive’s execution of an effective release of claims against us.

 

154


Table of Contents

For purposes of the Severance Plan, a “covered termination” is an involuntary termination without “cause” (as defined in the Severance Plan) (and not as a result of death or disability), and a “covered CIC termination” is an involuntary termination without “cause” (and not as a result of death or disability) or a resignation for “good reason” (as defined in the Severance Plan), in any case that occurs during the period of time beginning three months prior to, and ending 12 months following, a “change in control,” as defined in the Severance Plan.

Each of our named executive officers’ equity awards is further subject to the terms of our 2016 Plan and the applicable award agreement thereunder. A description of the termination and change in control provisions in our 2016 Plan and awards granted thereunder is provided below under “—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans,” and a description of the vesting provisions of each equity award held by our named executive officers which is outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2025 is provided below under “—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table presents the outstanding equity awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2025.

 

                 Option Awards(1)     Stock Awards(1)  

Name and Principal
Position

   Grant Date     Vesting
Commencement
Date
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Option (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option Expiration
Date
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned Shares,
Units or Other
Rights That Have
Not Vested (#)
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Market or Payout
Value of Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights That
Have Not Vested(2)
 

Peter Colis

Chief Executive Officer

     5/27/2025       5/15/2025               1,854,132 (3)      39,696,966  

Vipul Sharma

Chief Technology Officer

     1/23/2019       1/21/2019       131,377       —       0.84       2/14/2030      
     7/6/2020       7/1/2020       17,871       —       2.98       7/5/2030      
     6/20/2022       2/15/2022               28,571 (4)      611,705  
     8/5/2022       8/15/2021               54,771 (5)      1,172,647  
     8/29/2022       8/15/2022               14,286 (4)      305,863  
     5/2/2023       2/15/2023               257,908 (4)      5,521,810  
     11/2/2023       2/15/2024               363,348 (4)      7,779,281  

Kunal Mehta

Senior Vice President, Finance

     6/20/2022       2/15/2022               19,689 (4)      421,541  
     8/5/2022       8/15/2021               86,786 (4)      1,858,088  
     8/29/2022       8/15/2022               28,571 (4)      611,705  
     5/2/2023       2/15/2023               113,214 (4)      2,423,912  
     11/2/2023       8/15/2023               211,953 (4)      4,537,914  
 
(1)

All equity awards listed in this table were granted pursuant to our 2016 Plan, the terms of which are described below under “—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2016 Equity Incentive Plan.” The equity awards are subject to acceleration upon certain events as described in the section titled “—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table—Potential Payments and Benefits upon Termination or Change of Control.”

(2)

Amounts reported represent the fair value of our common stock of $21.41 per share as of December 31, 2025 as determined by our compensation committee in good faith, pursuant to authority from our board of directors.

(3)

The RSUs vest on the first date upon which both a service-based condition and liquidity event-based condition are satisfied. The service-based condition is satisfied as to 50% of the RSUs on the vesting commencement date, and the remaining RSUs vest in 48 monthly installments thereafter, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service to us through each applicable vesting date. The liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied in connection with the closing of this offering.

(4)

The RSUs vest on the first date upon which both a service-based condition and liquidity event-based condition are satisfied. The service-based condition is satisfied as to 6.25% of the RSUs on the three-month anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining RSUs vest in 15 equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service to us through each applicable vesting date. The liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied in connection with the closing of this offering.

 

155


Table of Contents
(5)

The RSUs vest on the first date upon which both a service-based condition and liquidity event-based condition are satisfied. The service-based condition is satisfied as to 25% of the RSUs on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remaining RSUs vest in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to the named executive officer’s continued service to us through each applicable vesting date. The liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied in connection with the closing of this offering.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Other Compensation and Benefits; Perquisites

All of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case, on the same basis as all of our other employees. We do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2025.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or earn any benefits under, any nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2025.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to make pre-tax and after-tax contributions of eligible compensation up to certain Code limits, which are updated annually. We have the ability to make matching and discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, with the related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan are deductible by us when made and pre-tax contributions and earnings on pre-tax and after-tax contributions are not generally taxable to the employees until withdrawn or distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Clawback Policy

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a compensation recovery policy that is compliant with the SEC rules and applicable stock exchange listing rules, as required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

 

156


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2026 Equity Incentive Plan

In September 2025, our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2026 Plan. The 2026 Plan will become effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. Our 2026 Plan came into existence upon its adoption by our board of directors, but no grants will be made under our 2026 Plan prior to its effectiveness. Our 2026 Plan is a successor to our 2016 Plan (referred to in the 2026 Plan as our Prior Plan). Once our 2026 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under our 2016 Plan.

Types of Awards. Our 2026 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards, and other forms of stock awards to employees, directors, and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Authorized Shares. Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2026 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed 18,962,327 shares, which is the sum of (i) 13,000,000 new shares, plus (ii) up to 5,962,327 shares of our Class A common stock subject to outstanding stock awards granted under our 2016 Plan that, on or after the 2026 Plan becomes effective, expire or otherwise terminate prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the stock award is settled in cash; are forfeited or repurchased because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price if any, as such shares becomes available from time to time. In addition, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2026 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2027 (assuming the 2026 Plan becomes effective in 2026) through January 1, 2036, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the calendar month before the date of each automatic increase, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2026 Plan is 39,000,000.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2026 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2026 Plan. Additionally, shares become available for future grant under our 2026 Plan if they were issued stock awards under our 2026 Plan and we repurchase them or they are forfeited. This includes shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2026 Plan. Our board of directors may delegate concurrent authority to administer our 2026 Plan to our compensation committee under the terms of our compensation committee’s charter. We sometimes refer to our board of directors, or the applicable committee with the power to administer our equity incentive plans, as the administrator. The administrator may also delegate to one or more persons or bodies the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares subject to such awards. Such persons or bodies may not grant a stock award to themselves and neither our board nor any committee may delegate authority to any person or body (who is not a member of our board or such body that is not comprised solely of members of our board) the authority to determine the fair market value of our common stock for purposes of the 2026 Plan.

The administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase or strike price of awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each award, the fair market value of a share of common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together

 

157


Table of Contents

with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award and the terms of the award agreements for use under our 2026 Plan.

In addition, subject to the terms of the 2026 Plan, the administrator also has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2026 Plan, including the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2026 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2026 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the administrator.

Tax Limitations on ISOs. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and (ii) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. RSUs are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. RSUs may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. An RSU may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards. Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration for cash, check, bank draft or money order, past services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of our common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2026 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator.

 

158


Table of Contents

Performance Awards. The 2026 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards. The administrator may structure awards so that the shares of our stock, cash, or other property will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. The performance criteria that will be used to establish such performance goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the administrator: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; share price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholder’s equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts, and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution, and sale of our products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture, or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the administrator.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise (i) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (a) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (b) to exclude exchange rate effects; (c) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (d) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (e) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (f) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (g) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (h) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (i) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (j) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (k) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the goals. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

 

159


Table of Contents

Other Stock Awards. The administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any calendar year that begins after December 31, 2026, including stock awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $750,000 in total value, or in the event such non-employee director is first appointed or elected to the board during such calendar year, $1,000,000 in total value (in each case, calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes).

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2026 Plan, (ii) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs, and (iv) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. The following applies to stock awards under the 2026 Plan in the event of a corporate transaction, unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a corporate transaction, any stock awards outstanding under the 2026 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of the transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the transaction). With respect to performance awards with multiple vesting levels depending on performance level, unless otherwise provided by an award agreement or by the administrator, the award will accelerate at 100% of target. If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then with respect to any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants, such awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the transaction. The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to take the same actions with respect to all participants.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a transaction, the administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award over (ii) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

160


Table of Contents

Under our 2026 Plan, a corporate transaction is defined to include the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events: (i) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; (ii) a sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities; (iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do not survive the transaction; and (iv) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the award holder.

Change in Control. In the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2026 Plan, awards granted under our 2026 Plan will not receive automatic acceleration of vesting and exercisability, although this treatment may be provided for in an award agreement.

Under the 2026 Plan, a change in control is defined to include: (i) the acquisition by any person or company of more than 50% of the combined voting power of our then outstanding stock; (ii) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction in which our stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity); (iii) a consummated sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than to an entity more than 50% of the combined voting power of which is owned by our stockholders; and (iv) an unapproved change in the majority of the board of directors.

Transferability. A participant may not transfer stock awards under our 2026 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2026 Plan.

2026 Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2026 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2026 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2026 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2026 ESPP in September 2025. The 2026 ESPP will become effective immediately prior to the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. The purpose of the 2026 ESPP is to secure and retain the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. Our 2026 ESPP will include two components. One component will be designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our shares of Class A common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. The other component will permit the grant of purchase rights that do not qualify for such favorable tax treatment in order to allow deviations necessary to permit participation by eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the U.S. while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Share Reserve. Following the closing of this offering, the 2026 ESPP authorizes the issuance of 1,300,000 shares of our Class A common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each calendar year for a period of up to ten years beginning on January 1, 2027 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2036, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the

 

161


Table of Contents

calendar month before the date of the automatic increase, and (ii) 2,600,000 shares; provided that before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (i) and (ii). As of the date hereof, no shares of our Class A common stock have been purchased under the 2026 ESPP.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, will administer our 2026 ESPP. Our board may delegate concurrent authority to administer the 2026 ESPP to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. The 2026 ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under the 2026 ESPP, we may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering under the 2026 ESPP may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions. Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, will be eligible to participate in the 2026 ESPP and to contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to a maximum percentage of their earnings (as defined in the 2026 ESPP) or up to a set dollar amount for the purchase of our common stock under the 2026 ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in the 2026 ESPP at a price per share that is at least the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering; or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations. Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in the 2026 ESPP, as determined by our board of directors, including: (i) customary employment with us or one of our affiliates for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year; or (ii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a minimum period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under the 2026 ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the 2026 ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event that there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, the board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (i) the number of shares reserved under the 2026 ESPP; (ii) the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (iii) the number of shares and purchase price of all outstanding purchase rights; and (iv) the number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of certain significant corporate transactions, including the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets; (ii) a sale or disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities; (iii) a merger or consolidation where we do not survive the transaction; and (iv) a merger or consolidation where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the

 

162


Table of Contents

2026 ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within ten business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

2026 ESPP Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our 2026 ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our 2026 ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 2016 Plan in July 2016. It was most recently amended in October 2023. The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to employees, including employees of any parent or subsidiary, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and other forms of stock awards to employees, directors and consultants, including employees and consultants of our affiliates. Once the 2026 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2016 Plan. Any outstanding stock awards granted under the 2016 Plan will remain subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan and applicable award agreements.

As of September 30, 2025, stock options to purchase 1,196,398 shares of our common stock remained outstanding under the 2016 Plan and 1,187,750 shares of our common stock remained available for future issuance under the 2016 Plan. In the event that an outstanding stock option or other stock award for any reason expires or is canceled, the shares allocable to such stock award will be added to the number of shares then available for issuance under the 2026 Plan. Further, we expect that any shares remaining available for issuance under the 2016 Plan when the 2026 Plan becomes effective will become available for issuance under the 2026 Plan.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors to which the board delegates its administrative authority, administers the 2016 Plan and is referred to as the “plan administrator” herein. Under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator has the authority to, among other things, determine who will be granted stock awards, to determine the terms and conditions of each stock award (including the number of shares subject to the stock award, when the stock award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable), to accelerate the time(s) at which a stock award may vest or be exercised, and to construe and interpret the terms of the 2016 Plan and stock awards granted thereunder.

Under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (i) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding stock award; (ii) the cancellation of any outstanding stock award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new stock award, cash, or other consideration; or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options. ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the plan administrator. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of the 2016 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (or 110% of the fair market value for certain significant stockholders). Options granted under the 2016 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the plan administrator.

 

163


Table of Contents

The plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2016 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years (or five years, for certain significant stockholders). Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws or the sale of stock acquired upon exercise of the option would violate our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of our Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the plan administrator and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft, or money order payable to us, (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (iii) by delivery to us (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Class A common stock, (iv) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, (v) a deferred payment arrangement, or (vi) other legal consideration approved by the plan administrator and specified in the applicable stock option agreement.

Unless the plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the plan administrator (i) an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument and (ii) an optionholder may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionholder’s death.

The plan administrator may grant options that can be exercised before the shares subject to the option have vested. If a participant exercises unvested shares subject to an option, the participant will receive unvested (i.e. restricted) shares subject to a right of repurchase in favor of us that will lapse over the original vesting schedule for the option while the participant remains in continuous service. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of our common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. RSU awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the plan administrator. RSU awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. An RSU award may be settled by cash, delivery of shares of our common stock, a combination of cash and shares of our common stock as determined by the plan administrator, and as set forth in the RSU agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a RSU. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, or other written agreement between us and the participant, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Changes to Capital Structure. In the event of certain changes in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to the class(es) and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions. The 2016 Plan provides that in the event of a “corporate transaction,” unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the

 

164


Table of Contents

award holder or unless otherwise expressly provided by our board of directors at the time of grant of a stock award, our board of directors may take one or more of the following actions with respect to such stock awards:

 

  •  

arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by a surviving or acquiring corporation;

 

  •  

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring corporation;

 

  •  

accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and provide for its termination if not exercised (if applicable) at or before the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

  •  

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us;

 

  •  

cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised before the effective time of the corporate transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration (including no consideration) as our board of directors, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

 

  •  

make a payment equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received on exercise of the stock award immediately before the effective time of the corporate transaction, over (ii) any exercise price payable by the participant in connection with the exercise.

The plan administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to treat all participants in the same manner.

Under the 2016 Plan, a “corporate transaction” is generally defined as the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events: (i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (ii) the sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (iii) a merger or consolidation or similar transaction where we do not survive the transaction, or (iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction where we do survive the transaction but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately before such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction.

2016 Plan Amendment or Termination. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. Unless terminated sooner, the 2016 Plan will automatically terminate on July 4, 2026. No stock awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated. Once the 2026 Plan is effective, no further grants will be made under the 2016 Plan.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law allows a corporation to provide that its directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  •  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

  •  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

165


Table of Contents
  •  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

  •  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee, or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered into, or will enter into in connection with this offering, agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in connection with any action, proceeding, or investigation. We believe that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and these amended and restated bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers, or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

166


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2022 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

  •  

we have been or are to be a participant;

 

  •  

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

  •  

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable in arm’s length transactions.

Tender Offer

We facilitated a tender offer in March 2025, whereby certain of our employees sold shares of our common stock to a new investor, or the 2025 Tender Offer. Three of our executive officers, Erin Lantz, Kunal Mehta, and Vipul Sharma, each sold shares of our common stock in the 2025 Tender Offer for a purchase price of $3,316,440.96, $1,504,287.36, and $4,425,966.72, respectively.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, or the IRA, which provides, among other things, that certain our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including entities affiliated with Accel Growth Fund IV L.P., GV 2019, L.P., and Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., each of which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be included on a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The IRA also provides certain of these stockholders with information rights, which will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and a right of first refusal with regard to certain issuances of our capital stock, which will not apply to, and will terminate upon, the closing of this offering. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Right of First Refusal

Pursuant to our equity compensation plans and certain agreements with our stockholders, including an amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Accel Growth Fund IV L.P., GV 2019, L.P., and Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., each of which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, Peter Colis, our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors, and Lingke Wang, our President and member of our board of directors, we or our assignees have a right to purchase shares of our capital stock which certain stockholders propose to sell to other parties. This right under the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Voting Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement under which certain holders of our capital stock, including entities affiliated with Accel Growth Fund IV L.P., GV 2019, L.P., and Sequoia

 

167


Table of Contents

Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., each of which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, Peter Colis, our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors, and Lingke Wang, our President and member of our board of directors, have agreed as to the manner in which they will vote their shares of our capital stock on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors.

Employment Agreements

We intend to enter into confirmatory offer letters with each of our named executive officers, which provide for an annual base salary, bonus opportunity, and standard employee benefits generally available to our employees. For a description of these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table—Agreements with Our Named Executive Officers.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain persons identified by our management, which may include certain parties we have a business relationship with and friends and family of management. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect on the closing of this offering will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and other agents when determined appropriate by the board. In addition, we will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers, which requires us to indemnify them in certain circumstances. For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a related person transactions policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the identification, review, and approval or ratification of related person transactions.

 

168


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our capital stock as of September 30, 2025, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Class A common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering for:

 

  •  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  •  

each of our directors;

 

  •  

all of our executive officers and directors as a group;

 

  •  

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A common stock and/or Class B common stock; and

 

  •  

each selling stockholder.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 25,445,410 shares of Class A common stock and 32,211,060 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025, assuming (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) the RSU Net Settlement and (v) the Warrant Exercise. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on 30,573,106 shares of Class A common stock and 32,211,060 shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering.

In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of such person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options held by the person that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025 or issuable pursuant to RSUs that are subject to vesting and settlement conditions expected to occur within 60 days of September 30, 2025, including the liquidity event-based condition, which will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and after giving effect to the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding 2,198,812 shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations of $41.8 million (based on the assumed initial offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate). However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. In addition, the actual share withholding or repurchase and cancellation amounts, as applicable, and related tax withholding rates will fluctuate based on, among other things, the actual initial public offering price per share in this offering. As a result, the number of shares beneficially owned by any holder included in the table below, as well as the shares of common stock to be sold by certain of our selling stockholders who are offering shares underlying stock options and/or RSUs, may fluctuate based on the actual initial public offering price per share in this offering.

 

169


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Ethos Technologies Inc., 90 New Montgomery Street, Suite 1500, San Francisco, CA 94105.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this
Offering
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Being
Offered
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Following to this Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Class A
common stock
    Class B
common stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power†
    Class A
common stock
    Class B
common stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power†
 
  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %  

5% or greater stockholders:

                     

Entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital(1)

    —       —       12,000,124       37.3 %      35.8 %      —       —       —       12,000,124       37.3 %      35.6 % 

Entities affiliated with Accel(2)

    —       —       7,143,886       22.2 %      21.3 %      —       —       —       7,143,886       22.2 %      21.2 % 

Peter Colis(3)

    —       —       6,640,427       20.6 %      19.8 %      —       —       —       6,640,427       20.6 %      19.7 % 

Lingke Wang(4)

    —       —       6,426,623       20.0 %      19.2 %      —       —       —       6,426,623       20.0 %      19.0 % 

Entities affiliated with GV(5)

    5,615,464       22.1 %      —       —       *       1,845,308       3,770,156       12.3 %      —       —       *  

Entities affiliated with Softbank(6)

    3,128,902       12.3 %      —       —       *       —       3,128,902       10.2 %      —       —       *  

Named executive officers and directors:

                     

Peter Colis(3)

    —       —       6,640,427       20.6 %      19.8 %      —       —       —       6,640,427       20.6 %      19.7 % 

Vipul Sharma(7)

    624,645       2.4 %      —       —       *       200,000       424,645       1.4 %      —       —       *  

Kunal Mehta(8)

    196,503       *       —       —       *       42,857       153,646       *       —       —       *  

Roelof Botha(9)

    —       —       12,000,124       37.3 %      35.8 %      —       —       —       12,000,124       37.3 %      35.6 % 

Priscilla Hung(10)

    52,925       *       —       —       *       —       52,925       *       —       —       *  

John Kunze(11)

    70,176       *       —       —       *       —       70,176       *       —       —       *  

Mark Mullin

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —  

Nate J. Niparko(12)

    —       —       7,143,886       22.2 %      21.3 %      —       —       —       7,143,886       22.2 %      21.2 % 

Khozema Shipchandler(13)

    25,280       *       —       —       *       —       25,280       *       —       —       *  

Lingke Wang(4)

    —       —       6,426,623       20.0 %      19.2 %      —       —       —       6,426,623       20.0 %      19.0 % 

William J. Wheeler

    —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —       —  

All current executive officers and directors as a group(12 persons)(14)

    1,447,621       5.6 %      32,211,060       100.0 %      96.4 %      405,534       1,042,087       3.4 %      32,211,060       100.0 %      95.6 % 

Other Selling Stockholders

                     

General Catalyst Group X – Endurance, L.P.(15)

    2,144,652       8.4 %      —       —       *       2,070,473       74,179       *       —       —       *  

Entities affiliated with Heroic Ventures(16)

    543,972       2.1 %      —       —       *       190,164       353,808       1.2 %      —       —       *  

Erin Lantz(17)

    478,092       1.8 %      —       —       *       162,677       315,415       1.0 %      —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 225,001 and 250,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    226,189       *       —       —       *       113,095       113,094       *       —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 200,001 and 225,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    210,378       *       —       —       *       79,483       130,895       *       —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 130,001 and 200,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    146,913       *       —       —       *       24,285       122,628       *       —       —       *  

 

170


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this
Offering
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
Being
Offered
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Following to this Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Class A
common stock
    Class B
common stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power†
    Class A
common stock
     Class B
common stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power†
 
  Shares     %     Shares     %     Shares     %      Shares     %  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 115,001 and 130,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    240,866       *       —       —       *       78,570       162,296       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 100,001 and 115,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    213,798       *       —       —       *       32,034       181,764       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 80,001 and 100,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    161,701       *       —       —       *       55,285       106,416       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 65,001 and 80,000(18)

    134,641       *       —       —       *       78,466       56,175       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 64,201 and 65,000(18)

    64,932       *       —       —       *       26,717       38,215       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 61,001 and 64,200 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    192,465       *       —       —       *       159,700       32,765       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 54,001 and 61,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    229,930       *       —       —       *       108,253       121,677       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 25,001 and 54,000 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    206,704       *       —       —       *       97,181       109,523       *        —       —       *  

Other selling stockholders that beneficially own between 10,001 and 25,001 shares of Class A common stock(18)

    101,387       *       —       —       *       34,071       67,316       *        —       —       *  
 
*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

†

Represents the voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Each share of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share, and each share of Class B common stock will be entitled to votes per share. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, except under limited circumstances described in “Description of Capital Stock—Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock—Voting Rights.”

(1)

Consists of (i) 121,541 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV, L.P.; (ii) 2,132,408 shares of Class B common stock held of record by

 

171


Table of Contents
  Sequoia Capital U.S. Growth Fund VIII, L.P., or GFVIII; (iii) 1,238,282 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV Principals Fund, L.P.; (iv) 337,996 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV (Q), L.P.; (v) 8,027,281 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P.; (vi) 79,246 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Spelunker Channel Holdings, LLC, or Spelunker; and (vii) 63,370 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Nalrena, L.L.C, or Nalrena. SC US (TTGP), Ltd. Is the general partner of Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV Management, L.P., which is the general partner of Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund XV, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Fund Partners Fund XV, L.P., Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture XV Principals Fund, L.P. and Sequoia Capital U.S. Venture Partners Fund XV (Q), L.P., or collectively, XV Funds, and (ii) the general partner of SC U.S. Growth VIII Management, L.P., which is the general partner of GFVIII. SC US SSF 2013 (TTGP), L.L.C. is the general partner of SC U.S. Scout Seed Fund 2013 Management, L.P., which is the general partner of Sequoia Capital U.S. Scout Seed Fund 2013, L.P., which is the managing member of Sequoia Capital U.S. Scout Fund IV, L.L.C., which is the sole member of Spelunker and Nalrena. Mr. Botha, one of our directors, is a managing member of SC US (TTGP), Ltd. and SC US SSF 2013 (TTGP), L.L.C., and as a result may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the XV Funds, GFVIII, Spelunker and Nalrena. Mr. Botha expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such Sequoia Capital entities. The address for each of the Sequoia Capital entities identified in this footnote is 2800 Sand Hill Rd., Suite 101, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2)

Consists of (i) 6,780,975 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Accel Growth Fund IV L.P. (“AGF4”); (ii) 324,338 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Accel Growth Fund Investors 2016 L.L.C. (“AGFI16”); and (iii) 38,573 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Accel Growth Fund IV Strategic Partners L.P. (“AGF4SP”). Accel Growth Fund IV Associates L.L.C. (“AGF4A”) is the general partner of AGF4 and AGF4SP and has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by AGF4 and AGF4SP. Andrew G. Braccia, Sameer K. Gandhi, Ping Li, Ryan J. Sweeney and Richard P. Wong are the managing members of AGF4A and share such powers. Messrs. Braccia, Gandhi, Li, Sweeney and Wong also are the managing members of AGFI16 and share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held of record by AGFI16. The managing members disclaim Section 16 beneficial ownership over the securities reported herein except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 500 University Ave., Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(3)

Consists of: (i) 5,674,725 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Colis; (ii) 128,893 shares held of record by the Peter G. Colis Family Trust U/A/D 7/4/2021, for which John N. Colis serves as Trustee; (iii) 214,822 shares held of record by the PGC Beta Trust U/A/D 10/18/2024, for which Cresset Trust Company serves as Trustee; and (iv) 621,987 shares of Class A common stock issuable net of tax withholding pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which are exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right. Mr. Colis holds revocable voting proxies over the shares held of record by the Peter G. Colis Family Trust U/A/D 7/4/2021 and the PGC Beta Trust U/A/D 10/18/2024 and, as a result, may be deemed to have sole voting power over such shares. Mr. Colis disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such trusts except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(4)

Consists of: (i) 3,311,056 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Mr. Wang; (ii) 64,043 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Brittany Quach, Mr. Wang’s wife; (iii) 145,772 and 145,772 shares of Class B common stock held of record by Dongmei Yang and Xiaofei Wang, the mother and father of Mr. Wang, respectively; and (iv) 621,987 shares of Class A common stock issuable net of tax withholding pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, which are exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity

 

172


Table of Contents
  Exchange Right. Mr. Wang holds revocable voting proxies over the shares held of record by Ms. Quach, Ms. Yang, and Mr. X. Wang and, as a result, may be deemed to have sole voting power over such shares. Includes an aggregate of 2,137,993 shares of Class B common stock held of record by (a) The B 2024 Trust, The J 2024 Trust, The K 2024 Trust, and The L 2024 Trust, for which Xiaofei Wang serves as trustee, and (b) The D 2024 Trust, The W 2024 Trust, and The X 2024 Trust, for which Brittany Quach serves as trustee. Mr. Wang disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by his wife, his parents, and the aforementioned trusts except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
(5)

Consists of (i) 1,755,632 shares of Class A common stock held of record by GV 2017, L.P.; (ii) 3,287,925 shares of Class A common stock held of record by GV 2019, L.P.; and (iii) 571,907 shares of Class A common stock held of record by GV 2021, L.P. Regarding GV 2017, L.P.: GV 2017 GP, L.P. (the general partner of GV 2017, L.P.), GV 2017 GP, L.L.C. (the general partner of GV 2017 GP, L.P.), Alphabet Holdings LLC (the sole member of GV 2017 GP, L.L.C.), XXVI Holdings Inc. (the sole member of Alphabet Holdings LLC), and Alphabet Inc. (the controlling stockholder of XXVI Holdings Inc.) may each be deemed to share power to vote or dispose of the shares held directly by GV 2017, L.P. Regarding GV 2019, L.P.: GV 2019 GP, L.P. (the general partner of GV 2019, L.P.), GV 2019 GP, L.L.C. (the general partner of GV 2019 GP, L.P.), Alphabet Holdings LLC (the sole member of GV 2019 GP, L.L.C.), XXVI Holdings Inc. (the sole member of Alphabet Holdings LLC), and Alphabet Inc. (the controlling stockholder of XXVI Holdings Inc.) may each be deemed to share power to vote or dispose of the shares held directly by GV 2019, L.P. Regarding GV 2021, L.P.: GV 2021 GP, L.P. (the general partner of GV 2021, L.P.), GV 2021 GP, L.L.C. (the general partner of GV 2021 GP, L.P.), Alphabet Holdings LLC (the sole member of GV 2021 GP, L.L.C.), XXVI Holdings Inc. (the sole member of Alphabet Holdings LLC), and Alphabet Inc. (the controlling stockholder of XXVI Holdings Inc.) may each be deemed to share power to vote or dispose of the shares held directly by GV 2021, L.P. The address for each of these entities is 1600 Amphitheatre Parkway, Mountain View, CA 94043.

(6)

Consists of 3,128,902 shares of Class A common stock held of record by SVF II Aggregator (DE) LLC (SVF). SoftBank Group Corp. (SoftBank), which is a publicly traded company listed on the Tokyo Stock Exchange, is the sole shareholder of SB Global Advisers Limited (SBGA). SBGA has been appointed as manager and is responsible for making all decisions related to the acquisition, structuring, financing and disposal of SoftBank Vision Fund II-2 L.P.’s investments, including as held by SVF. SVF II Aggregator (Jersey) LP is the sole member of SVF II Holdings (DE) LLC, which is the sole partner of SVF II Investment Holdings (Jersey) L.P., which is the sole member of SVF II Investment Holdings LLC, which is the sole member of SVF II Investment Holdings (Subco) LLC, which is the sole member of SVF. Alex Clavel, Yoshimitsu Goto and Navneet Govil are the directors of SBGA. As a result of these relationships, each of these entities and individuals may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities referenced herein. Each of them disclaims any such beneficial ownership. The address for each of these entities is 300 El Camino Real, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(7)

Consists of (i) 222,465 shares of Class A common stock held record by Mr. Sharma; (ii) 149,248 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025; and (iii) 252,932 shares of Class A common stock issuable net of tax withholding pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(8)

Consists of (i) 144 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Mr. Mehta; and (ii) 196,359 shares issuable net of tax withholding pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition Class A common stock will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(9)

Consists of the shares listed in footnote 1 above held of record by entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital. Mr. Botha disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Sequoia Capital entities.

(10)

Consists of (i) 32,879 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025; and (ii) 20,046 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of

 

173


Table of Contents
  September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
(11)

Consists of (i) 49,318 shares subject to stock options to purchase Class A common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025; and (ii) 20,858 shares issuable pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(12)

Consists of the shares listed in footnote 2 above held of record by entities affiliated with Accel.

(13)

Consists of (i) 9,566 shares subject to stock options to purchase shares of Class A common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025; and (ii) 15,714 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(14)

Consists of (i) 222,516 shares of Class A common stock; (ii) 30,967,086 shares of Class B common stock; (iii) 619,018 shares subject to stock options to purchase Class A common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025; (iv) 1,653,558 shares of Class A common stock issuable net of tax withholding, as applicable, pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, of which 1,243,974 are exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right.

(15)

Consists of shares of Class A common stock held of record by General Catalyst Group X - Endurance, L.P. (GCGXE). General Catalyst Group Management Holdings GP, LLC (GCGMH LLC) is the general partner of General Catalyst Group Management Holdings, L.P., which is the manager of General Catalyst Group Management, LLC, which is the manager of General Catalyst GP X - Growth Venture LLC, which is the general partner of General Catalyst Partners X - Growth Venture, L.P., which is the general partner of GCGXE, and Kenneth Chenault, David Fialkow and Hemant Taneja are managing members of GCGMH LLC, and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by GCGXE. Each party named above disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The principal business address of the foregoing entities and persons is 20 University Road, Suite 450, Cambridge, MA 02138.

(16)

Consists of (i) 363,157 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Heroic Ventures LP, (ii) 120,278 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Heroic Ventures SPV XIII, LLC and (iii) 60,537 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Heroic Ventures SPV XI, LLC. Michael Fertik is the managing partner of Heroic Ventures LP, Heroic Ventures SPV XIII, LLC and Heroic Ventures SPV XI, LLC. As a result, Mr. Fertik may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of Heroic Ventures LP, Heroic Ventures SPV XIII, LLC and Heroic Ventures SPV XI, LLC. The address for each of these individuals and entities is 350 Cambridge Ave, Suite 300, Palo Alto, CA 94306.

(17)

Consists of (i) 51 shares of Class A common stock, (ii) 378,007 shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options to purchase shares of Class A common stock that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2025; and (iii) 100,034 shares of Class A common stock issuable net of tax withholding pursuant to RSUs for which the service-based vesting condition will be satisfied within 60 days of September 30, 2025 and the liquidity event-based vesting condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(18)

Consists of stockholders not otherwise listed in this table who, within the groups indicated, collectively own less than 1% of our Class A common stock.

 

174


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our amended and restated investor rights agreement and relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law. The descriptions herein are qualified in their entirety by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and investor rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law.

Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,060,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

  •  

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;

 

  •  

40,000,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and

 

  •  

20,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2025, we had 25,445,410 shares of Class A common stock, 32,211,060 shares of Class B common stock and no shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding on an as adjusted basis, after giving effect to (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) the RSU Net Settlement, and (v) the Warrant Exercise, which excludes shares to be issued in connection with the Cash Option Exercise.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

All issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. All authorized but unissued shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be available for issuance by our board of directors without any further stockholder action, except as required by the listing standards of Nasdaq. The rights of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion, and transfer rights.

Voting Rights

The Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share on any matter that is submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Holders of our Class B common stock are entitled to 20 votes per share on any matter submitted to our stockholders. Holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by Delaware law.

Under Delaware law, holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock would be entitled to vote as a separate class if a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely. As a result, in these limited instances, the holders of a majority of the Class A common stock could defeat any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For example, if a proposed amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provided for the Class A common stock to rank junior to the Class B common stock with respect to (1) any dividend or distribution, (2) the

 

175


Table of Contents

distribution of proceeds to be acquired, or (3) any other right, Delaware law would require the vote of the Class A common stock. In this instance, the holders of a majority of Class A common stock could defeat that amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering does not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise will be expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering or required by applicable law, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably, and be identical in all respects for all matters, including those described below.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash or property paid or distributed by the company, unless different treatment of the shares of the affected series is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected series, voting separately as a series. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities, liquidation preferences, and accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless a different treatment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected series, voting separately as a series; provided that the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock may receive different or disproportionate consideration in connection with our liquidation, if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock is that any securities distributed to the holders of Class B common stock have 20 times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holders of Class A common stock.

Change of Control Transactions

The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each series is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the series treated differently, voting separately as a series, on (a) the closing of the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (b) the consummation of a consolidation, merger, or reorganization which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company or the surviving or acquiring entity, or (c) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation, or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the company (or the surviving or acquiring entity). However, consideration to be paid or received by a holder of common stock in connection with any such assets

 

176


Table of Contents

sale, consolidation, merger, or reorganization under any employment, consulting, severance, or other compensatory arrangement will be disregarded for the purposes of determining whether holders of common stock are treated equally and identically.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption, or sinking fund provisions, except for the conversion provisions with respect to the Class B common stock described below and to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between us and a stockholder.

Conversion of Class B Common Stock

Each outstanding share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. In addition, each share of Class B common stock will convert automatically into one share of Class A common stock upon any transfer, whether or not for value, which occurs after the completion of this offering, except for certain permitted transfers set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers to certain trusts for estate planning purposes and entities under common control with or controlled by such holder of our Class B common stock. Once converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common stock will not be reissued.

All of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of Class A common stock upon the earliest to occur following this offering:

(i) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering that the number of shares of our Class B common stock, and any shares of Class B common stock underlying equity securities, held by our co-founders, certain immediate family members and their permitted entities and permitted transferees, in the aggregate, is less than 20% of the number of shares of Class B common stock held by our co-founders, certain immediate family members and their permitted entities at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering (provided that if no such date is fixed by our board of directors, it shall be the 180th date following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering);

(ii) the last trading day of the fiscal year following the tenth anniversary of the closing of this offering;

(iii) the date fixed by our board of directors that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the closing date of this offering that the second of our co-founders experiences a Triggering Event (other than death or disability); or

(iv) the date that is 12 months after the second of our co-founders experiences a Triggering Event that is death or disability.

A “Triggering Event” is the first to occur of any of the following with respect to each of our co-founders:

 

  •  

(1) such co-founder is no longer providing services to us as an officer or employee, and (2) such co-founder is no longer a member of our board of directors as a result of a voluntary

 

177


Table of Contents
 

resignation by such co-founder or as a result of a request of or agreement with such co-founder not to be renominated as a director at a meeting of stockholders;

 

  •  

such co-founder’s employment with us is terminated for cause; or

 

  •  

the death or disability of such co-founder.

Founder Voting Proxy

At the time of this offering, Mr. Colis and Mr. Wang will each enter into a voting proxy in favor of the other such that, upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event with respect to either Mr. Colis or Mr. Wang, a voting proxy will automatically be granted to the co-founder who has not experienced such Triggering Event over all of the shares of Class B common stock held by the co-founder who has experienced the Triggering Event (together with certain of his immediate family members, his related permitted entities and permitted transferees). Pursuant to such proxy, the co-founder who has not experienced the Triggering Event will have exclusive voting control over those shares.

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called by our board of directors and our secretary upon the request of a majority of our board of directors then in office.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors, or a committee of the board of directors.

Staggered Board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders by a plurality of the votes cast. For

 

178


Table of Contents

more information on the classified board, see the section titled “Management—Composition of Our Board of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding capital stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock (if any) may be entitled to elect.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and any appellate court therefrom (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action or proceeding asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (3) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us under the Delaware General Corporation Law; (4) any action or proceeding regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (5) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or (6) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any current or former director, officer or other employee that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

This choice of forum provision would not apply to claims brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering further provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding capital stock.

 

179


Table of Contents

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation,      outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into 37,593,056 of shares of our Class A common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), of which 19,144,010 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock, and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2025, there were options to purchase an aggregate of 1,196,398 shares of Class A common stock outstanding under our equity compensation plans, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.23 per share.

Restricted Stock Units

As of September 30, 2025, there were 9,699,080 RSUs for shares of Class A common stock outstanding, of which 3,708,268 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock at the election of our co-founders. In connection with this offering, we will issue a number of new shares of Class A common stock in connection with the vesting and settlement of certain outstanding RSUs subject to service-based and liquidity event-based conditions for which the service-based condition was or will be fully or partially satisfied prior to this offering and the liquidity event-based condition will be satisfied upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, after giving effect to the net issuance of 3,476,573 shares of our Class A common stock, of which 1,243,974 shares will be exchangeable for an equal number of shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the Equity Exchange Right, in connection with the RSU Net Settlement, after withholding 2,198,812 shares to satisfy estimated tax withholding and remittance obligations (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate). All remaining RSUs will become an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock subject to outstanding RSUs under our 2016 Plan immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

180


Table of Contents

Warrants

As of September 30, 2025, we had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 580,579 shares of our Class A common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $12.21 per share. Subsequent to September 30, 2025, warrants to purchase 32,090 shares of Class A common stock were exercised at an exercise price of $0.07 per share.

In connection with a financing arrangement, we issued warrants to purchase 85,962 shares of our Class A common stock to Silicon Valley Bank, which remain outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Additionally, from time to time, we have issued, and may in the future issue, warrants to third parties in connection with commercial arrangements.

Registration Rights

Our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement provides that certain holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock have certain registration rights as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and not to exceed $50,000, of one counsel for the selling holders of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire five years after the closing of this offering, or with respect to any particular stockholder, such time after the closing of this offering that such stockholder can sell all of its shares entitled to registration rights under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 38,641,516 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights, which includes all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). At any time beginning six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, certain holders of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of the registrable shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. Such request for registration must cover at least that number of registrable shares as would have an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $7.5 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 38,641,516 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After this offering, in the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security

 

181


Table of Contents

holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (i) a registration relating to the demand registration rights set forth above, (ii) a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by us or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan, (iii) a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, (iv) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the shares held by the holders, or (v) a registration in which the only common stock being registered is common stock issued upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration, and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of 38,641,516 shares of common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights, which includes all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). At any time after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the anticipated aggregate price of the shares offered would be at least $1.0 million, subject to exceptions set forth in the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “LIFE.”

 

182


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Although we have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq, we cannot assure you an active public market for our Class A common stock will develop.

Following the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2025 and assuming (i) the reclassification of our outstanding common stock as Class A common stock, (ii) the Preferred Conversion, (iii) the Class B Stock Exchange, (iv) the RSU Net Settlement (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and an assumed 39.2% tax withholding rate), (v) the Warrant Exercise, and (vi) the Cash Option Exercise, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 30,731,938 shares of Class A common stock and 32,211,060 shares of Class B common stock.

Of these shares, all shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be, and shares underlying outstanding RSUs and shares subject to stock options and RSUs will be upon issuance, deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. All of these shares will be subject to a lock-up period under the lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions described below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act and of our insider trading policy, the earliest these restricted securities may be available for sale in the public market is as follows:

 

  •  

beginning on the date of this prospectus, all 10,526,315 shares of our Class A common stock sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

  •  

beginning on the date of the Tier 1 Release, up to approximately 5.3 million shares of our Class A common stock (including any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Class A common stock) will become eligible for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the restrictions of Rule 144;

 

  •  

beginning on the date of the Tier 2 Release, up to an additional approximately 5.3 million shares of our Class A common stock (including any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Class A common stock) will become eligible for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the restrictions of Rule 144; and

 

  •  

beginning on the date that is 180 days following the date of this prospectus, all remaining shares of our Class A common stock (including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Class B common stock) will become eligible for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144.

 

183


Table of Contents

In addition, after this offering, up to 5,781,099 shares of Class A common stock may be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options or vesting and settlement of outstanding RSUs as of the date of this prospectus, and up to 20,262,327 shares of Class A common stock are available for future issuance under our 2026 Plan and our 2026 ESPP.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-off Restrictions

We and all of our directors, executive officers, selling stockholders and the holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters that, until 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock.

The following table summarizes the termination dates of the lock-up period with respect to our current employees or other service providers, or Current Employees, our former employees or service providers, or Former Employees (but excluding in all cases our directors, “officers” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) or any of our affiliates (as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act), or Affiliates), and our non-Affiliates, or Non-Affiliates, and, together with Current Employees and Former Employees, Eligible Holders:

 

Type of Release

  

Release Date

  

Shares Released

  

Release
Termination Date

Tier 1 Release for Eligible Holders    If the closing price per share of the Class A common stock on Nasdaq for any five trading days (one of which must be a trading day occurring after the date we publicly announce our earnings for the second completed fiscal quarterly period following the most recent fiscal period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus, or the Initial Post-Offering Earnings Date) out of ten consecutive trading days is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, beginning at the opening of trading on the first trading day after the applicable ten consecutive trading day period    Up to approximately 5.3 million shares, representing 25% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Class A common stock held by Eligible Holders as of February 15, 2026, or Eligible Securities   

Current Employees subject to quarterly trading blackout periods under our insider trading policy:

Commencement of our next occurring quarterly trading backout period under our insider trading policy

 

Former Employees: N/A

 

Non-Affiliates: N/A

 

184


Table of Contents

Type of Release

  

Release Date

  

Shares Released

  

Release
Termination Date

Tier 2 Release for Eligible Holders    If the closing price per share of the Class A common stock on Nasdaq for any five trading days (one of which must be a trading day occurring on or after June 5, 2026) out of ten consecutive trading days is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, beginning at the opening of trading on the first trading day after the applicable ten consecutive trading day period    Up to approximately 5.3 million shares, representing 25% of Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders   

Current Employees subject to quarterly trading blackout periods under our insider trading policy: Commencement of our next occurring quarterly trading blackout period under our insider trading policy

 

Former Employees: N/A

 

Non-Affiliates: N/A

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event both the Tier 1 Release and the Tier 2 Release are triggered, the amount of Eligible Securities released will not exceed 50% of the total Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders.

We will announce the anticipated date of each of the Tier I Release Date and the Tier 2 Release Date through a major news service, or on a Form 8-K, at least one trading day in advance of the Tier 1 Release Date or the Tier 2 Release Date, as applicable.

The restrictions described above and contained in the lock-up agreements between the underwriters and our directors, executive officers, selling stockholders and the holders of substantially all of our common stock do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions, to certain transactions, including (a) transfers of lock-up securities: (i) as one or more bona fide gifts or charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) if the lock-up party is a natural person, to any member of the lock-up party’s immediate family member or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the lock-up party or immediate family member of the lock-up party, or if the lock-up party is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the lock-up party and its immediate family members are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a)(i) through (a)(iv) above, (vi) in the case of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate of the lock-up party, or to any investment fund or other entity which fund or entity is controlled or managed by the lock-up party or its affiliates, or (B) as part of a distribution by the lock-up party to its stockholders, partners, members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, partners, members or other equityholders, (vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement, (viii) to us from an employee upon death, disability or termination of employment of such employee, (ix) if the lock-up party is not an officer or director of the Company, in connection with a sale of the lock-up party’s lock-up securities acquired (A) from the underwriters in this offering or (B) in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, (x) to us in connection with the vesting,

 

185


Table of Contents

settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of common stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise) that are scheduled to expire or automatically vest during the lock-up period, including any transfer to us for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights, or in connection with the conversion of convertible securities, in all such cases pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, or pursuant to the terms of convertible securities, provided that any securities received upon such vesting, settlement, exercise or conversion will be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement or (xi) with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, provided that (A) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (a)(iv), (a)(v) and (a)(vi), such transfer or distribution will not involve a disposition for value, (B) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (a)(iv), (a)(v), (a)(vi) and (a)(vii), it will be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee, as the case may be, sign and deliver the lock-up agreement, (C) in the case of clauses (a)(ii), (a)(iii), (a)(iv), (a)(v) and (a)(vi), no filing by any party (including, without limitation, any donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributor or distributee) under the Exchange Act, or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of securities subject to the lock-up agreement will be required or will be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, and (D) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (a)(vii), (a)(viii), (a)(ix) and (a)(x), no filing under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement will be voluntarily made, and if any such filing, report or announcement will be legally required during the lock-up period, such filing, report or announcement will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (A) the circumstances of such transfer or distribution and (B) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(i) or (a)(vii), that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement, (b) entry into a written plan under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer, sale or other disposition of lock-up securities during the restricted period, and (c) transfers pursuant to a bona-fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors and made to all holders of our capital stock involving a change of control, provided that if such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the lock-up party’s securities will remain subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement.

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

Furthermore, a substantial majority our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock are subject to market stand-off restrictions with us that include restrictions on the sale, transfer, or other disposition of shares during the lock-up period. As a result of the foregoing, substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock are subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off provisions during the lock-up period. We have agreed to enforce all such market stand-off restrictions on behalf of the underwriters and not to release, amend, or waive any such market stand-off provisions during the lock-up period without the prior consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, provided that we may release shares from such restrictions to the extent that it would be permissible to release such shares under the form of lock-up agreement with the underwriters signed by certain holders of our securities as described herein.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is an affiliate of

 

186


Table of Contents

ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months, would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  •  

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 307,319 shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  •  

the average weekly trading volume in Class A common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our capital stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements and the market stand-off restrictions, as applicable, described above.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock subject to outstanding stock options and RSUs and common stock issued or issuable under our 2026 Plan, 2026 ESPP, and our 2016 Plan, as applicable. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

 

187


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2025, holders of up to 38,641,516 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering (based on the assumed initial public offering price of $19.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), or their transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the closing of this offering and the expiration of lock-up agreements and the market stand-off restrictions. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement or the market stand-off restrictions, as applicable.

 

188


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not deal with non-U.S., state, and local tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, and does not address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income tax consequences. For example, it does not address estate and gift taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, or the application of special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, governmental organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons who acquire our Class A common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships, and other pass-through entities or arrangements and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements, persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock at any time; persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and persons that own, or are deemed to own, our Class B common stock. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and administrative pronouncements or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and judicial decisions, each as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME, GIFT, ESTATE, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder (as defined below) nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or

 

189


Table of Contents

formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

 

  •  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  •  

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

  •  

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  •  

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder, such distributions, to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding, and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. We do not intend to adjust our withholding unless such certificates are provided to us or our paying agent before the payment of dividends and are updated as may be required by the IRS. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and you do not timely file the required certification, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if our Class A common stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

190


Table of Contents

To the extent distributions on our Class A common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock as described in the next section.

Gain on Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (b) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (c) we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly, and constructively, no more than 5% of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock and (2) our Class A common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of these rules. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our Class A common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (a) above, you will be required to pay tax on a net income basis at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. Holders, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (a) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (b) above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to Non-U.S. Holders in connection with payments of distributions on our Class A common stock. This information also may be made available under an applicable treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. You may be subject to backup withholding on payments

 

191


Table of Contents

on our Class A common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption. Your provision of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying your non-U.S. status will permit you to avoid backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

FATCA withholding currently applies to payments of dividends. The U.S. Treasury Department has released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% that would be applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

192


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

           

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Citizens JMP Securities, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     10,526,315  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of our Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us.

 

Paid by the Company

      

Per Share

   $       

Total

   $    

Shares of our Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $  per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. All of our directors, executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our common stock outstanding and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock.

We and our executive officers, directors, the selling stockholders, and the holders of all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See the section titled “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions, including the lock-up agreements with the underwriters and the market stand-off provisions with us, and certain exceptions to these restrictions.

 

193


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price per share of the Class A common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price for any five trading days (one of which must be a trading day occurring after the date we publicly announce our earnings for the quarter ending March 31, 2026) out of ten consecutive trading days, then beginning at the opening of trading on the first trading day following such period, 25% of all Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders will be automatically released from the lock-up restrictions and may be sold into the market, which we refer to as the Tier 1 Release.

If the closing price per share of the Class A common stock on Nasdaq is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price for any five trading days (one of which must be a trading day occurring on or after June 5, 2026) out of ten consecutive trading days, then beginning at the opening of trading on the first trading day following such period, 25% of Eligible Securities held by Eligible Holders will be automatically released from the lock-up restrictions and may be sold into the public market, which we refer to as the Tier 2 Release. The Tier 2 Release is not contingent on the Tier 1 Release having occurred.

The Tier 1 and Tier 2 Release will expire for employees and service providers on June 16, 2026, the commencement of the quarterly trading blackout periods under our insider trading policy.

Eligible Securities consist of 25% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock and any shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to vested equity awards held by Eligible Holders as of February 15, 2026. Eligible Holders consist of (i) our current employees or other service providers, (ii) former employees or service providers, and (iii) and our non-affiliates, and exclude in all cases our directors, “officers” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act), or any of our affiliates (as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act).

Furthermore, approximately a substantial majority our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock are subject to market stand-off restrictions with us that include restrictions on the sale, transfer, or other disposition of shares during the lock-up period. As a result of the foregoing, substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock are subject to a lock-up agreement or market stand-off provisions during the lock-up period. We have agreed to enforce all such market stand-off restrictions on behalf of the underwriters and not to release, amend, or waive any such market stand-off provisions during the lock-up period without the prior consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, provided that we may release shares from such restrictions to the extent that it would be permissible to release under such shares the form of lock-up agreement with the underwriters signed by certain holders of our securities as described herein.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us, the selling stockholders, and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of our Class A common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list the common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “LIFE.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions

 

194


Table of Contents

and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering. We have not granted the underwriters an option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions will be approximately $9.0 million.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may also provide risk management products to us or any parties related to us or them in connection with the offering for which they could receive payment(s), earn a profit and/or suffer or avoid a loss contingent on the closing of the offering (and the quantum of such amounts may potentially be significantly in excess of the fees earned by the relevant underwriter for its services acting as underwriter in connection with the offering).

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, and/or instruments of ours (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or of persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color, or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

 

195


Table of Contents

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain persons identified by our management, which may include certain parties we have a business relationship with and friends and family of management. If purchased by these persons, these shares will not be subject to a lock-up restriction, except to the extent that the purchasers of such shares are otherwise subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as a result of their relationships with us. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these persons. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of Class A common stock sold pursuant to the directed share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares reserved for the directed share program. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will administer our directed share program.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, or a Relevant Member State, no shares of Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares of Class A common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares of Class A common stock may be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  •  

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation;

 

  •  

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  •  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares of Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation and each person who initially acquires any shares of Class A common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares of Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed that the shares of Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of Class A common stock to the public, other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

196


Table of Contents

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties, and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire shares of Class A common stock in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A common stock, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, as amended.

United Kingdom

No shares of Class A common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the U.K., except that the shares of Class A common stock may be offered to the public in the U.K. at any time:

 

  •  

to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs (or, in relation to any action taken prior to January 19, 2026, as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation);

 

  •  

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined under paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs (or, in relation to any action taken prior to January 19, 2026, as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation)), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters for any such offer; or

 

  •  

in any other circumstances falling within Part 1 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs (or in relation to any action taken prior to January 19, 2026, within section 86 of the FSMA).

Each person who initially acquires any shares of Class A common stock or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted, and agreed to and with each of us and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs.

In the case of any shares of Class A common stock being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in paragraph 4 of regulation 7 of the POATRs, each financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that the shares of Class A common stock acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares of Class A common stock to the public, other than their offer or resale in the U.K. to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, warranties, and agreements. Notwithstanding the above, a person who is not a “qualified investor” and who has notified the underwriters of such fact in writing may, with the prior consent of the underwriters, be permitted to acquire shares of Class A common stock in the offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of Class A common stock in the U.K. means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of Class A common stock to be offered

 

197


Table of Contents

so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Class A common stock, the expression “U.K. Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of the domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, the expression “POATRs” means the Public Offers and Admissions to Trading Regulations 2024 and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended.

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (a) persons who are outside the U.K.; or (b) qualified investors (as defined in paragraph 15 of Schedule 1 to the POATRs) who are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, (ii) high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc. falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, or (iii) other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons). The shares of Class A common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer, or agreement to subscribe, purchase, or otherwise acquire the shares of Class A common stock will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Canada

The Class A common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions, and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Class A common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation; provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with the offering.

Hong Kong

The shares of Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or the Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the shares of Class A common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other

 

198


Table of Contents

than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not and will not be lodged or been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation has acquired the shares of Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that trust has acquired the shares of Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948 of Japan, as amended), or the FIEA. The Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering

 

199


Table of Contents

or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIFA and any other applicable laws, regulations, and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Brazil

The offer and sale of the Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Brazilian Securities Commission (Comissão de Valores Mobiliários, or CVM), and, therefore, will not be carried out by any means that would constitute a public offering in Brazil under CVM Resolution No 160, dated July 13, 2022, as amended, or unauthorized distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. The Class A common stock will be authorized for trading on organized non-Brazilian securities markets and may only be offered to Brazilian professional investors (as defined by the applicable CVM regulation), who may only acquire the Class A common stock through a non-Brazilian account, with settlement outside Brazil in non-Brazilian currency. The trading of the Class A common stock on regulated securities markets in Brazil is prohibited.

 

200


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. The underwriters have been represented by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, Palo Alto, California and New York, New York. As of the date of this prospectus, GC&H Investments, LLC, an entity comprised of partners and associates of Cooley LLP, beneficially owns 39,641 shares of Class  A common stock issuable upon the conversion of our convertible preferred stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Ethos Technologies Inc. at December 31, 2023 and 2024, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.ethos.com, at which, following the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

201


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Ethos Technologies Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ethos Technologies Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and financial statement schedules (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

San Francisco, California

June 11, 2025, except for the effects of the reverse stock split as described in Note 17, as to which the date is September 26, 2025

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

    As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
    2023     2024     2025  
          (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,020     $ 35,075     $ 84,269  

Short-term investments

    103,957       68,279       45,470  

Accounts receivable, net

    11,817       30,303       30,939  

Commissions receivable-current, net

    5,913       15,079       26,093  

Prepaid and other assets

    2,168       26,070       48,094  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    148,875       174,806       234,865  

Long-term assets:

     

Commissions receivable, net

    119,245       173,096       208,603  

Property and equipment, net

    8,327       7,424       7,920  

Operating lease right-of-use assets

    759       2,536       2,457  

Goodwill

    2,238       2,238       2,238  

Acquired intangible assets, net of amortization

    30       221       183  

Long-term investments

    —       35,002       31,452  

Other long-term assets

    180       558       584  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term assets

    130,779       221,075       253,437  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 279,654     $ 395,881     $ 488,302  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 11,751     $ 24,303     $ 61,081  

Accrued expenses

    11,919       19,217       31,291  

Liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-current

    1,307       9,382       12,329  

Operating lease liabilities-current

    549       753       1,003  

Other current liabilities

    1,567       13,945       2,354  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    27,093       67,600       108,058  

Long-term liabilities:

     

Liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-non-current

    4,995       24,163       15,484  

Operating lease liabilities-non-current

    249       1,864       1,541  

Deferred tax liability

    —       3,907       7,390  

Other long-term liabilities

    2,500       1,500       750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

    7,744       31,434       25,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    34,837       99,034       133,223  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 – 37,228, 37,228, and 37,400 shares authorized, 37,228 issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $404,801) as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

    403,997       403,997       403,997  

Stockholders’ deficit:

     

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 62,390, 62,390, and 1,040,000 shares authorized, 15,959, 16,032, and 16,556 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), respectively

    2       2       2  

Additional paid-in capital

    63,473       66,991       78,653  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (158 )      (478 )      (498 ) 

Accumulated deficit

    (222,497 )      (173,665 )      (127,075 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (159,180 )      (107,150 )      (48,918 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 279,654     $ 395,881     $ 488,302  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2023     2024     2024     2025  
          (unaudited)  
    (in thousands)  

Revenue:

       

Commission

  $ 159,754     $ 254,926     $ 188,402     $ 277,531  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    159,754       254,926       188,402       277,531  

Costs and expenses:

       

Sales and marketing

    107,531       148,664       108,578       165,205  

General and administrative

    21,231       22,417       17,674       30,414  

Technology (exclusive of amortization)

    22,288       23,133       16,767       24,711  

Cost of revenue

    5,902       6,527       4,969       4,674  

Depreciation and amortization

    5,713       5,438       4,169       4,075  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total costs and expenses

    162,665       206,179       152,157       229,079  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (2,911 )      48,747       36,245       48,452  

Other income (expense):

       

Interest expense

    (723 )      (595 )      (457 )      (2,405 ) 

Interest income

    5,792       5,599       4,277       4,472  

Other income, net

    117       185       161       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    5,186       5,189       3,981       2,167  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before provision for income taxes

    2,275       53,936       40,226       50,619  

Income tax expense

    (586 )      (5,104 )      (942 )      (4,029 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    1,689       48,832       39,284       46,590  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

       

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities

    955       (121 )      37       242  

Unrealized foreign currency translation loss

    (88 )      (199 )      (110 )      (262 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    867       (320 )      (73 )      (20 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income

  $ 2,556     $ 48,512     $ 39,211     $ 46,570  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data:

       

Basic net income per share

  $ 0.11     $ 3.05     $ 2.46     $ 2.83  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

  $ 0.03     $ 0.85     $ 0.69     $ 0.80  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computing basic net income per share

    15,926       16,007       15,999       16,453  

Shares used in computing diluted net income per share

    54,723       57,600       57,305       58,593  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In Thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, December 31, 2022

    37,228     $ 403,997       15,846     $ 2     $ 59,307     $ (1,025 )    $ (224,186 )    $ (165,902 ) 

Issuance of common stock

    —       —       113       —       331       —       —       331  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       —       3,835       —       —       3,835  

Comprehensive income

    —       —       —       —       —       867       —       867  

Net income

    —       —       —       —       —       —       1,689       1,689  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2023

    37,228     $ 403,997       15,959     $ 2     $ 63,473     $ (158 )    $ (222,497 )    $ (159,180 ) 

Issuance of common stock

    —       —       73       —       209       —       —       209  

Stock-based compensation expense

    —       —       —       —       3,309       —       —       3,309  

Comprehensive loss

    —       —       —       —       —       (320 )      —       (320 ) 

Net income

    —       —       —       —       —       —       48,832       48,832  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2024

    37,228     $ 403,997       16,032     $ 2     $ 66,991     $ (478 )    $ (173,665 )    $ (107,150 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock
    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares
    Amount     Shares
    Amount  
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, December 31, 2023

    37,228     $ 403,997       15,959     $ 2     $ 63,473     $ (158 )    $ (222,497 )    $ (159,180 ) 

Issuance of common stock (unaudited)

    —       —       71       —       204       —       —       204  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —       —       —       —       2,379       —       —       2,379  

Comprehensive loss (unaudited)

    —       —       —       —       —       (73 )      —       (73 ) 

Net income (unaudited)

    —       —       —       —       —       —       39,284       39,284  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2024 (unaudited)

    37,228     $ 403,997       16,030     $ 2     $ 66,056     $ (231 )    $ (183,213 )    $ (117,386 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In Thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock
    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares
    Amount     Shares
    Amount  
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, December 31, 2024

    37,228     $ 403,997       16,032     $ 2     $ 66,991     $ (478 )    $ (173,665 )    $ (107,150 ) 

Issuance of common stock (unaudited)

    —       —       524       —       794       —       —       794  

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —       —       —       —       10,868       —       —       10,868  

Comprehensive income (unaudited)

    —       —       —       —       —       (20 )      —       (20 ) 

Net income (unaudited)

    —       —       —       —       —       —       46,590       46,590  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

    37,228     $ 403,997       16,556     $ 2     $ 78,653     $ (498 )    $ (127,075 )    $ (48,918 ) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In Thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2023     2024     2024      2025  
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income

   $ 1,689     $ 48,832     $ 39,284      $ 46,590  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

         

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     104       —       —        —  

Deferred taxes

     —       3,907       —        3,483  

Depreciation and amortization

     5,713       5,438       4,169        4,075  

Non-cash interest expense

     723       595       457        2,405  

Accretion (amortization) of discounts and premium, investments

     (3,602 )      (3,133 )      (2,585 )       (994 ) 

Stock-based compensation

     3,607       3,166       2,269        10,564  

Operating lease right-of-use asset amortization

     16       42       (7 )       635  

Unrealized foreign currency translation

     (87 )      (199 )      (110 )       (244 ) 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

         

Prepaid and other assets

     (221 )      (23,902 )      (11,585 )       (15,863 ) 

Other long-term assets

     12       (378 )      (340 )       (26 ) 

Accounts payable

     (4,651 )      12,691       10,026        35,266  

Accounts receivable

     (3,617 )      (13,626 )      (12,580 )       (5,636 ) 

Commissions receivable

     (3,772 )      (9,166 )      (9,353 )       (11,014 ) 

Long-term commissions receivable

     (29,055 )      (53,851 )      (39,355 )        (35,507 ) 

Accrued expenses

     1,861       7,298       2,475        10,517  

Other current liabilities

     (8,344 )      12,378       4,663        (12,220 ) 

Other long-term liabilities

     2,500       (1,000 )      (500 )       (750 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     (37,124 )      (10,908 )      (13,072 )       31,281  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities 

         

Purchase of property and equipment

     (323 )      (776 )      (534 )       (1,101 ) 

Purchase of domain name

     —       (250 )      (250 )       —  

Purchase of investments

     (154,196 )      (154,675 )      (107,571 )       (52,509 ) 

Proceeds from maturity of investments

     140,008       145,003       109,023        79,870  

Sales of investments

     9,937       13,360       13,359        —  

Investment in software development costs

     (4,585 )      (3,558 )      (2,748 )       (3,145 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (9,159 )      (896 )      11,279        23,115  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Proceeds from liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     —       23,550       —        5,000  

Repayment of liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     (1,973 )      (1,902 )      (1,440 )       (7,802 ) 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     331       209       204        794  

Payment of deferred offering costs

     —       —       —        (3,175 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (1,642 )      21,857       (1,236 )       (5,183 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (47,925 )      10,053       (3,029 )       49,213  

Effect of exchange rates on cash

     (2 )      2       2        (19 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     72,947       25,020       25,020        35,075  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 25,020     $ 35,075     $ 21,993      $ 84,269  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items:

         

Capitalized property and equipment costs in accounts payable at year end

   $ 74     $ 44     $ 103      $ 26  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 487     $ 517     $ 309      $ 1,625  

Operating lease liabilities arising from obtaining operating lease right-of-use assets

   $ 1,090     $ 2,663     $ —      $ 596  

Stock-based compensation capitalized as software development costs

   $ 227     $ 143     $ 110      $ 304  

Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ —     $ —     $ —      $ 2,926  

Amounts related to the sale of commissions receivable

   $ —     $ 5,000     $ —      $ —  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

1. Organization

Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the Company) is a technology-driven, direct-to-consumer platform that makes life insurance accessible and easy to apply for. Through its advanced digital underwriting, data analytics, and proprietary technology, the Company provides a streamlined process for consumers to explore, compare, and purchase life insurance policies entirely online. The Company contracts with top-rated insurance carriers to offer life insurance to families throughout the United States through the use of multi-channel marketing and advertising campaigns and independent third-party agents. The Company is a licensed agent in 49 states and serves as a third-party administrator (TPA). The streamlined application process is achieved through the Company’s full stack technology and predictive modeling platform which simplifies and automates the underwriting process allowing families to obtain same-day coverage. The Company primarily earns revenue in the form of commission payments from the contracted insurance carriers. Commission payments are received both when the initial policy is sold (first year) and when the underlying policyholder renews their policy in subsequent years.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the wholly owned subsidiary, Ethos Singapore Pte Ltd (Ethos SGP), the wholly owned subsidiary, Ethos Estate Planning, LLC, and the wholly owned subsidiary, Ethos Life Technologies (India) Pvt. Ltd (Ethos India). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2025, the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and consolidated statements of cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025, and the related notes to such interim consolidated financial statements are unaudited.

These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and do not include all disclosures normally required in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been omitted. In the opinion of management, the interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented. The results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily indicative of future results.

Reverse Stock Split

On September 25, 2025, a seven-for-one reverse stock split of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock, common stock, stock options, restricted stock units, and common stock warrants was effected without any changes to the par value. All information related to the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock, common stock, stock options, restricted stock units, and

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

common stock warrants, as well as all per share data included in these financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the seven-for-one reverse stock split for all periods presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the related disclosures at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. These estimates, judgments and assumptions take into account historical and forward-looking factors that the Company believes are reasonable. Significant items subject to such estimates, judgments, and assumptions include revenue recognition, commissions receivable, liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable, website and software development costs, stock-based compensation, and income taxes. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments, or assumptions and actual results, the Company’s consolidated financial statements will be affected.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash includes demand deposits with banks or financial institutions. Cash equivalents include short-term, highly liquid investments that are both readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and that are so near their maturity that they present minimal risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. The Company’s cash equivalents include only investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company regularly maintains cash in excess of federally insured limits at financial institutions.

Marketable Securities

Marketable securities consist primarily of commercial paper and investment grade debt securities. The Company invests in a diversified portfolio of marketable securities and limits the concentration of its investment in any particular security. Marketable securities with original maturities of three months or less are included in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities with original maturities greater than three months, but less than one year, are included in short term investments, and marketable securities with maturities greater than one year, are included in long term investments in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company has classified and accounted for its marketable securities as available-for-sale. The investments are adjusted for amortization of premiums and discounts to maturity. After consideration of the Company’s capital preservation objectives, as well as its liquidity requirements, the Company may sell securities prior to their stated maturities.

If an available-for-sale debt security’s fair value declines below its amortized cost basis, the Company evaluates whether it intends to sell the security, or whether it more-likely-than-not will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either condition is met, the Company records an allowance for credit loss on the security. If neither condition is met, the Company evaluates whether the decline is the result of credit-related factors, in which case the Company records the credit-related portion of the allowance for credit loss. There was no allowance for credit loss for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited).

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities. The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated from their functional currency into U.S. dollars. Assets and liabilities are translated at period end rates of exchange, and revenue and expenses are translated using average rates of exchange. The resulting gain or loss is included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the consolidated balance sheets.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The useful lives are as follows:

 

     Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment

   2 years

Developed software

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of expected useful life or lease term

Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expenses as incurred. Major improvements, which extend the useful life of the related asset, are capitalized. Upon disposal of a fixed asset, the Company records a gain or loss based on the difference between the proceeds received and the net book value of the disposed asset.

Accounts Receivable and Commissions Receivable, Net

See Note 3, Revenue, below for a description of the Company’s accounts and commissions receivable accounting policy.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are generally expensed as incurred in connection with the requisite service period. Certain advertising production costs are capitalized and expensed when the advertisement first takes place. Advertising expenses were approximately $55,933 and $63,366 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, and approximately $48,650 and $69,533 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively. Advertising costs are recorded in sales and marketing expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures compensation expense for all share-based awards based on the estimated fair value of the award on the grant date. The Company’s equity incentive plan provides for the granting of stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards to employees, consultants, officers, and directors. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award).

The Company determines the fair value of stock options issued to employees on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model which is impacted by the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock, as well as changes in assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

These variables are summarized as follows:

 

  •  

Fair value of common stock – Due to the absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock, the fair value of the common stock underlying the Company’s share-based awards is determined by the Company’s board of directors, with input from management and the assistance of a third-party valuation firm. Because there is no public market for the Company’s stock, the independent third-party valuations have generally been performed annually in accordance with the guidance outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as compensation (AICPA’s Practice Aid). In conducting the valuations, the independent third-party valuation specialist considered all objective and subjective factors that it believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted in accordance with AICPA’s Practice Aid, including the price paid by investors for the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual and forecasted operating and financial performance, market conditions, performance of comparable publicly traded companies and transactions of comparable companies, developments and milestones within the Company, the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Company’s common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, and the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event. In determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the fair value of the Company’s business was determined using various valuation methods, including combinations of the income approach (discounted cash flow method) and the market approach (public company market-multiple method) with input from the Company. The income approach involves applying an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to projected cash flows based on forecasted revenue and costs. The market approach estimates value based on a comparison of the Company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business.

From the comparable companies, a representative market-value multiple was determined, which was applied to the Company’s operating results to estimate the enterprise value of the Company. Once the enterprise value was determined under the market approach, the Company derived the equity value of the Company and used the option-pricing model to allocate that value across the various classes of securities to arrive at the fair value of the common stock.

 

  •  

Expected volatility – Expected volatility is a measure of the amount by which the stock price is expected to fluctuate. Since the Company does not have sufficient trading history of its common stock, it estimates the expected volatility of its stock options at their grant date by taking the weighted-average historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected life of the options.

 

  •  

Expected term – Expected term represents the period over which the Company anticipates share-based awards to be outstanding. For awards with the standard 90-day exercise period, the Company uses the simplified method to calculate the expected term estimate based on the options’ vesting term and contractual terms. Under the simplified method, the expected life is equal to the average of the share-based award’s weighted-average vesting period and its contractual term. For those awards with an extended post-termination exercise period, the Company calculates the expected term based on the options’ vesting term, tenure of the employee upon grant, and contractual terms.

 

  •  

Risk-free interest rate – The risk-free interest rate used is based on the implied yield in effect at the time of grant of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the stock options.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

  •  

Expected dividend yield – The dividend yield is zero as the Company has not declared or paid any dividends to date and does not currently expect to do so in the future.

The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur.

See Note 13, Stock-Based Compensation, for the weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited).

Common Stock Warrants

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC 480), Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging. The Company has issued common stock warrants which are equity classified and are recorded at fair value upon the issuance. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the common stock warrants. Stock volatility is estimated based on the historical volatility of publicly traded peer companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The dividend yield is estimated at 0% based on the expected dividend yield as the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense is determined using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates that are applicable in a given year. The utilization of deferred tax assets is limited by the amount of taxable income expected to be generated within the allowable carryforward period and other factors. Management also considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, a valuation allowance of $(50,302) and $(39,699), respectively, was recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. See Note 14, Income Taxes, for additional information. Adjustments to the valuation allowance are recognized as benefit (expense) in the period in which such determination is made. The calculation of income tax liabilities involves judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties and complex tax laws. In addition, the Company’s tax returns are subject to audit by various U.S. and foreign tax authorities. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with our expectations could have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

The Company utilizes a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions (tax contingencies). The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments, and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes.

The Company includes interest and penalties related to tax contingencies in the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. There was no such expense recorded during 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited).

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their useful lives and are reviewed for impairment. The Company evaluates intangible assets with finite and indefinite useful lives and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that they may not be recoverable, or at least annually. Recoverability of finite and other long-lived assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by that asset group. The amount of impairment to be recognized for finite and indefinite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets is calculated as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the asset group, generally measured by discounting estimated future cash flows. There were no impairment indicators present during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited).

Website and Software Development Costs

The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of website and software development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental and deemed by management to be significant, are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the application. Capitalized website and software development costs are included in property and equipment, net in the consolidated balance sheets. Maintenance and enhancement costs, including those costs in the post-implementation stages, are typically expensed as incurred, unless such costs relate to substantial upgrades and enhancements to the website or software that result in added functionality, in which case the costs are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated remaining useful lives. Amortization expense related to capitalized website and software development costs is included in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company capitalized website and software development costs of $4,585 and $3,558 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, and $2,748 and $3,145 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively.

Fair Value

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The standards also establish a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. See Note 5, Fair Value Measurement, for details of the fair value hierarchy and the related inputs used by the Company.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts and commissions receivable. The Company believes the potential for

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

collection issues with any of its customers is minimal as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and as of September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited) based on the lack of collection issues in the past and high financial standards the Company requires of its customers. The Company does not require collateral to secure trade receivable balances. For the year ended December 31, 2023, two insurance carrier customers accounted for 60% and 24% of total revenue. As of December 31, 2023, two insurance carrier customers accounted for 76% and 16% of total accounts and commissions receivable. For the year ended December 31, 2024, three insurance carrier customers accounted for 54%, 25% and 19% of total revenue. As of December 31, 2024, three insurance carrier customers accounted for 63%, 19% and 11% of total accounts and commissions receivable. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 (unaudited), three insurance carrier customers accounted for 57%, 23% and 18% of total revenue. As of September 30, 2024 (unaudited), two insurance carrier customers accounted for 74% and 15% of total accounts and commissions receivable. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited), three insurance carrier customers accounted for 39%, 34% and 14% of total revenue. As of September 30, 2025 (unaudited), two insurance carrier customers accounted for 73% and 14% of total accounts and commissions receivable.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company applied the guidance in ASC Topic 480-10-S99-3A, SEC Staff Announcement: Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities and therefore classified the redeemable convertible preferred stock (Note 12), as temporary equity. The redeemable convertible preferred stock was recorded outside of stockholders’ deficit because it includes a redemption provision upon a change of control, which is a deemed liquidation event that is considered outside the Company’s control. The redeemable convertible preferred stock was recorded at its original issue price, net of issuance costs. The Company did not adjust the carrying values to the liquidation price associated with a change of control because a change of control of the Company was not considered probable at the measurement dates. Subsequent adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying values to their respective liquidation prices were to be made only if and when it became probable that such a change of control will occur.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below, and the test is performed annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred. See Note 16, Goodwill for additional information about the Company’s goodwill.

The impairment assessment involves an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances exist that lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the qualitative assessment is not performed, or after assessing the totality of the events or circumstances, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative assessment for potential impairment is performed.

In reviewing goodwill, the Company performed the qualitative assessment, and determined that it is not necessary to perform a more detailed assessment, as it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Revenue Recognition

See Note 3, Revenue, below for a description of the Company’s revenue recognition policy.

Liabilities Related to Sale of Commissions Receivable

The Company accounts for the sale of future rights to commissions from insurance carriers as debt under ASC 470, Debt, amortized under the effective interest method as discussed further in Note 11, Liabilities Related to Sale of Commissions Receivable. The Company has elected to use the prospective method in its calculation of its effective interest rate and will update this calculation quarterly when there are changes in the projected cash flows. The amortization of the liabilities related to the future rights to commissions is based on our current estimates of future commission payments. Payments made will be recorded as a reduction of the liabilities when paid. The debt is allocated on the balance sheet as current and non-current, and the current portion represents amounts estimated to be paid over the next twelve months.

Prepaids and Other Assets

Prepaids and other current assets consist of prepayments on consulting services, prepaid insurance expenses, and amounts expected to be recovered from agent advances.

Lease Obligations

Under ASC Topic 842 Leases, the Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception of a contract. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the balance sheet. Non-lease components associated with lease components in the Company’s lease contracts are treated as a single lease component. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The operating lease right-of-use assets also include any lease payments made prior to commencement and are recorded net of any lease incentives received. Because the rate implicit in each lease is not readily determinable, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of the lease payments. To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Company uses information including the risk-free interest rate for the remaining lease term, the Company’s implied credit rating, and interest rates of similar debt instruments of entities with comparable credit ratings. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, which is allocated on a headcount basis to sales and marketing, technology (exclusive of amortization), and general and administrative costs and expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Segment Reporting

The Company has one reportable segment, which has been identified based on how the chief operating decision maker (CODM), manages the business, makes operating decisions and evaluates operating performance. The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews the Company’s revenue, expenses and net income as reported under GAAP, which is the primary measure of segment profit or loss. While the Company’s CODM also reviews the revenue streams attributable to individual products, operations are managed, resources are allocated, and financial performance is evaluated on a consolidated basis.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Deferred Offering Costs (unaudited)

Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, and other fees and costs relating to the Company’s planned initial public offering (IPO) are capitalized within prepaid and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The deferred offering costs will be offset against the proceeds received by the Company upon the closing of the planned IPO. In the event the planned IPO is terminated, all of the deferred offering costs will be expensed within operating loss. The Company had deferred $6,101 of planned IPO costs as of September 30, 2025 (unaudited).

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Adopted

In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, which is intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures about significant segment expenses, allowing financial statement users to better understand the components of a segment’s profit or loss to assess potential future cash flows for each reportable segment and the entity as a whole. The amendments expand a public entity’s segment disclosures by requiring disclosure of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM), clarifying when an entity may report one or more additional measures to assess segment performance, requiring enhanced interim disclosures, providing new disclosure requirements for entities with a single reportable segment, and requiring other new disclosures. ASU 2023-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company adopted this guidance beginning January 1, 2024, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to the Company’s required disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current U.S. GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. For trade receivables, loans, and other financial instruments, the ASU requires a forward-looking expected loss model rather than the incurred loss model for recognizing credit losses which reflects losses that are probable. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will also be recorded through an allowance for credit losses, with the amount of the allowance limited to the amount by which fair value is below amortized cost. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13 on January 1, 2023, which resulted in immaterial impact to the consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09). ASU 2023-09 requires disaggregated information about a reporting entity’s effective tax rate reconciliation as well as information on income taxes paid. The updates in this ASU may be applied on a prospective or retrospective application basis and are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2025. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which requires disclosures about specific types of expenses included in the expense

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

captions presented on the face of the income statement as well as disclosures about selling expenses. The updates in this ASU may be applied on a prospective or retrospective application basis and are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on its condensed consolidated financial statement disclosures.

In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets, which provides guidance on measuring expected credit losses using a probabilistic method and a practical expedient for all entities that simplifies the estimation of expected credit losses for current trade accounts receivable and contract assets arising from revenue transactions. The new guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on its condensed consolidated financial statement disclosures.

In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software, which clarifies and expands the existing guidance on capitalizing implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts. The new guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new standard on its condensed consolidated financial statement disclosures.

3. Revenue

Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to the customer, in the amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

The Company’s revenue comes in the form of commissions paid to the Company by insurance carriers for the provision of placement and TPA services. The Company recognizes revenue when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and recognizes an amount that reflects the consideration that an entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The Company applies the following five-step model in order to determine this amount: (i) identification of the contract with a customer; (ii) identification of the performance obligations in the contract, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measurement of the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognition of revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.

The Company’s primary customers are the insurance carriers that it contracts with to provide placement and/or TPA services through direct and indirect sales channels, related to consumers and partnerships with insurance agencies, respectively. The Company earns commissions for first year and renewal policies from the insurance carriers for both placement and TPA services. The contracts with the insurance carriers are non-exclusive and can typically be terminated unilaterally by either party. The Company reviews individual contracts to determine the Company’s legal and enforceable rights to renewal commissions upon contract termination when determining variable consideration.

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

The Company reviews each contract with customers to determine what promises the Company must deliver and which of these promises are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of the contract. The delivery of new policyholders to the insurance carriers is the only material promise specified within the contracts. After a policy is sold, the Company has no material additional or recurring obligations to the policyholder or the insurance carrier.

The Company’s contracts do not include downstream policyholder activities such as claims support or payment collection services. While the primary promise is the sale of policies, some contracts include the promise to provide TPA services to policyholders on behalf of the insurance carrier such as responding to policyholder inquiries regarding coverage or providing proof of insurance. The Company has reviewed and does not have any material ongoing costs for the provision of insurance placement or TPA services. As a result, for a given policy, the Company’s performance obligation to insurance carriers is met upon the issuance and activation of an insurance policy.

The transaction price is the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer. The transaction price is identified as the first year commission due upon the initial sale of a policy as well as an estimate of renewal commissions. The estimates of renewal commissions are considered variable consideration and require significant judgment including determining the number of periods in which a renewal will occur and the value of those renewal commissions to be received if renewed.

For renewal commissions, the Company utilizes the expected value approach. This approach incorporates a combination of historical lapse and performance of the placed policy, available insurance carrier experience data, historical payment data by distribution channel and insurance carrier to estimate forecasted renewal consideration and constrain revenue recognized to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The uncertainty associated with the variable consideration related to each periodic policy renewal is subsequently resolved when the policy renews, and adjustments in variable consideration are recognized in the period incurred.

The Company recognizes all commissions expected to be received over the expected life of the insurance policy at the policy effective date which is when it has completed its performance obligation for both placement and TPA services. At the policy effective date, the Company applies its management estimate of policyholder persistency; the attrition rate of policy holders who cease to maintain their insurance policy, due to cancellation or mortality, and accrues a persistency reserve based on industry data and our experience in the industry and with different carriers.

The Company continuously evaluates the assumptions and inputs into its calculation of renewal commissions. As a result of these continuous evaluations, the Company recognizes adjustments for revenue from prior periods when the cash collections are different from the estimated constrained renewal commissions. These adjustments are a result of a change in estimate of expected cash collections when actual cash collections differ from the estimated constrained renewal commissions for the revenue recognized at the time of approval. These adjustments can be positive or negative and are recognized using actual experience from policy renewals.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

The table below presents revenue disaggregated by product:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
      2023        2024         2024          2025    
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Commission revenue

           

Term life insurance

   $ 147,490      $ 204,301      $ 156,043      $ 184,423  

Other products

     12,264        50,625        32,359        93,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commission revenue

   $ 159,754      $ 254,926      $ 188,402      $ 277,531  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable represents either first year or renewal commissions expected to be received on policies that have already been sold or renewed that has been earned but not received from the insurance carrier. Typically, the Company receives commission payments as the insurance carriers receive payments from the underlying policyholders. As these can be on various payment terms such as monthly or quarterly, a receivable is recorded to account for the commission payments where the company has an unconditional right to cash, but has yet to be received from the insurance carriers. The balances of allowance for credit losses were not material as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and the changes in allowance for credit losses were not material for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024.

Accounts Receivable balances are summarized as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Accounts Receivable

  

Balance as of December 31, 2022

   $  8,200  

Additions from commissions receivable

     124,141  

Other additions(1)

     3,360  

Collections

     (123,755 ) 

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

     (129 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

   $ 11,817  
  

 

 

 

Additions from commissions receivable

     188,684  

Other additions(1)

     5,434  

Collections

     (180,677 ) 

Accounts receivable from the sale of commissions(2)

     5,000  

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

     45  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $  30,303  
  

 

 

 
 
(1)

Other additions is primarily comprised of amounts arising from revenue that does not flow through commission receivable along with other partnership related amounts.

(2)

Refer to Footnote 11 for additional discussion.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Accounts Receivable balances for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 are summarized as follows (unaudited):

 

     (in thousands)  

Accounts Receivable

  

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $ 30,303  

Additions from commissions receivable

     225,043  

Other additions(1)

     9,342  

Collections

     (233,730 ) 

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

     (19 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   $ 30,939  
  

 

 

 
 
(1)

Other additions is primarily comprised of amounts arising from revenue that does not flow through commissions receivable along with other partnership related amounts.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, the change in accounts receivable presented in the cash flow statement is a net cash outflow of $13.6 million. The change in accounts receivable from December 31, 2023 to December 31, 2024 represents an increase (or net cash outflow) of $18.5 million, which included a non-cash increase of $5.0 million related to the sale of commissions receivable.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the change in accounts receivable presented in the cash flow statement is a net cash outflow of $3.6 million. The change in accounts receivable from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023 represents an increase (or net cash outflow) of $3.6 million.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2025, the change in accounts receivable presented in the cash flow statement is a net cash outflow of $5.6 million. The change in accounts receivable from December 31, 2024 to September 30, 2025 represents an increase (or net cash outflow) of $0.6 million, which included a cash inflow of $5.0 million related to the sale of commissions receivable which was received in the nine months ended September 30, 2025.

Commissions Receivable, Net

Commissions receivable are contract assets that represent estimated variable consideration for performance obligations that have been satisfied but payment is not due as the underlying policy has not renewed yet. The current portion of commissions receivable are future renewal commissions expected to be renewed within one year, while the non-current portion of commissions receivable are expected to be renewed beyond one year. Contract assets are reclassified as accounts receivable when the rights to the renewal commissions become unconditional, which is primarily upon renewal of the underlying policy.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Commissions receivable activities (current and long-term) are summarized as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2022

   $ 92,332  

Commission revenue from activated policies during the period

   $ 149,100  

Net Commission Revenue from activated policies in prior periods(1)

   $ 7,867  

Amounts recognized as accounts receivable

   $ (124,141 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

   $ 125,158  

Commission revenue from activated policies during the period

   $ 246,268  

Net Commission Revenue from activated policies in prior periods(1)

   $ 5,433  

Amounts recognized as accounts receivable

   $ (188,684 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $ 188,175  
  

 

 

 
 
(1)

These amounts reflect our revised estimates of cash collections for certain activated policies prior to the relevant reporting period that are recognized as adjustments to revenue within the relevant reporting period. The net commission revenue from activated policies in prior periods, or the net adjustment revenue, includes both increases as well as reductions in revenue for certain prior period cohorts.

Commissions receivable activities (current and long-term) during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 are summarized as follows (unaudited):

 

     (in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $ 188,175  

Commission revenue from activated policies during the period

     274,034  

Net Commission Revenue from activated policies in prior periods(1)

     (2,470 ) 

Amounts recognized as accounts receivable

     (225,043 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   $ 234,696  
  

 

 

 
 
(1)

These amounts reflect our revised estimates of cash collections for certain activated policies prior to the relevant reporting period that are recognized as adjustments to revenue within the relevant reporting period. The net commission revenue from activated policies in prior periods, or the net adjustment revenue, includes both increases as well as reductions in revenue for certain prior period cohorts.

Contract Balances

After a policy is sold, the Company has no material additional or recurring obligations to the policyholder or the insurance carrier. As such, there are no contract liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheets.

4. Marketable Securities

The Company invests surplus cash in short-term and long-term investments to generate a return until the cash is required to fund the Company’s ongoing operations. As of December 31, 2023, the Company held investments of $114,093, of which $103,957 were classified as short-term investments with $10,136 classified as cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2024, the Company held

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

investments of $103,873, of which $68,279 were classified as short-term investments and $35,002 were classified as long-term investments with $592 classified as cash and cash equivalents. As of September 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company held investments of $92,558, of which $45,470 were classified as short-term investments and $31,452 were classified as long-term investments with $15,636 classified as cash and cash equivalents. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), the Company generated $5,792, $5,599, $4,277 and $4,472, respectively, in interest income. The Company has classified these investments as available for sale and has reported the investments at fair value.

The cost or amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities was as follows:

 

     Cost or
Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
     Allowance
for Credit
Loss
     Estimated
Fair

Value
 

December 31, 2023

   Gains      Losses  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ 68,576      $ 53      $ (19)      $ —      $ 68,610  

Corporate debt securities

     32,327        47         (21)          —        32,353  

Agency bond

     3,000        —        (6)        —        2,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 103,903      $ 100      $ (46)      $ —      $ 103,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Cost or
Amortized

Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
     Allowance
for Credit

Loss
     Estimated
Fair

Value
 

December 31, 2024

   Gains      Losses  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ 32,564      $ 12      $ (12)      $ —      $ 32,564  

Corporate debt securities

     48,400        19        (67)        —        48,352  

Agency bond

     18,405        1        (18)        —        18,388  

Municipal bond

     3,978        —        (1)        —        3,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 103,347      $ 32      $ (98)      $ —      $ 103,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Cost or
Amortized

Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
     Allowance
for Credit

Loss
     Estimated
Fair

Value
 

September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   Gains      Losses  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ 9,942      $ 3      $ —      $ —      $ 9,945  

Corporate debt securities

     54,875        177        (8)        —        55,044  

Agency bond

     11,928        8        (3)        —        11,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 76,745      $ 188      $ (11)      $ —      $ 76,922  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company examined the securities in question at each balance sheet date to determine if there was a need to recognize an allowance for credit loss pertaining to these securities. Upon review of all holdings, it was concluded that the unrealized losses on the fixed maturity securities were chiefly attributable to the interest rate environment, rather than the credit quality of the issuers. The Company has no plans to offload these investments, and it is unlikely for a necessary sale to occur before the recovery of their amortized cost basis. Hence, no allowance for credit loss was recognized as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and as of September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

The gross unrealized losses and estimated fair values on investments aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position were as follows:

 

     12 months or greater      Less than 12 months  

December 31, 2023

   Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ —      $ —      $ (19 )    $ 23,540  

Corporate debt securities

     —        —        (21 )      23,100  

Agency bond

     —        —        (6 )      2,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ —      $ —      $ (46 )    $ 49,634  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12 months or greater      Less than 12 months  

December 31, 2024

   Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ —      $ —      $ (12 )    $ 16,184  

Corporate debt securities

     —        —        (67 )      32,852  

Agency bond

     —        —        (18 )      16,139  

Municipal bond

     —        —        (1 )      3,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ —      $ —      $ (98 )    $ 69,152  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     12 months or greater      Less than 12 months  

September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ —      $ —      $ —     $ —  

Corporate debt securities

     —        —        (8 )      4,612  

Agency bond

     —        —        (3 )      4,869  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ —      $ —      $ (11 )    $ 9,481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments are a function of the difference between the amount received by us on the sale of a security and the security’s cost-basis, mark-to-market adjustments, credit losses recognized in earnings, and unrealized gains and losses on equity securities. Unrealized gains and losses on fixed maturity securities are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income and do not impact our net income.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

The estimated fair value of debt securities as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), by contractual maturity, were as follows:

 

December 31, 2023

   Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 103,903      $ 103,957  

Due after one year through five years

     —        —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 103,903      $ 103,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2024

   Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 68,276      $ 68,279  

Due after one year through five years

     35,071        35,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 103,347      $ 103,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 45,419      $ 45,470  

Due after one year through five years

     31,326        31,452  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 76,745      $ 76,922  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Fair Value Measurement

Certain assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes valuation methodologies based on the reliability of the inputs in the following three-tier value hierarchy:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Assets and liabilities valued based on observable market data for similar instruments, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity; instruments valued based on the best available data, some of which is internally developed, and considers risk premiums that a market participant would require.

The Company applied the following methods and assumptions in estimating its fair value measurements. The Company’s investments in U.S. Government bonds are classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy given that they are valued based on quoted market prices for identical assets in active markets. Agency bonds, municipal bonds, and corporate bonds are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable directly or indirectly. Accounts receivable and accounts payable balances approximate fair value due to their generally short-term maturities.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Financial instruments measured at fair value are as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31, 2023

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ 68,610      $ —      $ —      $ 68,610  

Corporate debt securities

     —        32,353        —        32,353  

Agency bond

     —        2,994        —        2,994  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

   $ 68,610      $ 35,347      $ —      $ 103,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2024

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ 32,564      $ —      $ —      $ 32,564  

Corporate debt securities

     —        48,352        —        48,352  

Municipal bond

     —        3,977        —        3,977  

Agency bond

     —        18,388        —        18,388  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 32,564      $ 70,717      $   —      $ 103,281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Government bonds

   $ 9,945      $ —      $ —      $ 9,945  

Corporate debt securities

     —        55,044        —        55,044  

Agency bond

     —        11,933        —        11,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

   $ 9,945      $ 66,977      $ —      $ 76,922  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Prepaid and Other Assets

The Company’s prepaid and other assets recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023          2024          2025    
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Agent advances

   $ —      $ 22,527      $ 35,949  

Other assets

     2,168        3,543        6,044  

Deferred offering costs

     —        —        6,101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid and other assets

   $ 2,168      $ 26,070      $ 48,094  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other assets consist of various other assets with no individual item accounting for more than 5% of the total current assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

7. Accrued Expenses

The Company’s accrued expenses recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023          2024          2025    
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Accrued sales and marketing expenses

   $ 5,642      $ 14,083      $ 23,499  

Accrued underwriting expenses

     1,195        1,577        1,993  

Accrued payroll and compensation

     1,015        1,451        2,139  

Accrued legal expenses

     2,928        129        1,495  

Other accrued expenses

     1,139        1,977        2,165  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $  11,919      $  19,217      $ 31,291  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other accrued expenses consist of various accrued expenses with no individual item accounting for more than 5% of the total current liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited).

8. Other Current Liabilities

The Company’s other current liabilities recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023          2024          2025    
            (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Persistency reserve liability

   $ 767      $ 12,170      $ 1,207  

Taxes payable

     778        1,709        1,045  

Other current liabilities

     22        66        102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $  1,567      $  13,945      $ 2,354  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other current liabilities consist of various other current liabilities with no individual item accounting for more than 5% of the total current liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited). The persistency reserve liability represents amounts received in excess of revenue recognized related to certain insurance carriers.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

9. Property and Equipment, Net

The components of the Company’s property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023         2024         2025    
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Developed software

   $  15,071     $  18,141     $ 21,393  

Computer equipment

     1,655       2,360       3,414  

Furniture and fixtures

     44       53       53  

System consulting

     86       141       141  

Leasehold improvements

     25       1       7  

Domain and intellectual property

     1       —       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     16,882       20,696       25,009  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (8,555 )      (13,272 )      (17,089 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 8,327     $ 7,424     $ 7,920  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, net, excluding developed software, of $632 and $436 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, and $362 and $627 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively.

The Company capitalized developed software costs of $4,781 and $3,070 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, and $2,230 and $3,449 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively. Amortization expense related to developed software costs, included in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), was $4,175 and $5,002 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively, and $3,807 and $3,448 for the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

As of December 31, 2024 and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company had operating lease agreements for its office facilities in San Francisco, California, as well as in India, which expire at various dates through November 2028. For its primary operating leases, the Company has the option to extend the lease terms.

In September 2023, Ethos Life Technologies (India) Pvt. Ltd. entered into a lease agreement in Bangalore, Karnataka, India. The lease agreement was canceled as of November 2024 and replaced with a new agreement that expires November 2026. The new agreement may be cancelled after August 2026 and contains an option to extend the lease term. The terms of the lease agreement provide for fixed rental payments on a graduated basis.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

In May 2024, the Company entered into a lease agreement in San Francisco, CA. The lease was for the same space leased in 2022, which consisted of 9,079 square feet of office space. The terms of the lease agreement provides for fixed rental payments on a graduated basis and contains an option to extend the terms of the lease.

The components of lease costs, which consist of rent expense for leased office space, during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023         2024         2024         2025    
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Fixed operating lease cost

   $ 747     $ 668     $ 515     $ 741  

Short-term lease cost

     100       83       36       57  

Variable lease cost

     —       —       —       —  

Sublease income

     (34 )      (14 )      (14 )      —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease cost

   $  813     $  737     $ 537     $  798  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information related to the Company’s operating leases as well as the weighted-average lease term and discount rate as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023         2024         2024         2025    
           (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash paid for operating lease liabilities

   $ 731     $ 613     $ 523     $ 736  

Operating lease assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease obligations

   $  1,090     $  2,663     $ —     $ 596  

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)

     1.05       3.26       1.00       2.47  

Weighted-average discount rate

     6.00 %      6.00 %      6.00 %      6.00 % 

Future lease payments under the Company’s operating lease agreements as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

2025

   $ 883  

2026

     965  

2027

     534  

2028

     503  
  

 

 

 

Total future lease payments

     2,885  

Less interest

     (268 ) 
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $  2,617  
  

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Future lease payments under the Company’s operating lease agreements as of September 30, 2025 (unaudited) were as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Remaining portion of 2025

   $ 225  

2026

     1,265  

2027

     794  

2028

     503  
  

 

 

 

Total future lease payments

     2,787  

Less interest

     (243 ) 
  

 

 

 

Present value of lease liabilities

   $ 2,544  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under ASC Topic 842, for leased office space under the operating lease commitments for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited) was approximately $747, $659, $515, and $741, respectively, and is included in sales and marketing, general and administrative, and technology expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss).

During 2022 the Company experienced a cyber incident related to its website. The Company did not identify any unauthorized access to or exfiltration of customer data stored on its systems. As of December 31, 2024, the Company reversed a prior accrual of a $2,000 loss contingency related to costs, fees, and potential fines associated with the incident, as prior civil litigation has been resolved and it is more likely than not that no regulatory fine will result.

Letter of Credit (unaudited)

As of September 30, 2025, we had an unsecured letter of credit of $30.0 million with Citizens Bank in favor of two carrier partners. The line of credit cannot be drawn upon in the normal course of business and will only be drawn upon automatically to fund the letter of credit obligation if the carrier partner calls on the letter of credit. If there is a draw on the letter of credit, the Company must reimburse the bank in cash, in immediately available funds, within one business day following notice of such draw from the lender. The letter of credit expires in June 2026. As of the date of this report, there were no borrowings outstanding under the senior unsecured letter of credit or the unsecured line of credit.

11. Liabilities Related to Sale of Commissions Receivable

From time to time, the Company has entered into agreements to sell a portion of its commissions receivable. These transactions are accounted for as debt. In December 2024, the Company entered into an agreement with an unaffiliated third-party to sell a portion of its commissions receivable. Specifically, the Company sold the cash flows associated with one carrier that were expected to be collected during renewals years two through ten for policies placed between January 2023 and October 2024 that were in-force as of the date of the sale. If the buyer receives cash payments that satisfy an internal rate of return established in the agreement, the Company has the right to repurchase the remaining commissions receivable. At the time of execution, the transaction was considered a sale of future revenue under U.S. GAAP, and as such, the proceeds of $28,550 were recorded as liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable, with $8,043 recorded in liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-current and $20,507 recorded in liabilities related to sale of commissions

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

receivable-non-current in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. From the total proceeds, $23,550 was received during the year ended December 31, 2024, and the remaining $5,000 was recorded as accounts receivable within the balance sheet and was received during January 2025.

The aggregate future estimated payments less proceeds received will be recognized as interest expense over the life of the agreement. The Company’s estimated effective annual interest rate was 10.25%, 8.64%, 10.26% and 9.00% for the year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively.

The table below shows the activity of the liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024:

 

     (in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2022

   $ 7,552  

Non-cash interest expense

     723  

Repayment of liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     (1,973 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

   $ 6,302  

Proceeds from liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     28,550  

Non-cash interest expense

     595  

Repayment of liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     (1,902 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $ 33,545  
  

 

 

 

Less: Liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-current

     9,382  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-non-current

   $ 24,163  
  

 

 

 

The table below shows the activity of the liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited):

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $ 33,545  

Proceeds from liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     —  

Non-cash interest expense

      2,070  

Repayment of liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable

     (7,802 ) 
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2025

   $ 27,813  
  

 

 

 

Less: Liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-current

     12,329  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities related to sale of commissions receivable-non-current

   $ 15,484  
  

 

 

 

12. Stockholders’ Deficit

As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company was authorized to issue two classes of stock: common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue at December 31, 2023, is 62,390 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 37,228 of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue at December 31, 2024, is 62,390 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 37,228 of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001. The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue at September 30, 2025 (unaudited), is 1,040,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 and 37,400 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

The Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance for the following purposes at December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited):

 

     December 31,
2023
     December 31,
2024
     September 30,
2025
 
                   (unaudited)  

Series A-1 preferred stock

     1,996        1,996        1,996  

Series A-2 preferred stock

     3,156        3,156        3,156  

Series A preferred stock

     7,361        7,361        7,361  

Series B preferred stock

     10,371        10,371        10,371  

Series C preferred stock

     6,576        6,576        6,576  

Series D preferred stock

     5,576        5,576        5,576  

Series D-1 preferred stock

     2,192        2,192        2,192  

Warrants to purchase common stock

     86        86        581  

Common stock options outstanding and unvested RSUs

     6,532        6,977        10,933  

Shares available for grant under Equity Plan

     1,901        1,385        1,236  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     45,747        45,676        49,978  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock

Each holder of common stock has one vote per share of common stock held on all matters that are submitted for stockholder vote. At December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), 15,959, 16,032 and 16,556 shares of authorized common stock were issued and outstanding, respectively. The majority of the outstanding common stock has been issued as founder’s stock. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors. The Company did not hold any shares as treasury shares as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited).

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

A summary of the redeemable convertible preferred stock shares authorized, issued, and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited) is as follows:

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Carrying
Value
     Liquidation
Value
 

Balance at December 31, 2023

     37,228        37,228      $ 4      $ 404,801  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2024

     37,228        37,228      $ 4      $ 404,801  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

     37,400        37,228      $ 4      $ 404,801  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends

Holders of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, in preference to the holders of common stock, shall be entitled to receive, but only out of funds that are legally available therefore, cash dividends at the rate of 6% of the applicable original issue price per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock. The original issue price for Series A-1 is $0.302295 per share, Series A-2 is $0.665315 per share, Series A is $0.782705 per share, Series B is $3.310895 per share, Series C is $9.124325 per share, Series D $36.2236 per share, and Series D-1 $45.6162 per share. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and shall be non-cumulative. As of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), no dividends have been declared.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Liquidation Preference

Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a Liquidation Event), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any common stock, the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution (or the consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in an acquisition) for each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them, an amount per share of redeemable convertible preferred stock equal to the applicable original issue price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the redeemable convertible preferred stock. If, upon any such liquidation event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock of the liquidation preference set forth above, then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

Voting Rights

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to vote on all corporate matters together with the holders of common stock. Each holder of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such redeemable convertible preferred stock could then be converted.

Conversion Rights

Each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid non-assessable shares of common stock as determined by multiplying the series preferred conversion rate then in effect by the number of shares of series preferred being converted. The conversion rate shall be obtained by dividing the original issue price of the series preferred by the series preferred conversion price. The series preferred conversion price shall initially be the original issue price.

Redemption Rights

The holders of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem shares. A liquidation or winding up of the Company, a change in control, or a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event, which may be outside of the Company’s control. Accordingly, these shares are considered contingently redeemable and are classified as temporary equity in the consolidated balance sheets.

13. Stock-Based Compensation

The Board of Directors has authorized the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). Under the Plan, the Board of Directors may grant incentive stock awards to employee, and non-statutory stock options to employees, directors and consultants. The Plan provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-related and performance awards that may be settled in cash, stock, or other property. During 2023, the plan was amended to allow for a maximum of 12,351, shares of unauthorized or unissued common stock to be available.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

For all stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2024, and September 30, 2025 (unaudited), the exercise price of the stock options equals the fair value of the stock option on the grant date. The stock options and restricted stock units vest over different lengths of time, but generally over four years, and are subject to forfeiture upon termination of employment prior to vesting. The maximum term for stock options issued to employees under the 2016 Plan is ten years (five years for incentive stock options granted to stockholders owning greater than 10% of all classes.), and they expire ten years from the date of grant. Compensation expense for stock options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards is recognized ratably over the vesting period.

Ethos Technologies Inc. has granted Participant Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) under the Plan, as per the terms specified in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, the Plan, and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. The conditions for vesting include a service-based requirement and a liquidity event requirement, both of which must be met or the RSUs will lapse without cost to the Company. Under the service-based requirement, RSUs start vesting from the first year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, provided that the participant’s continuous service status is intact, and if terminated, unvested RSUs are forfeited without cost to the Company. The liquidity event requirement is satisfied on the occurrence of the effective date of a Company registration statement for public sale or immediately prior to the closing of a corporate transaction. Upon vesting, the Company will issue one share of common stock for each vested RSU according to a set schedule. The rights granted to the recipient of a restricted stock unit generally accrue over the vesting period. Participants holding restricted stock units are not entitled to any ordinary cash dividends paid by the Company with respect to such shares. The Company does not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Excess tax benefits reflect the total realized value of the Company’s tax deductions from individual stock option exercise transactions and the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units in excess of the deferred tax assets that were previously recorded. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company recognized excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation of $108 and $0, respectively, within income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and within cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

The Company capitalized stock-based compensation expense as website and software development costs of $227, $143, $110 and $304 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively.

Stock Options

The fair value of each stock option award was estimated based on the assumptions below as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. Expected volatility is based on the historical and implied volatilities of the Company’s own common stock. Separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term calculation for option awards considers a combination of the Company’s historical and estimated future exercise behavior. The risk-free rate for the period within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

The Company did not grant any stock options during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Stock option awards as of December 31, 2023 and 2024 and changes during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, were as follows:

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise Term
(Years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

     1,874     $ 3.46      $ 13,695       7.44  

Forfeited

     (184 )      5.24        NM *      NM * 

Exercised

     (113 )      2.94        679       —  
  

 

 

        

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

     1,577     $ 3.29      $ 11,284       6.38  

Forfeited

     (39 )      7.15        NM       NM  

Exercised

     (72 )      2.88        1,250       —  
  

 

 

        

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

     1,466     $ 3.21      $ 47,531       5.34  
  

 

 

        

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2024

     1,466     $ 3.21      $ 47,531       5.34  

Exercisable at December 31, 2024

     1,453     $ 3.16      $ 47,195       5.34  

 

*

NM — not meaningful

Stock option awards as of September 30, 2025 and changes during the nine months ended September 30, 2025, were as follows (unaudited):

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
     Aggregate
Instric Value
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise Term
(Years)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

     1,466     $ 3.21      $ 47,531        5.34  

Forfeited

     (14 )      2.97        NM        NM  

Exercised

     (256 )      3.09        9,559        —  
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

     1,196     $ 3.23      $ 26,986        4.64  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

     1,196     $ 3.23      $ 26,986        4.64  

Exercisable at September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

     1,196     $ 3.23      $ 26,985        4.64  

 

*

NM — not meaningful

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the fair value of the common stock and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their in-the-money options on each date. This amount will change in future periods based on the fair value of the Company’s stock and the number of options outstanding. The aggregate intrinsic value of awards exercised during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited) was $679, $1,250 and $9,559, respectively.

The Company recorded compensation expense for stock options of $3,309, $3,833, $2,379 and $10,868 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, and the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), respectively. As of December 31, 2024, total unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options was $3,845 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.34 years.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

As of September 30, 2025 (unaudited), total unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options was $34 and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.10 years.

Restricted Stock Units

Non-vested restricted stock units as of December 31, 2023 and 2024 and changes during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 were as follows:

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

     3,689     $ 12.28  

Granted

     2,850       9.53  

Forfeited

     (1,585 )      12.46  

Vested

     —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2023

     4,954     $ 10.64  

Granted

     1,047       23.75  

Forfeited

     (491 )      15.19  

Vested

     —       —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

     5,510     $ 12.73  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-vested restricted stock units as of September 30, 2025 and changes during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 were as follows (unaudited):

 

     Shares     Weighted-
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2024

     5,510     $ 12.73  

Granted

     4,644       40.89  

Forfeited

     (149 )      23.30  

Vested

     (268 )      10.76  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

     9,737     $ 26.05  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There was no compensation expense related to restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 due to the related performance triggers not having been met. Had the performance triggers been met, compensation expense related to restricted stock units would have been $40,682 for the year ended December 31, 2024, with $22,381 of total unrecognized compensation cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.84 years. The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during the year ended December 31, 2024 was $23.75, which was determined based on the Company’s stock price at the grant date and assuming no expected dividend payments during the vesting period.

In February 2025, the performance triggers were lifted for 268 RSUs, the awards were vested and $7,964 was recognized as compensation expense. For the remaining restricted stock units, had the performance triggers been met, compensation expense related to restricted stock units would have been $155,296 for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited), with $92,122 of total

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

unrecognized compensation cost to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.01 years. The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted for the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited) was $40.89, which was determined based on the Company’s stock price at the grant date and assuming no expected dividend payments during the vesting period.

Common Stock Warrants

April 2024 Warrant

In April 2024, the Company issued warrants to a third party to purchase an aggregate of up to 385 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.15 per share (“April 2024 Warrant”). The April 2024 Warrant expires in 2027, and 21 warrants vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited). The remainder of the shares underlying the April 2024 Warrant may vest and become exercisable over the contractual term, contingent upon the achievement of certain performance conditions. For the year ended December 31, 2024 and nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), the Company recognized $200, $36 and $54, respectively, related to the issuance of the April 2024 Warrant.

January 2025 Warrant (unaudited)

In January 2025, the Company issued fully vested warrants to a third party to purchase an aggregate of up to 32 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.07 per share (“January 2025 Warrant”). The January 2025 Warrant expires in 2030. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company recognized $1,292, related to the issuance of the January 2025 Warrant.

April 2025 Warrant (unaudited)

In April 2025, the Company issued warrants to a third party to purchase an aggregate of up to 77 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $40.32 per share (“April 2025 Warrant”). The April 2025 Warrant expires in 2027 and 4 warrants vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited). The remainder of the shares underlying the April 2025 Warrant may vest and become exercisable over the contractual term, contingent upon the achievement of certain performance conditions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2025 (unaudited), the Company recognized $46, related to the issuance of the April 2025 Warrant.

The grant date fair value of the April 2024 Warrant, January 2025 Warrant, and April 2025 Warrant were determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions:

 

     April 2024
Warrant
    January 2025
Warrant
    April 2025
Warrant
 
           (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Expected volatility

     68.0 %      63.6 %      64.2 % 

Expected risk-free interest rate

     4.8 %      4.3 %      3.7 % 

Expected term (in years)

     2.69       2.50       1.73  

Expected dividend yield

     N/A       N/A       N/A  

Fair value

   $ 12.65     $ 40.25     $ 14.14  

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Secondary Sale of Stock (unaudited)

In February 2025, the Company completed a secondary sale of 496 shares of common stock from employees to new investors. The secondary sale price was based on an independent appraisal of Company’s fair market value. There was no stock-based compensation expense related to this transaction.

14. Income Taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, Singapore, India and various state jurisdictions. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company has recorded current tax expense of $586 and $1,197 and deferred tax expense of $0 and $3,907, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited), the Company has recorded current tax expense of $942 and $546 and deferred tax expense of $0 and $3,483, respectively.

Income before provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
      2023        2024   
     (in thousands)  

Domestic source

   $ 805      $ 52,414  

Foreign source

     1,470        1,522  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 2,275      $ 53,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the income taxes reported in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2023         2024    
     (in thousands)  

Book income before tax

   $ 2,275     $ 53,936  

Federal tax at statutory rate

     21.0 %      21.0 % 

Stock-based compensation

     5.3 %      0.1 % 

Change in valuation allowance

     74.2 %      -18.5 % 

State taxes

     10.8 %      2.3 % 

Research and development credits

     -97.4 %      2.8 % 

Non-deductible expenses and other

     0.0 %      0.1 % 

Prior year true ups

     11.9 %      1.6 % 

Tax expense

   $ 586     $ 5,104  

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences giving rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2024 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2023         2024    
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 180     $ 21  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     41,539       62,001  

Asset basis differences

     4,997       7,358  

Lease liability

     199       670  

Settlements

     862       577  

Credit carryforwards

     3,435       2,480  

Equity based compensation

     2,092       2,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     53,304       75,901  

Valuation allowance

     (50,302 )      (39,699 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     3,002       36,202  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Other prepaids

     (352 )      (432 ) 

Right-of-use asset

     (190 )      (650 ) 

Commission receivable

     (2,460 )      (39,027 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (3,002 )      (40,109 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ —     $ (3,907 ) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount management believes is more likely than not to be realized. The utilization of deferred tax assets is limited by the amount of taxable income expected to be generated within the allowable carryforward period and other factors. Management also considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. The net increase in the total valuation allowance for the year ending December 31, 2023 was $1,270, primarily from net operating losses generated. The net decrease in the total valuation allowance for the year ending December 31, 2024 is $10,603, primarily from changes in temporary differences as well as the generation of research and development credits.

The Company had the following tax loss and credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2023 and 2024:

 

     2023      Beginning
Year of
Expiration
 
     (in thousands)         

U.S. federal loss carryforwards

   $  173,783        2036  

U.S. state and local loss carryforwards

     121,637        2030  

Federal research and development credit

     4,966        2037  

State research and development credit

     1,801        Indefinite  

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

     2024      Beginning
Year of
Expiration
 
     (in thousands)         

U.S. federal loss carryforwards

   $  255,959        2036  

U.S. state and local loss carryforwards

     146,636        2030  

Federal research and development credit

     3,653        2037  

State research and development credit

     1,778        Indefinite  

Certain tax attributes are subject to an annual limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 due to changes in ownership. As a result, $2,600 of gross net operating losses and $1,200 of research and development credits are expected to expire.

The Company’s tax returns are subject to the normal statute of limitations, three years from the filing date for federal income tax purposes. The federal and state statute of limitations generally remain open for years in which tax losses are generated until three years from the year those losses are utilized. Under these rules, the 2016 and later year NOLs of Ethos Technologies Inc. are still subject to audit by the IRS and state and local jurisdictions. The December 31, 2021 and later period Singapore returns of Ethos Singapore Pte Ltd. are subject to exam by the Singapore tax authorities.

The following table summarizes the Company’s unrecognized tax benefit activity during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, excluding the related accrual for interest:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2023          2024    
     (in thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 260      $ 3,383  

Additions (reductions) for tax positions taken in prior years

     1,956      $ (515 ) 

Additions for tax positions taken in the current year

     1,167        134  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 3,383      $ 3,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company records interest and penalties, if any, as a component of its income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). No interest expense or penalties were recognized during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 and the nine months ended September 30, 2024 and 2025 (unaudited). There are no positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within 12 months of the reporting date. None of the unrecognized tax benefits would affect the effective tax rate if reversed due to the valuation allowance.

15. Net Income Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period and potentially dilutive common stock equivalents. For periods of net loss, basic and diluted earnings per share are the same as the effect of potential common stock is anti-dilutive.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

A reconciliation of the denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
      2023         2024         2024         2025    
                (unaudited)  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Basic net income per share:

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders (numerator)

  $ 1,689     $ 48,832     $ 39,284     $ 46,590  

Less: Net income attributable to participating securities

    —       —       —       —  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

    1,689       48,832       39,284       46,590  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares used in computation (denominator):

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    15,926       16,007       15,999       16,453  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net income per share

  $ 0.11     $ 3.05     $ 2.46     $ 2.83  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       

Diluted net income per share:

       

Net income attributable to common stockholders (numerator)

  $ 1,689     $ 48,832     $ 39,284     $ 46,590  

Shares used in computation (denominator):

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

    15,926       16,007       15,999       16,453  

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Stock options

    1,022       1,274       1,256       1,144  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

    37,296       37,296       37,296       37,296  

Warrants

    79       110       87       142  

Restricted stock units

    400       2,913       2,667       3,558  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average diluted shares

    54,723       57,600       57,305       58,593  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net income per share

  $ 0.03     $ 0.85     $ 0.69     $ 0.80  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average impact of potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the diluted per share calculations because they would be anti-dilutive was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
       2023          2024          2024          2025    
                   (unaudited)  

Common stock options

     59        —        —        —  

Restricted stock units

     787        122        195        4,886  

Warrants

     —        —        —        —  

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

16. Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024 are as follows:

 

     (in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2022

   $  2,238  

Goodwill acquired

     —  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

   $ 2,238  

Goodwill acquired

     —  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

   $ 2,238  

Goodwill acquired

     —  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2025 (unaudited)

   $ 2,238  
  

 

 

 

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

The Company evaluated subsequent events from September 30, 2025 through December 5, 2025, the date the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There were no other events or transactions requiring disclosure in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee, and the exchange listing fee.

 

    Amount  

SEC registration fee

  $ 29,074  

FINRA filing fee

    32,079  

Exchange listing fee

    295,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    1,850,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    3,650,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    850,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    19,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

    2,274,847  
 

 

 

 

Total expenses

  $ 9,000,000  

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees, and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and permit us to indemnify our employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Upon the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or executive officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or executive officer is or was a director, executive officer, employee, or agent of ours, provided that such director or executive officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interest.

The indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and the indemnification agreements that we intend to enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers

 

II-1


Table of Contents

as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or officer of ours regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We will maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his or her capacity as such.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our directors and executive officers for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2022, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

Equity Plan-Related Issuances

 

  •  

Since January 1, 2022, we have issued to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 786,874 shares of our Class A common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $0.18 to $19.33 pursuant to exercises of options under our 2016 Plan.

 

  •  

Since January 1, 2022, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase 402,585 shares of our Class A common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $19.32 to $19.33 under our 2016 Plan.

 

  •  

Since January 1, 2022, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers restricted stock units to purchase 13,180,413 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2016 Plan.

 

  •  

In April 2025, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 77,088 shares of our Class A common stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $40.32 per share.

 

  •  

In March 2025, we issued warrants to purchase up to 32,090 of our Class A common stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $0.07 per share. In October 2025, we issued 32,090 shares of our Class A common stock upon the exercise of such warrants.

 

  •  

In April 2024, we issued a warrant to purchase up to 385,439 shares of our Class A common stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $10.15 per share.

None of the foregoing transactions involved or will involve any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were or will be deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder) or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1**    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
3.3**    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
4.1    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
4.2**    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of July  26, 2021, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant.
4.3^**    Form of Common Stock Warrant for Silicon Valley Bank.
4.4^**    Form of Common Stock Warrant.
5.1    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1+**    2016 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.2+    2026 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3+    2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4+**    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.5+    Severance and Change in Control Plan.
10.6+**    Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by and between the Registrant and each director and executive officer.
10.7+    Confirmatory Offer Letter, dated October 2, 2025 by and between the Registrant and Peter Colis.
10.8+    Confirmatory Offer Letter, dated October 2, 2025, by and between the Registrant and Kunal Mehta.
10.9+    Confirmatory Offer Letter, dated October 2, 2025, by and between the Registrant and Vipul Sharma.
10.10†**    Office Lease, dated as of May 3, 2024, by and between the Registrant and 90 New Montgomery Partners.
10.11    Form of Exchange Agreement between the Registrant, and each of Peter Colis, Lingke Wang, Accel, and Sequoia Capital.
10.12    Form of Equity Exchange Right Agreement between the Registrant, and each of Peter Colis and Lingke Wang.
21.1**    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description of Exhibit

23.2    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1**    Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the initial filing of this registration statement).
24.2    Power of Attorney of Mark W. Mullin.
107    Filing Fee Table.
 
**

Previously filed.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

†

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10)(iv) because the Registrant has determined that the information is both not material and is of the type that the Registrant treats as private or confidential.

^

The Registrant has omitted schedules and exhibits pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the SEC upon request.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on January 20, 2026.

 

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

By:

 

/s/ Peter Colis

 

Peter Colis

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

 

/s/ Peter Colis

Peter Colis

  

Chief Executive Officer and Chair of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 20, 2026

*

Lingke Wang

   President and Director   January 20, 2026

/s/ Christopher Capozzi

Christopher Capozzi

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  January 20, 2026

/s/ Brandt Kucharski

Brandt Kucharski

  

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  January 20, 2026

*

Roelof Botha

   Director   January 20, 2026

*

Priscilla Hung

   Director   January 20, 2026

*

John Kunze

   Director   January 20, 2026

/s/ Mark W. Mullin

Mark W. Mullin

   Director   January 20, 2026

*

Nathan J. Niparko

   Director   January 20, 2026

*

Khozema Shipchandler

   Director   January 20, 2026

*

William J. Wheeler

   Director   January 20, 2026

 

*By:   /s/ Peter Colis
  Peter Colis
  Attorney-in-Fact

Exhibit 1.1

Ethos Technologies Inc.

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

 

Underwriting Agreement

[•], 2026

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, New York 10282

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

270 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company and the stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the “Selling Stockholders”) propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement, to sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [•] shares of Stock. The aggregate of [•] shares to be sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders is herein called the “Shares.”

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (the “Directed Share Underwriter”) has agreed to reserve up to [•] Shares of the Shares to be purchased by it under this Agreement for sale at the direction of the Company to certain parties related to the Company (collectively, “Participants”). The Shares to be sold by the Directed Share Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program are hereinafter called the “Directed Shares.” Any Directed Shares not confirmed for purchase by the deadline established therefor by the Directed Share Underwriter in consultation with the Company will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus (as defined Section (1)(a)(i) below).


1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-290534) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to the Representatives, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) (A) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (B) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(c) of this Agreement) or (y) any Selling Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 1(b)(vi) of this Agreement);

(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•]:[•] [a.][p.]m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule III(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) of this Agreement) will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to

 

2


make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Time of Delivery, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) the Underwriter Information or (y) any Selling Stockholder Information;

(iv) No documents were filed with the Commission since the Commission’s close of business on the business day immediately prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the execution of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule III(b) hereto;

(v) The Registration Statement, at the time it became effective, conformed, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, as of the date of the Prospectus or such amendment or supplement, will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of the Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with (x) the Underwriter Information or (y) any Selling Stockholder Information;

(vi) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (A) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (B) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case other than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (x) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (i) the exercise, vesting, settlement or forfeiture if any, of stock options or restricted stock units (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements) or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock or restricted stock units, in each case in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (ii) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company or (iii) the issuance, if any, of stock upon exercise or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any

 

3


of its subsidiaries, or (y) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (i) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (ii) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vii) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them (other than with respect to intellectual property, title to which is addressed exclusively in Section 1(a)(xxvi)), in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them, to the Company’s knowledge, under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases (subject to the effects of (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally; (ii) the application of general principles of equity (including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (iii) applicable law and public policy with respect to the rights to indemnity and contribution) with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(viii) Each of the Company and each of its subsidiaries has been (A) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization (where such concept exists), with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (B) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing (where such concept exists) under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (B), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (where such concept exists) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each significant subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Act), if any, of the Company has been listed in Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement;

(ix) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company, including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders, have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except, in the case of any foreign subsidiary, for directors’ qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens or encumbrances described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

 

4


(x) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights, in each case other than rights that have been complied with or waived in writing as of the date of this Agreement;

(xi) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (B) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (C) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or regulatory body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clauses (A) and (C) for such defaults, breaches, or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or regulatory body is required for the issue of the Shares to be sold by the Company and the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements, the approval for listing on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (the “Exchange”) and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (A) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (B) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (C) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (B) and (C), for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of our Class A Common Stock” in so far as they purport to describe matters of U.S. federal income tax law, and under the caption

 

5


“Underwriting,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws (other than laws, rules and regulations relating to selling restrictions in various foreign jurisdictions) and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information or the Selling Stockholder Information;

(xiv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (“Actions”) pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any officer or director of the Company is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others; there are no current or pending Actions that are required under the Act to be described in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Prospectus that are not so described therein in all material respects; and there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in all material respects in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus;

(xv) The Company is not and, immediately after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xvi) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(xvii) Ernst & Young LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xviii) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that (A) complies with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, (B) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (C) is designed to provide reasonable assurance that (I) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (II) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (III) access to assets is permitted only in accordance

 

6


with management’s general or specific authorization and (IV) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and except as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting; provided, however, that this subsection does not require that the Company comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law;

(xix) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(xx) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xxii) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (A) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense (or taken any act in furtherance thereof); (B) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment; or (C) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the rules and regulations thereunder, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or related law, statute or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Corruption Laws”); the Company and its subsidiaries have conducted their businesses in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries will use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws;

(xxiii) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the Company and its subsidiaries conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulation or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

 

7


(xxiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any agent, employee, affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is (A) currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”), or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), (B) located, organized, or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of comprehensive Sanctions (a “Sanctioned Jurisdiction”), and the Company will not directly or knowingly indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or in a Sanctioned Jurisdiction or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions; neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is engaged in, or has, at any time since April 24, 2019, engaged in, any dealings or transactions with or involving any individual or entity that was or is, as applicable, at the time of such dealing or transaction, the subject or target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Jurisdiction; the Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, and maintain, policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve continued compliance with Sanctions;

(xxv) The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

 

8


(xxvi) (A) The Company and each of its subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, domain names, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and software (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) and all other intellectual property material to the present conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (B) the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise conflict with or violate any Intellectual Property rights of any third party, (C) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement, misappropriation, violation of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property which, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect, (D) there is no material pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action, suit, proceeding or claim by others (i) alleging that the Company or any of its subsidiaries is infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of others, or (ii) challenging the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ rights in or to, or the validity, enforceability, scope or ownership of, any Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to the Company or its subsidiaries, which, in each case, individually or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect and (E) the Intellectual Property of the Company and its subsidiaries is not being infringed, misappropriated or violated by any person in a manner which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxvii) The Company and its subsidiaries’ information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases (collectively, “IT Systems”) are, to the Company’s knowledge, adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants; the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards designed to maintain and protect the material confidential information and Personal Data in their possession, custody, or control and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data used in connection with their businesses, and, other than as disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, there have been no breaches, violations, outages or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same, except for those that have been remedied without material cost or liability to the Company or its subsidiaries or the duty to notify any other person, nor any incidents under internal review or investigations relating to the same; the Company and its subsidiaries are presently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations legally binding on the Company or its subsidiaries relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and information that constitutes “personal data,” “personal information,” or similar term in applicable laws relating to privacy and security (“Personal Data”) and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification;

(xxviii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have paid all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes required to be paid and filed all tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof, and there is no tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

9


(xxix) The Company and its subsidiaries have made all required filings under applicable insurance and reinsurance statutes in each jurisdiction where such filings are required, except for such filings the failure of which to make would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its subsidiaries have all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, consents, certificates, permits, registrations and qualifications (“Authorizations”) of and from all insurance and reinsurance regulatory authorities necessary to conduct its existing business, except where the failure to have such Authorizations, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and no insurance or reinsurance regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or its subsidiaries has issued any order or decree impairing, restricting or prohibiting the continuation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries in all respects as presently conducted, except where such orders or decrees, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxx) The Company and each of its subsidiaries is in compliance with and conducts its businesses in conformity with all applicable insurance laws and regulations of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation and the insurance laws and regulations of other jurisdictions which are applicable to it, in each case with such exceptions as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxi) The Company and its subsidiaries self-insure or are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance of the Company and its subsidiaries are in full force and effect and the Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of such policies in all material respects; and there are no material claims by the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause, except, in each case, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxii) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists, or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal agents, carriers or contractors that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxiii) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) included or incorporated by reference in any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith;

(xxxiv) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects;

 

10


(xxxv) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including Section 402 related to loans;

(xxxvi) Neither the Company nor any of its controlled affiliates has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the offering of the Shares;

(xxxvii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have such permits, licenses, approvals, consents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxviii) The Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, are insured against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the Company’s reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged and as required by law;

(xxxix) The Company has specifically directed in writing the allocation of Shares to each Participant in the Directed Share Program, and neither the Directed Share Underwriter nor any other Underwriter has had any involvement or influence, directly or indirectly, in such allocation decision;

(xl) The Company has not offered, or caused the Directed Share Underwriter or its affiliates to offer, Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program (i) for any consideration other than the cash payment of the initial public offering price per share set forth in Schedule II hereof or (ii) with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (x) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer or supplier’s terms, level or type of business with the Company or (y) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products;

(xli) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(xlii) No stamp, registration, documentary, capital, issuance, transfer or other similar taxes or duties (“Stamp Taxes”) are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters in any jurisdiction in which the Company or a Selling Stockholder, as applicable, is organized or incorporated, engaged in business for tax purposes or otherwise resident for tax purposes or has a permanent establishment, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing having the power to tax (the “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”) in connection with (A) the creation, issuance or delivery by the Company of the Shares to be sold by the

 

11


Company, (B) the purchase by the Underwriters of the Shares to be sold by the Company in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, (C) the initial resale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Shares to be sold by the Company in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Prospectus, or (D) the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and

(xliii) The Company is not, and has not been, a “United States real property holding corporation” (as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

(i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement referred to below, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained except for the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations and orders as may be required under state or non-US securities or blue sky laws, the rules and regulations of FINRA or the approval for listing on the Exchange or such other approvals as have been or will be made or obtained on or prior to the Time of Delivery; and such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

(ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (A) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, or (B) result in any (i) violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership (or similar applicable organizational document) or (ii) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its subsidiaries or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder except, in the case of clauses (A) and (B)(ii), for such conflicts, defaults, breaches or violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, affect the validity of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental body or agency is required for the performance by such Selling Stockholder of its obligations under this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents,

 

12


approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or non-US laws, the rules and regulations of FINRA or the listing on the Exchange in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications that have already been obtained, made or waived in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof) such Selling Stockholder will have, good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-501 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code in respect of, the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims; and, upon delivery of such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

(iv) On or prior to the date of the Pricing Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder has executed and delivered to the Underwriters an agreement substantially in the form of Annex II hereto (a “Lock-Up Agreement”).

(v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares;

(vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to Items 7 and 11(m) of Form S–1 expressly for use therein, such Registration Statement and Preliminary Prospectus did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading provided that this representation and warranty shall be limited to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company in writing by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only information furnished by such Selling Stockholder consists of the name of such Selling Stockholder, the number of offered shares and the address and other information of such Selling Stockholder which appear in the Pricing Prospectus or any Prospectus in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Stockholders” (with respect to each Selling Stockholder, the “Selling Stockholder Information”);

(vii) In order to document the Underwriters’ compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at the Time of Delivery a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 or applicable United States Treasury Department Form W-8 (or other applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof), establishing a complete exemption from United States backup withholding tax;

 

13


(viii) Certificates in negotiable form or book-entry securities entitlements representing all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representatives (the “Custody Agreement”), duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as custodian (the “Custodian”), and such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to the Representatives (the “Power of Attorney”), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and each of them, as such Selling Stockholder’s attorneys-in-fact (the “Attorneys-in-Fact”) with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement;

(ix) The Shares held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership or corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, or by the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, limited liability company or corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, certificates representing the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event;

(x) Such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, or (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Money Laundering Laws or any Anti-Corruption Laws;

 

14


(xi) Such Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to this Agreement; and

(xii) Such Selling Stockholder, if organized or domiciled in a jurisdiction outside of the United States, has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 18 has, to the extent permitted by law, legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Custody Agreement, the Power of Attorney or the transactions contemplated hereby.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Shares (to be adjusted by the Representatives so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Shares to be sold by the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder.

3. Upon the authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least twenty-four hours’ prior notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company and the Custodian to the Representatives at least twenty-four hours in advance. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be 9:30 a.m., New York time, on [•], 2026 or such other time and date as the Representatives, the Company and the Attorneys-in-Fact may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Shares is herein called the “Time of Delivery.”

(b) The documents to be delivered at the Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(m) hereof will be delivered at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at the Time of Delivery, or at such other time as the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders or their respective counsel shall agree to. A meeting will be held at the Closing

 

15


Location at [•] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding the Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act prior to the earlier of (i) the Time of Delivery and (ii) the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by the Representatives promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required);

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement (or such later date and time as may be agreed to by the Representatives and the Company) and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to

 

16


comply with the Act, to notify the Representatives and upon the Representatives’ request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon the Representatives’ request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as the Representatives may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date that is 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (B) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Representatives; provided, however, that the restrictions in the foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder; (b) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the vesting or settlement of restricted stock units (including any exercise, net settlement, or sell to cover) outstanding as of, or issued after, the date hereof pursuant to the Company’s equity plans or other arrangement described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (c) the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and described in the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus (d) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock upon conversion of shares of the Company’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share; (e) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Stock, in each case pursuant to the Company’s equity plans described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (f) the issuance, offer or entry into any agreement providing for the issuance of Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for Shares, including warrants to purchase shares of Stock, in connection with (x) the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, technology, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement or (y) joint ventures, commercial relationships and partnerships, or other strategic transactions, and the

 

17


issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; and (g) the filing by the Company of any registration statement(s) on Form S-8 relating to the securities granted or to be granted pursuant to (A) the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or (B) any assumed employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (f); provided, further, that, (i) in the case of clause (f), the aggregate number of shares of Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue shall not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the completion of the offering contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) in the case of clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), the Company shall (x) cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to the Representatives, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a Lock-Up Agreement, unless such recipient is already bound by a lock-up letter in substantially the form attached as Annex II hereto for the remainder of the Lock-Up Period (as defined therein), and (y) enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of the Representatives;

(f) In addition, during the Company Lock-Up Period, the Company agrees to (i) enforce the Market Standoff Provisions and any similar transfer restrictions contained in any agreement between the Company and any of its securityholders, including, without limitation, through the issuance of stop transfer instructions to the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities and (ii) not waive or amend any such transfer restrictions with respect to any such securities, unless it is (x) with the Representatives’ prior written consent or (y) in the same manner as such restrictions would be waived had such securityholder entered into a Lock-up Agreement;

(g) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions in Lock-Up Agreements for an officer or director of the Company, and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(h) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by an independent registered public accounting firm) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(h) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR;

(i) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to the Representatives (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably

 

18


request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(i) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR or to the extent such provisions of such reports, documents or other information would require public disclosure by the Company under Regulation FD;

(j) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(k) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

(l) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(m) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(n) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be non-exclusive and used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned, sublicensed or transferred;

(o) To comply with all applicable securities and other laws, rules and regulations in each jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program; and

(p) To promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the Time of Delivery.

6. The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule III(a) hereto;

 

19


(a) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(b) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission;

(c) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the Company reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule III(d) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications;

(d) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act and (ii) it will not distribute, or authorize any other person to distribute, any Written Testing the Waters Communication, other than those distributed with the prior written authorization of the Company.

7. (a) The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders covenant and agree with one another and with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel

 

20


for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares (provided, that the amount payable by the Company with respect to the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to subsections (iii) and (v) shall not exceed $50,000 in the aggregate); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; if applicable (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; and (viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. Such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder’s obligations hereunder with respect to (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling Stockholder that are not otherwise agreed to be paid for by the Company, and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses and taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. In addition, the Company shall pay or cause to be paid all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program not to exceed $20,000 and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program. In connection with clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Representatives agree to pay New York State stock transfer tax, and the Selling Stockholder agrees to reimburse the Representatives for associated carrying costs if such tax payment is not rebated on the day of payment and for any portion of such tax payment not rebated. It is understood, however, that the Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or to reimburse the Company for, the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that, except as provided in this Section, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, (i) the Underwriters will pay all of the Underwriters’ (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the Company’s) costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, lodging, travel and meal expenses in connection with any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make, and (ii) the Underwriters will be responsible for 50% of the cost of any chartered plane, jet, private aircraft or other transportation chartered in connection with any roadshow presentation to investors undertaken in connection with the offering of the Shares hereunder, with the Company responsible for the remaining 50% of such costs (it being understood that the use of any chartered plane, jet or private aircraft shall expressly be approved by the Company and the Representatives).

(b) Each Selling Stockholder organized or domiciled in a jurisdiction outside of the United States (each, a “Non-U.S. Selling Stockholder”) specifically agrees that no stamp, documentary, issuance, registration, transfer, withholding, capital gains, income or other taxes or duties are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any of its subsidiaries in such Non-U.S. Selling Stockholder’s jurisdiction of organization or to any taxing authority thereof or therein in connection with (i) the execution, delivery and consummation of this Agreement, or (ii) the sale and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters or purchasers procured by the Underwriters pursuant to the terms of this Underwriting Agreement.

(c) All sums payable by each Non-U.S. Selling Stockholder under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of and without deductions or withholdings of any present or future taxes or duties, unless the deduction or withholding is required by law, in which case each Non-U.S. Selling Stockholder shall pay such additional amount as will result in the receipt by each Underwriter of the full amount that would have been received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

21


(d) All sums payable to an Underwriter shall be considered exclusive of any value added or similar taxes. Where a Non-U.S. Selling Stockholder is obliged to pay value added or similar tax on any amount payable hereunder to an Underwriter, each Non-U.S. Selling Stockholder, shall in addition to the sum payable hereunder pay an amount equal to any applicable value added or similar tax.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and the Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Representatives’ reasonable satisfaction;

(b) Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to the Representatives such written opinion or opinions, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(d) The respective counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, as indicated in Schedule II hereto, each shall have furnished to the Representatives their written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders for whom they are acting as counsel, dated the Time of Delivery, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

22


(f) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at the Time of Delivery, the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives;

(g) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the exercise or settlement, if any, of stock options or restricted stock units (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements) or the award, if any, of stock options or restricted stock units, in each case in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, (B) the repurchase of shares of capital stock upon termination of the holder’s employment or service with the Company pursuant to agreements providing for an option to repurchase or a right of first refusal on behalf of the Company, (C) the issuance, if any, of stock upon exercise or conversion of Company securities as described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the Representatives’ judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(h) There are no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by the Company that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act;

(i) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Select Market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in the Representatives’ judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at the Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(j) The Shares to be sold at the Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

 

23


(k) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of a Lock-Up Agreement from each officer and director, and substantially all stockholders of the Company, substantially in the form set forth in Annex II hereto;

(l) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(m) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Representatives at the Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company and an Attorney-in-Fact on behalf of the Selling Stockholders, respectively, reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively, herein at and as of the Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to the Time of Delivery, as to such other matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and the Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (g) of this Section 8.

9.

(a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter or Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein

 

24


or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Stockholder Information; and will reimburse each Underwriter or the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate liability of each such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 9(b) and Section 9(e) below shall not exceed the net proceeds (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions, but before deducting expenses) from the sale of the Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder (the “Selling Stockholder Proceeds”).

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse the Company and each Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting,” and the information contained in the tenth, eleventh, and twelfth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting.”

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) , (b), or (c) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to

 

25


assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) , (b) or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent

 

26


misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint and the Selling Stockholder obligations under this subsection (e) are several in proportion to their respective Selling Stockholder Proceeds and not joint. The aggregate liability of each such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Section 9(e) and Section 9(b) above shall not exceed its Selling Stockholder Proceeds.

(f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of the Act.

(g)

(i) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages and liabilities to which the Directed Share Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (x) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (y) arise out of or are based upon the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase, or (z) are related to, arise out of or are in connection with the Directed Share Program, and will reimburse the Directed Share Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that with respect to clauses (y) and (z) above, the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Directed Share Underwriter.

(ii) Promptly after receipt by the Directed Share Underwriter of notice of the commencement of any action, the Directed Share Underwriter shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraph of this Section 9(g) except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Company shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to the Directed Share Underwriter otherwise than under the preceding paragraph of this Section 9(g). In case any such action shall be brought against the Directed Share Underwriter and it shall notify the Company of the commencement thereof, the Company shall be

 

27


entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to the Directed Share Underwriter (who shall not, except with the consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, be counsel to the Company), and, after notice from the Company to the Directed Share Underwriter of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Company shall not be liable to the Directed Share Underwriter under this subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Company shall not, without the written consent of the Directed Share Underwriter, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Directed Share Underwriter is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (x) includes an unconditional release of the Directed Share Underwriter from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of the Directed Share Underwriter.

(iii) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9(g) is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless the Directed Share Underwriter under Section 9(g)(i) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other from the offering of the Directed Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then the Company shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other in connection with any statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Directed Share Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Directed Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Directed Share Underwriter for the Directed Shares. If the loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, the relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Directed Share Underwriter on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Directed Share Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(g)(iii) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 9(g)(iii). The amount paid or payable by the Directed Share Underwriter as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect

 

28


thereof) referred to above in this Section 9(g)(iii) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Directed Share Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(g)(iii), the Directed Share Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Directed Shares sold by it and distributed to the Participants exceeds the amount of any damages which the Directed Share Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(iv) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9(g) shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of the Directed Share Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Directed Share Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of the Directed Share Underwriter.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at the Time of Delivery, the Representatives may in the Representatives’ discretion arrange for the Representatives or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter the Representatives do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, the Representatives notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders that the Representatives have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company or a Selling Stockholder notifies the Representatives that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, the Representatives or the Company or the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone the Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in the Representatives’ opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at the Time of Delivery, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at the Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

29


(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the Representatives, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at the Time of Delivery, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through the Representatives for all documented, out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by the Representatives, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives jointly; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, the Representatives and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department and (ii) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to each of the Attorneys-in-Fact named in the Power of Attorney, c/o the Company at the address set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Porter Nolan, General Counsel, with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Whalen

 

30


LLP, 4701 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 325, Newport Beach, California 92660; if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Porter Nolan, General Counsel; and if to any stockholder that has delivered a Lock-Up Agreement described in Section 8(k) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to his or her respective address provided in Schedule IV hereto or such other address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) or (d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company or the Selling Stockholders by the Representatives on request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Stockholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee, or affiliate of any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, acknowledge and agree that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company or any Selling Stockholder, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company or any Selling Stockholder with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any Selling Stockholder on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company or any Selling Stockholder except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Company and each Selling Stockholder has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate, and (v) none of the activities of the Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated herein constitutes a recommendation, investment advice, or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters with respect to any entity or natural person. The Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company or any Selling Stockholder, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

31


17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would results in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts. Each Selling Stockholder irrevocably appoints the Company as its authorized agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agrees that service of process upon such authorized agent, and written notice of such service to the Selling Stockholder by the person serving the same to the address provided in this Section 18, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon each Selling Stockholder in any such suit or proceeding. The Company hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act as such authorized agent for service of process. Each Selling Stockholder and the Company further agree to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such authorized agent in full force and effect.

19. To the extent that each Selling Stockholder has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from jurisdiction of any court of (i) the United States or the State of New York or (ii) any jurisdiction in which it owns or leases property or assets or from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution, set-off or otherwise) with respect to themselves or their respective property and assets or this Agreement, each Selling Stockholder hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

20. The Company, each Selling Stockholder and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

21. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

32


22. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company and the Selling Stockholders are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company and the Selling Stockholders relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

23. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) As used in this section:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representatives’ understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel and the Custodian counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by the Representatives, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and each of the Selling

 

33


Stockholders. It is understood that the Representatives’ acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for examination, upon request, but without warranty on the Representatives’ part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

34


Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he or she has been duly appointed as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing and binding Power-of-Attorney that authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take such action.

 

Very truly yours,

Ethos Technologies Inc.

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

The Selling Stockholders, active severally

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

  As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named in Schedule II to this Agreement.

 

Accepted as of the date hereof

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

  

Total Number of
Shares to be
Purchased

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC   
BofA Securities, Inc.   
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.   
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.   
Citizens JMP Securities, LLC   
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.   
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated   
Total   
  

 

 

Schedule I-1


SCHEDULE II

 

Underwriter

  

Total Number
of Shares to be Sold

The Company   
The Selling Stockholder(s): [•](a)   
  

 

Total:   
  

 

 

 

(a)

This Selling Stockholder is represented by [•] and has appointed [•], and each of them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

 

Schedule III-1


SCHEDULE III

 

(a)

Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

Electronic Roadshow dated [•]

 

(b)

Additional documents incorporated by reference

[None]

 

(c)

Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $ [•]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•].

 

(d)

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[•]

 

2


SCHEDULE IV

 

Name of Stockholder

 

Schedule IV-1


ANNEX I

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Ethos Technologies Inc.

[Date]

(“Ethos Technologies Inc.”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the lead book-running managers in the recent public sale of [•] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [•] shares of the Company’s Class A common stock held by [certain officers or directors][an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [•], 2026, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Annex I-1


ANNEX II

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

[•], 2026

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

As Representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule II to the Underwriting Agreement

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

270 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10017-2014

 

  Re:

Ethos Technologies Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the “Representatives”), propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule II to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the selling stockholders named in Schedule I to such agreement (the “Selling Stockholders”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the Underwriters of shares (the “Shares”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock”) by the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this letter (the “Lock-Up Agreement”) and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”) (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of his, her, its or their affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“the Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock (such shares of Common Stock, options, rights, warrants or other securities, collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”), including without limitation any such Lock-Up Securities now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned, (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement (including, without limitation, any short sale or the purchase or sale of, or entry into, any put or call option, or combination thereof, forward, swap or any other derivative transaction or instrument, however described or defined) which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer of any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any Lock-Up Securities,

 

Annex II-1


whether any such transaction or arrangement (or instrument provided for thereunder) would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”), (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities or (iv) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action, activity, transaction or arrangement described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of his, her, its or their affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may:

 

  (a)

transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities (i) as one or more bona fide gifts or charitable contributions, or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) if the undersigned is a natural person, to any member of the undersigned’s immediate family (for purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin) or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned or, if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, (iv) to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the undersigned and the immediate family of the undersigned are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests, (v) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (a)(i) through (iv) above, (vi) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, or to any investment fund or other entity which fund or entity is controlled or managed by the undersigned or affiliates of the undersigned, or (B) as part of a distribution by the undersigned to its stockholders, partners, members or other equityholders or to the estate of any such stockholders, partners, members or other equityholders, (vii) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order, divorce settlement, divorce decree or separation agreement, (viii) to the Company from an employee of the Company upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee, (ix) if the undersigned is not an officer or director of the Company, in connection with a sale of the undersigned’s shares of Class A Common Stock acquired (A) from the Underwriters in the Public Offering or (B) in open market transactions after the closing date of the Public Offering, (x) to the Company in connection with the vesting, settlement or exercise of restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock (including, in each case, by way of “net” or “cashless” exercise), including any transfer to the Company for the payment of tax withholdings or remittance payments due as a result of the vesting, settlement or exercise of such restricted stock units, options, warrants or other rights, or in connection with the conversion of convertible securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, in all such cases pursuant to equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan, or pursuant to the terms of convertible securities, each as described in the Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus relating to the Shares included

 

Annex II-2


  in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the time the Underwriting Agreement is executed and the Prospectus; provided that any securities received upon such vesting, settlement, exercise or conversion that are not transferred to the Company shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, (xi) in connection with the sale or other transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock to satisfy any tax obligations or payments due as a result of (A) the exercise of stock options that are scheduled to expire or for which the post-termination exercise period applicable to such options will expire during the Lock-Up Period or (B) the settlement of RSUs, in each case pursuant to awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus, provided that, in each case, any securities received upon such exercise or settlement that are not sold or otherwise transferred to cover any such tax obligations or payments shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, (xii) to the Company in connection with the conversion, exchange or reclassification of any outstanding equity securities of the Company into shares of Common Stock, or any reclassification, exchange or conversion of shares of Common Stock, in each case as described and as contemplated in the Prospectus, provided that any such shares of Common Stock received upon such conversion, exchange or reclassification shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, or (xiii) with the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters; provided that (A) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, such transfer or distribution shall not involve a disposition for value, (B) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi) and (vii) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer or distribution that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee, as the case may be, shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement in the form of this Lock-Up Agreement, (C) in the case of clauses (a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, no filing by any party (including, without limitation, any donor, donee, devisee, transferor, transferee, distributor or distributee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Lock-Up Securities shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer or distribution, and (D) in the case of clauses (a)(i), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi) and (xii) above, no filing under the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement shall be voluntarily made, and if any such filing, report or announcement shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto (A) the circumstances of such transfer or distribution and (B) in the case of a transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (a)(i) or (a)(vii) above, that the donee, devisee, transferee or distributee has agreed to be bound by a lock-up agreement in the form of this Lock-Up Agreement;

 

  (b)

enter into or amend a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act relating to the transfer, sale or other disposition of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities, if then permitted by the Company; provided that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (except to the extent otherwise allowed pursuant to this Lock-Up Agreement) and no public announcement, report or filing under the Exchange Act, or any other public filing, report or announcement, shall be voluntarily made (whether by or on behalf of the undersigned, the Company or any other party) regarding, or that otherwise discloses, the establishment of such plan during the Lock-Up Period

 

Annex II-3


  (except to the extent otherwise allowed pursuant to this Lock-Up Agreement), and if any such filing, report or announcement shall be legally required during the Lock-Up Period, such filing, report or announcement shall clearly indicate that that none of the securities subject to such plan may be transferred, sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to such plan until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (except to the extent otherwise allowed pursuant to this Lock-Up Agreement); and

 

  (c)

transfer the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (or a duly authorized committee thereof) and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a Change of Control of the Company (for purposes hereof, “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons, of shares of capital stock if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity)); provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), other than a natural person, entity or “group” (as described above) that has executed a Lock-Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock-Up Agreement, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interests, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is a current employee or other service provider of the Company (“Employee Stockholder”), a former employee or service provider of the Company (but excluding in all cases any director of the Company, any “officer” of the Company (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) or any affiliate of the Company (as defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Affiliate”)) or is otherwise not an Affiliate of the Company (a “Non-Affiliate”) and the closing price per share of the Class A Common Stock on the exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed for any five Trading Days (as defined below) (one of which must be a Trading Day occurring after the Post-Offering Earnings Date (as defined below)) out of ten consecutive Trading Days is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, then beginning at the opening of trading on the first Trading Day (the “Tier 1 Release Date”) after the applicable ten consecutive Trading Day period, 25% of the Lock-Up Securities (a) held by such person for which all vesting conditions are satisfied as of February 15, 2026 (the “Measurement Date”), and (b) held by such person as of the Measurement Date, including, without double counting, such shares and other securities that are held by any affiliated limited liability company, partnership, corporation, trust, or other entity (each an “Affiliated Entity”) of such person as if all of the equity or beneficial interests and other economic interests in an Affiliated Entity are owned exclusively by such person and/or immediate family members of such person (including through a trustee or trust beneficiary relationship) (clauses (a) and (b) collectively, the “Eligible

 

Annex II-4


Securities”), will be automatically released from the restrictions contained in this Lock-Up Agreement (the “Tier 1 Release”) and may be sold in the public market, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws including, without limitation, Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy; provided that the Tier 1 Release shall expire for the Eligible Securities held by applicable Employee Stockholders subject to quarterly trading blackout periods under the Company’s insider trading policy upon the commencement of the next occurring quarterly trading blackout period under the Company’s insider trading policy (or such earlier date and time as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine in accordance with the Company’s insider trading policy) (such period from the Tier 1 Release Date to the expiry of such release for the applicable Employee Stockholders, the “Tier 1 Release Period”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tier 1 Release Period shall expire for Eligible Securities held by Employee Stockholders subject to quarterly trading blackout periods under the Company’s insider trading policy as of the Measurement Date and shall not expire for Eligible Securities held by former employees and service providers of the Company and Non-Affiliates as of the Measurement Date.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the undersigned is an Employee Stockholder, a former employee or service provider of the Company (but excluding in all cases any director, any “officer” of the Company (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act) or any Affiliate of the Company) or is otherwise a Non-Affiliate and the closing price per share of the Class A Common Stock on the exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed for any five Trading Days (one of which must be a Trading Day occurring on or after June 5, 2026) out of ten consecutive Trading Days is at least 25% greater than the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, then beginning at the opening of trading on the first Trading Day (the “Tier 2 Release Date”) after the applicable ten consecutive Trading Day period, 25% of the Eligible Securities held by such person will be automatically released from the restrictions contained in this Lock-Up Agreement (the “Tier 2 Release”) and may be sold in the public market, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws including, without limitation, Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy; provided that the Tier 2 Release shall expire, and the Lock-Up Period shall be reinstated for the Eligible Securities held by applicable Employee Stockholders subject to quarterly trading blackout periods under the Company’s insider trading policy upon the commencement of the next occurring quarterly trading blackout period under the Company’s insider trading policy (or such earlier date and time as the Company in its sole discretion shall determine in accordance with the Company’s insider trading policy) (such period from the Tier 2 Release Date to the expiry of such release for the applicable Employee Stockholders, the “Tier 2 Release Period”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Tier 2 Release Period shall expire for Eligible Securities held by Employee Stockholders subject to quarterly trading blackout periods under the Company’s insider trading policy as of the Measurement Date and shall not expire for Eligible Securities held by former employees and service providers of the Company and Non-Affiliates as of the Measurement Date.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event both the Tier 1 Release and the Tier 2 Release are triggered, the aggregate amount of Lock-Up Securities released shall not exceed 50% of the total Eligible Securities held by such person as of the Measurement Date.

The Company shall announce the anticipated date of each of the Tier 1 Release Date and the Tier 2 Release Date through a major news service, or on a Current Report on Form 8-K, at least one Trading Day in advance of the Tier 1 Release Date or the Tier 2 Release Date, as applicable.

 

Annex II-5


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the undersigned is a “Related Person” as defined in the Company’s insider trading policy (or any successor term), the undersigned hereby acknowledges that the undersigned shall remain subject to the Company’s regular quarterly trading blackout periods under the Company’s insider trading policy.

For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement:

 

  •  

“Post-Offering Earnings Date” shall mean the Company’s public announcement of its earnings (which for this purpose shall not include “flash” numbers or preliminary, partial earnings) for the second completed fiscal quarterly period following the most recent fiscal period for which financial statements are included in the Prospectus.

 

  •  

“Trading Day” is a day on which the exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed is open for the buying and selling of securities.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed, or will agree, in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service (or such other method approved by the Representatives that satisfies the requirements of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(2)) at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or that is to an immediate family member as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5) and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Lock-Up Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clauses (a) and (c) of the third paragraph, the sixth paragraph, and seventh paragraph of this Lock-Up Agreement, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that none of the Underwriters has made any recommendation or provided any investment or other advice to the undersigned with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement or the subject matter hereof, and the undersigned has consulted its own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory, tax and other advisors with respect to this Lock-Up Agreement and the subject matter hereof to the extent the undersigned has deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may have provided or hereafter provide to the undersigned in connection with the Public Offering a Form CRS and/or certain other disclosures as contemplated by Regulation Best Interest, the Underwriters have not made and are not making a recommendation to the undersigned to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement or to transfer, sell or dispose of, or to refrain from transferring, selling or disposing of, any shares of Common Stock, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or herein is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

 

Annex II-6


This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate and the undersigned shall be released from all of his, her or its obligations hereunder upon the earlier of (i) the date on which the Registration Statement filed with the SEC with respect to the Public Offering is withdrawn, (ii) the date on which for any reason the Underwriting Agreement is terminated (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder (other than pursuant to the Underwriters’ option thereunder to purchase additional Shares), (iii) the date on which the Company notifies the Representatives, in writing and prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering and (iv) December 30, 2026, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date (provided, however, that the Company may, by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date, extend such date by a period of up to an additional 90 days).

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement. This Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would result in the application of any law other than the laws of the State of New York. This Lock-Up Agreement may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

Annex II-7


Very truly yours,

   

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:

   

IF AN ENTITY:

By:

       

(please print complete name of entity)

 

(duly authorized signature)

     

Name:

       

By:

   
 

(please print full name)

     

(duly authorized signature)

     

Name:

   
       

(please print full name)

     

Title:

   
       

(please print full title)

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

Ethos Technologies Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify that:

ONE: The name of this corporation is Ethos Technologies Inc. The date of filing of the original certificate of incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was July 5, 2016, and the name under which such filing was made was Ethos Insurance Corporation.

TWO: This certificate of incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

THREE: Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation of this corporation, as heretofore amended, is hereby amended, integrated and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

SECTION 1.

The name of this corporation is Ethos Technologies Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECTION 2.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

SECTION 3.

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the DGCL.

SECTION 4.

Section 4.1 The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,060,000,000 shares, of which (A) 1,040,000,000 shares shall be a class of Common Stock divided into two series with (i) 1,000,000,000 shares of the Common Stock being a series designated as Class A Common Stock, par value $ 0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”) and (ii) 40,000,000 shares of the Common Stock being a series designated as Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”); and (B) 20,000,000 shares shall be a class of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.


Section 4.2 The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all or any of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares of such series and to determine for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be set forth in a certificate of designation adopted by the Board and filed in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 4.3 Irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, but subject to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock (and subject to the rights of the Class B Common Stock under Section 5.10 of this Certificate of Incorporation), the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall vote together, and not as separate classes, on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (as amended from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.

Section 4.4 Except as provided herein or required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation, including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other affected series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

SECTION 5.

Except as provided above, the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional, or other rights, and qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

Section 5.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the following definitions apply;

a. “Acquisition” means (i) any consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization continue to represent a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its Parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization (provided that, for the purpose of this Section 5.1.a, all stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of capital stock are converted or exchanged); or (ii) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Corporation is a party in which shares of the Corporation are transferred such that in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Corporation or any successor or indebtedness of the Corporation is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

b. “Asset Transfer” means a sale, lease, exchange, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation.


c. “Cause” means, with respect to a Founder, the termination of such Founder’s employment with the Corporation as a result of (i) fraud or embezzlement by such Founder in connection with his employment with the Corporation, (ii) a willful act of material dishonesty by such Founder in connection with his employment with the Corporation that results in or would reasonably be expected to result in material loss to the Corporation, or (iii) such Founder’s conviction of, or plea of guilty to, a felony that results in or would reasonably be expected to result in material loss to the Corporation.

d. “Disability” means, with respect to any Founder, the permanent and total disability of such Founder such that he is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death within 12 months or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner jointly selected by a majority of the Independent Directors and such Founder. If such Founder is incapable of selecting a licensed medical practitioner, then such Founder’s spouse shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder, or, in the absence or incapacity of such Founder’s spouse, such Founder’s adult children by majority vote shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder, or, in the absence of adult children of such Founder or their inability to act by majority vote, a natural person then acting as the successor trustee of a revocable living trust which was created by such Founder and which holds in the aggregate more shares of all classes of capital stock of the Corporation than any other revocable living trust created by such Founder shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder, or, in the absence of any such successor trustee, the legal guardian or conservator of the estate of such Founder shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder. In the event of a dispute as to whether a Founder has suffered a Disability, no Disability of such Founder shall be deemed to have occurred unless and until an affirmative ruling regarding such Disability has been made by a court of competent jurisdiction, and such ruling has become final and non-appealable.

e. “Effective Date” means the date that this Certificate of Incorporation’s filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware becomes effective.

f. “Family Member” means, with respect to any Founder, the spouse, domestic partner, parents, grandparents, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings of such Founder (including adopted persons, step children, step parents and step siblings of such Founder).

g. “Final Conversion Date” means the earliest to occur following the Effective Date of:

(i) the date fixed by the Board that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time (the “Ownership Trigger Time”) after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date that the number of Threshold Shares held by the Founders, their Permitted Entities, Family Members and Permitted Transferees, in the aggregate, is less than 20% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Founders, their Permitted Entities and Family Members at 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that if no such date is fixed by the Board, the Final Conversion Date for purposes of this clause shall be the 180th date following the Ownership Trigger Time);

(ii) the last Trading Day of the fiscal year following the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date;

(iii) the date fixed by the Board that is no less than 61 days and no more than 180 days following the first time (the “Service Trigger Time”) after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date that the last remaining Non-Triggering Founder is no longer providing services to the Corporation as an officer, employee, or director (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that if no such date is fixed by the Board, the Final Conversion Date for purposes of this clause shall be the 180th date following the Service Trigger Time); or


(iv) the date that is twelve (12) months after the death or Disability of the last remaining Non-Triggering Founder.

h. “Founder” means each of Peter Colis and Lingke Wang, and together, the “Founders”.

i. “Founder Voting Proxy” means a voting proxy granted by each Founder in favor of the other Founder, which proxy shall become effective only upon such Founder granting the proxy becoming a Triggering Founder, and shall confer exclusive Voting Control over all shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Triggering Founder and such Triggering Founder’s Permitted Entities, Family Members, and Permitted Transferees to the Non-Triggering Founder (if any) for so long as such Non-Triggering Founder retains such status, as such proxy may be amended from time to time.

j. “Independent Directors” means the members of the Board designated as independent directors in accordance with the Listing Standards.

k. “Liquidation Event” means any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or any Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

l. “Listing Standards” means (i) the requirements of any national stock exchange under which the Corporation’s equity securities are listed for trading that are generally applicable to companies with common equity securities listed thereon or (ii) if the Corporation’s equity securities are not listed for trading on a national stock exchange, the requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market generally applicable to companies with equity securities listed thereon.

m. “Non-Triggering Founder” means any Founder other than a Triggering Founder.

n. “Parent” of an entity means any entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such entity.

o. “Permitted Entity” means, (A) with respect to any Founder, (i) any trust for the exclusive benefit of such Founder or one or more Family Members of such Founder or any other Permitted Entity of such Founder, (ii) any trust or estate planning vehicle for the benefit of any other person not listed in clause (A)(i), for bona fide estate planning purposes of a Founder , (iii) any general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity exclusively owned by such Founder, one or more Family Members of such Founder or any other Permitted Entity of such Founder, (iv) any charitable organization, foundation or similar entity established by a Founder, one or more Family Members of such Founder or any other Permitted Entity of such Founder, and (v) any Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such Founder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, and (B) with respect to a holder that is an institutional, private equity, hedge, venture capital or other private investment fund, any fund which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners of such holder, any fund that is managed and governed by the same management company as such holder, any fund that controls such holder or any fund that is controlled by, under common control with, managed or advised by the same management company or registered investment advisor that controls, is under common control with, manages or advises the fund that controls such holder.


p. “Permitted Transfer” means:

(i) (1) with respect to any Founder, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock from a Founder, from a Founder’s Permitted Entities, from a Founder’s Family Member or from a Founder’s Permitted Transferees, to any Founder, to any Family Member of any Founder, to the estate of any Founder or Family Member of a Founder, or to any Permitted Entity of any Founder, and (2) any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock from a holder to such holder’s affiliates with the prior written approval of the Board, which Transfer does not otherwise qualify as a Permitted Transfer pursuant to clause (1) above; provided that if the transferee of such share of Class B Common Stock is not a Non-Triggering Founder, then such Transfer shall qualify as a Permitted Transfer only if a Non-Triggering Founder shall have exclusive Voting Control with respect to such share of Class B Common Stock following such Transfer (whether by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise, it being understood that such proxy or voting agreement may be executed promptly following, and in no event later than ten (10) days after, such Transfer), and

(ii) with respect to an institutional, private equity, hedge, venture capital or other private investment fund, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock from such fund or a Permitted Entity of such fund to such fund or a Permitted Entity of such fund.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.1.p, in the event that a Non-Triggering Founder does not have exclusive Voting Control (whether by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise) with respect to any share of Class B Common Stock following any Transfer described in Section 5.1.p.(i)(1) and after the time periods for a proxy, voting agreement or other similar instrument to be executed as set forth in this Section 5.1p or otherwise established, such share of Class B Common Stock purported to be transferred shall automatically, and with no further action by the holder or the Corporation, convert into one fully-paid and non-assessable share of Class A Common Stock. A Non -Triggering Founder shall be deemed to have “exclusive” Voting Control with respect to any share of Class B Common Stock if either (a) such Non-Triggering Founder has exclusive Voting Control with respect to such share or (b) such Non-Triggering Founder, together with any other any general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity directly or indirectly controlled by such Non-Triggering Founder, has exclusive Voting Control with respect to such share.

q. “Permitted Transferee” means a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights or interests therein, received in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

r. “Threshold Shares” means, with respect to any person as of any time, the sum of (without duplication): (i) any shares of Class B Common Stock held by such person as of such time and (ii) any shares of Class B Common Stock underlying any securities (including restricted stock units, options, or other convertible instruments) held by such person as of such time, so long as such securities were also held by such person at the Effective Date, whether such securities are vested or unvested, earned or unearned, convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable as of such time or in the future.

s. “Trading Day” means any day on which The Nasdaq Stock Market and the New York Stock Exchange are open for trading.

t. “Transfer” of a share of Class B Common Stock means any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise) after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date, or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to the transfer of, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following will not be considered a “Transfer”:

(i) any grant of a proxy to, or entry into a support or voting agreement or similar agreement or arrangement with, any Non-Triggering Founder for such Non-Triggering Founder to exercise Voting Control of shares of Class B Common Stock, or the exercise of Voting Control pursuant to such proxy, support or voting agreement or similar agreement or arrangement by such Non-Triggering Founder;


(ii) any grant by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock of a revocable proxy to (A) officers or directors or agents of the Corporation at the request of the Board in connection with (1) actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by stockholder consent or (2) any other action of the stockholders permitted by this Certificate of Incorporation, or (B) any other person with specific direction to vote such shares of Class B Common Stock as directed by the holders of such shares, without discretion, in connection with actions to be taken at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders or by stockholder consent;

(iii) any pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or other indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares or a Non-Triggering Founder holds a proxy to exercise Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee will constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer” at such time;

(iv) any grant of a proxy to, or the exercise of Voting Control by, the Secretary of the Corporation or such other person pursuant to Section 5.5.a;

(v) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy and, if a proxy is granted, whether a revocable or irrevocable proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (B) either has a term not exceeding one (1) year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

(vi) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy and, if a proxy is granted, whether a revocable or irrevocable proxy) pursuant to a written agreement to which the Corporation is a party or that has been approved by the Board;

(vii) any entry into a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with a broker or other nominee; provided, however, that a sale of such shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such plan shall constitute a “Transfer” at the time of such sale;

(viii) any entry by a Non-Triggering Founder (or, if requested by a Non-Triggering Founder, entry by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock) into a support, voting, tender or similar agreement, arrangement or understanding (with or without granting a proxy) in connection with a Liquidation Event or other proposal or consummating the actions or transactions contemplated therein (including, without limitation, tendering shares of Class B Common Stock or voting such shares in connection with a Liquidation Event or such other proposal, the consummation of a Liquidation Event or such other proposal or the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other disposition of shares of Class B Common Stock or any legal or beneficial interest in shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with a Liquidation Event or such other proposal); provided that any sale, tender, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other disposition of Class B Common Stock or any legal or economic interest therein by such Non-Triggering Founder or such other holder pursuant to a Liquidation Event or such other proposal, or any grant of a proxy over Class B Common Stock by such Non-Triggering Founder or such other holder with respect to a Liquidation Event or such other proposal without specific instructions as to how to vote such Class B Common Stock, in each case, will constitute a “Transfer” of such Class B Common Stock unless such Liquidation Event or such other proposal was approved by the Board prior to the taking of such action;


(ix) any issuance or reissuance by the Corporation of a share of Class B Common Stock or any redemption, purchase or acquisition by the Corporation of a share of Class B Common Stock; and

(x) the fact that, as of the Effective Date or at any time after the Effective Date, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction; provided, that any transfer of shares by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to such holder’s spouse, including a transfer in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement, shall constitute a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock unless otherwise exempt from the definition of Transfer.

u. “Triggering Event” means, with respect to a Founder, the first to occur of any of the following:

(i) the occurrence of both of the following: (1) such Founder is no longer providing services to the Corporation as an officer or employee, and (2) such Founder is no longer a director of the Corporation as a result of a voluntary resignation by such Founder from the Board or as a result of a request of or agreement with such Founder not to be renominated as a director of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders;

(ii) such Founder’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for Cause; or

(iii) the death or Disability of such Founder.

v. “Triggering Founder” means a Founder who has experienced a Triggering Event.

w. “Voting Control” means, with respect to a share of capital stock or other security, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such security, including by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

x. “Voting Threshold Date” means the first date after 11:59 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Effective Date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Section 5.2 Identical Rights. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, shares of Common Stock shall have the same rights and powers, rank equally (including as to dividends and distributions, and any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation but excluding voting and other matters as described in Section 5.3 below), share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including:

a. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of any such series thereof is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such applicable series of Common Stock treated adversely, voting separately as a series.


b. The Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any other distribution to the holders of Common Stock payable in securities of the Corporation unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and provided, that nothing in the foregoing shall prevent the Corporation from declaring and paying dividends or other distributions payable in shares of one series of Common Stock or rights to acquire one series of Common Stock to holders of all series of Common Stock, or, with the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a series, from providing for different treatment of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.

c. If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares (and shares held as treasury stock) of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a series.

Section 5.3 Voting Rights.

a. Common Stock

(i) Class A Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters.

(ii) Class B Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by appliable law, each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to twenty (20) votes for each share thereof held at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters.

b. General. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will vote together and not as separate series. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other affected series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon pursuant to applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).


c. Election of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, prior to the Final Conversion Date, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect and remove all directors of the Corporation. Upon and following the Final Conversion Date, subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to elect and remove all directors of the Corporation.

Section 5.4 Liquidation Rights. In the event of a Liquidation Event in connection with which the Board has determined to effect a distribution of assets of the Corporation to any holder or holders of Common Stock, then, subject to the rights of any Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Common Stock, unless different treatment of the shares of each series thereof is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a series; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, consideration to be paid or received by a holder of Common Stock in connection with any Liquidation Event pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or similar services arrangement shall not be deemed to be a “distribution to stockholders” for the purpose of this Section 5.4; provided, further, that holders of shares of a series of Common Stock may receive, or have the right to elect to receive, different or disproportionate consideration in connection with any such consolidation, merger or other transaction if the only difference in the per share consideration to the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is that any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class B Common Stock have twenty (20) times the voting power of any securities distributed to the holder of a share of Class A Common Stock.

Section 5.5 Conversion of the Class B Common Stock.The Class B Common Stock will be convertible into Class A Common Stock as follows:

a. Each share of Class B Common Stock will automatically convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock on the Final Conversion Date. During the period commencing on the death or Disability of the last remaining Non-Triggering Founder and ending on the 12-month anniversary of such death or Disability, a person designated by such non-Triggering Founder and approved by the Board (or, if there is no such person, then the Secretary of the Corporation in office from time to time) shall exercise Voting Control over all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock (i) held by such last remaining Non-Triggering Founder or his Permitted Entities, Family Members, Permitted Transferees, or the estate of such Non-Triggering Founder or any Family Member and (ii) over which such last remaining Non-Triggering Founder has exclusive Voting Control.

b. With respect to any holder of Class B Common Stock, each share of Class B Common Stock held by such holder will automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock, as follows:

(i) on the affirmative written election of such holder to convert such share of Class B Common Stock or, if later, at the time or the happening of a future event specified in such written election (which election may be revoked by such holder prior to the date on which the automatic conversion would otherwise occur unless otherwise specified by such holder); or


(ii) on the occurrence of a Transfer of such share of Class B Common Stock to any person or entity that is not a Permitted Transferee of such holder.

c. In the event that a Founder becomes a Triggering Founder, with respect to shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Triggering Founder, his Permitted Entities, his Family Members, and his Permitted Transferees, each share of Class B Common Stock held by such holders will automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Triggering Event; provided, however, that such conversion shall not occur so long as such shares are subject to the Founder Voting Proxy or a substantially similar voting proxy whereby the non-Triggering Founder is granted exclusive Voting Control upon the occurrence of the Triggering Event.

Section 5.6 Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of the Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this multi-class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Corporation as to whether or not a Transfer has occurred and results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

Section 5.7 Immediate Effect. In the event of and upon a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 5.5, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made (a) at the time that the Transfer of shares, death, Disability, or Triggering Event occurred, (b) on the date of the delivery of the written election of a holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to Section 5.5b(i) (unless otherwise specified therein, in which case, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time or the happening of a future event specified therein, unless otherwise revoked prior thereto in accordance with Section 5.5b(i)) or (c) immediately upon the Final Conversion Date, as applicable, subject in all cases to any transition periods specifically provided for in this Certificate of Incorporation. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation, all rights of the holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock.

Section 5.8 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock will not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as will be sufficient for such purpose.

Section 5.9 Preemptive Rights. No stockholder of the Corporation shall have a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and a stockholder.


Section 5.10 Class B Protective Provisions. After 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date, and prior to the Final Conversion Date, the Corporation shall not, without the prior affirmative vote (either at a meeting or by written consent) of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate series, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation:

a. directly or indirectly, whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with, or otherwise alter, any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation relating to the voting, conversion or other rights, powers, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock or increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of the Class B Common Stock;

b. reclassify any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or, in the case of Class A Common Stock, the right to have more than one (1) vote for each share thereof;

c. issue any shares of Class B Common Stock (other than shares of Class B Common Stock over which one or more Non-Triggering Founder shall have Voting Control or which shall be subject to a voting proxy substantially similar to the Founder Voting Proxy); or

d. authorize, or issue any shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than Class B Common Stock) having the right to more than (1) vote for each share thereof.

SECTION 6.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and stockholders, or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

Section 6.1 Management of the Business.

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that shall constitute the Board shall be fixed exclusively by the Board.

Section 6.2 Board of Directors

Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective (the “Filing Date”). At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Filing Date, the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.


Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 6.3 Removal of Directors

Subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock to remove directors elected by such series of Preferred Stock, any individual director or the entire Board may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3 % of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 6.4 Vacancies.

Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors or fill vacancies in respect of such directors, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected to fill a newly created directorship or vacancy in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders held to elect the class of directors to which such director is elected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 6.5 Preferred Stockholders Election Rights.

Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing, or any certificate of designation relating to, such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Section 6.6 Bylaw Amendments.

The Board is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal any provisions of the bylaws of the Corporation (as amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.


Section 6.7 Stockholder Actions.

a. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

b. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights of the holders of Class B Common Stock under Section 5.5b(i) or Section 5.10, prior to the Voting Threshold Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation (including any vote of a series or class of stock) may be taken, without a meeting and prior notice, by the written consent of stockholders having the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL only if the Board has first recommended or approved such action or the Board and the Secretary of the Corporation have been provided with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of such action. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock and the rights of the holders of Class B Common Stock under Section 5.5b(i) or Section 5.10, on and after the Voting Threshold Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation (including any vote of a series or class of stock) must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

c. Subject to any rights of the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the rights of the holders of Class B Common Stock under Section 5.10, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board and shall be called by the Secretary of the Corporation upon the request of a majority of the directors then in office, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

SECTION 7.

No director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment, modification or repeal. Solely for purposes of this Section 7, “officer” shall have the meaning provided in Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL.

SECTION 8.

Section 8.1 Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and any appellate court therefrom shall be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative claim or cause of action brought on behalf of the Corporation; (ii) any claim or cause of action that is based upon a violation of a duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation, to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders; (iii) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of


Incorporation or the Bylaws; (iv) any claim or cause of action seeking to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any claim or cause of action as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any claim or cause of action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation, governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to the Corporation’s internal affairs, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided, that if such court does not have, or declines to accept, jurisdiction over such a claim or cause of action, then the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for such claim or cause of action.

Section 8.2 Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Corporation, its officers and directors, the underwriters for any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.

SECTION 9.

Section 9.1 Any person or entity holding, owning, or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 9.2 The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal, at any time and from time to time, any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon the stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to this reservation. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, Section 242(d) of the DGCL shall apply to amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 9.3 Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of applicable law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 662/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with, Sections 6, 7, 8 and this Section 9.

Section 9.4 The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.


SECTION 10.

Section 10.1 If any provision or provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of the Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Corporation has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on

 

Ethos Technologies Inc.
By:    
  Peter Colis
  Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

 

 

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

SECTION 1.

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Registered Office. The registered office of Ethos Technologies Inc. (the “ Corporation”) in the State of Delaware and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may at any time establish other offices both within and without the State of Delaware.

SECTION 2.

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 2.1 Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may adopt a corporate seal. Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

SECTION 3.

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 3.1 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board (or its designee). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) and Section 3.9 below.

Section 3.2 Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and time as may be determined from time to time by the Board (or its designee). Any annual meeting of stockholders may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board, or any director or officer of the Corporation to whom the Board delegates such authority, at any time before or after notice of such meeting has been given to stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the Board and proposals of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders:

(i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (or any supplement thereto);


(ii) by or at the direction of the Board (or a duly authorized committee thereof); or

(iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 3.2(b) of these bylaws (as may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”) and who is a stockholder of record at the time of the annual meeting of stockholders, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the procedures and requirements set forth in this Section 3.2.

For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws, and only such nominations shall be made and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures below.

 

  (1)

For nominations for the election to the Board to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(b)(3) and must update and supplement the information contained in such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(c). In addition to all of the information required by Section 3.2(b)(4), such stockholder’s notice shall include as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting:

(A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee,

(B) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of each class or series of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee and list of any pledge of or encumbrances on such shares,

(D) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition,

(E) the questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 3.2(e), completed and signed by such nominee, and

(F) all other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved and whether or not proxies are being or will be solicited), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed or provided to the Corporation pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) (including such person’s written consent to being named in a proxy statement, associated proxy card and other filings as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected).

The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or to serve on any committee or sub -committee of the Board, in either case under any applicable stock exchange listing requirements, applicable law or the Policies (as defined below). The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at an annual


meeting on its own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at an annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting. A stockholder may not designate any substitute or alternate nominees unless the stockholder provides timely notice of such substitute or alternate nominee(s) in accordance with this Section 3.2, in the case of an annual meeting, or Section 3.3, in the case of a special meeting (and such notice contains all of the information, representations, questionnaires and certifications with respect to such substitute or alternate nominee(s) that are required by the Bylaws with respect to nominees for director).

 

  (2)

For business other than nominations for the election to the Board to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 3.2(a), the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(b)(3), and must update and supplement the information contained in such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 3.2(c). In addition to all of the information required by Section 3.2(b)(4), such stockholder’s notice shall include as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting,

(B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment),

(C) the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and

(D) any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the Corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent.

 

  (3)

To be timely, the written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(1) or 3.2(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the 120th day, prior to the first anniversary of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting (for purposes of notice required for action to be taken at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its initial public offering of the Corporation’s Class A common stock, the date of the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to have occurred on June 15 in such immediately preceding calendar year); provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 3.2(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 70 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held (or deemed to have been held), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the later of the close of business on (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation.

In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or the public announcement thereof) of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or for which a public announcement of the date of the meeting has been made by the Corporation, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.


  (4)

The written notice required by Sections 3.2(b)(1) or 3.2(b)(2) shall also include, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made and any affiliate who controls (as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) either of the foregoing stockholder or beneficial owner, directly or indirectly (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”):

(A) the name and address of each Proponent, including, if applicable, such name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records;

(B) the class, series and number of shares of each class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) by each Proponent (provided, that for purposes of this Section 3.2(b)(4), such Proponent shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own all shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership whether immediately or at any time in the future);

(C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal (and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, other than a revocable proxy given in response to a proxy solicitation made to 10 or more persons) between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and/or any other persons (including their names) including without limitation, any agreements, arrangements or understandings required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of the 1934 Act Schedule 13D, regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable;

(D) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation at the time of giving notice, will be entitled to vote at the meeting, and that such stockholder (or a qualified representative thereof) intends to appear at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 3.2(b)(2));

(E) a representation whether any Proponent or any other participant (as defined in Item 4 of Schedule 14A under the 1934 Act) will engage in a solicitation with respect to such nomination or proposal and, if so, the name of each participant in such solicitation and the amount of the cost of solicitation that has been and will be borne, directly or indirectly, by each participant in such solicitation, and a representation as to whether the Proponents intend or are part of a group which intends to:

(x) deliver, or make available, a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee,

(y) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination and/or

(z) solicit proxies in support of any proposed nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the 1934 Act;

(F) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic or voting terms of, such Derivative Transactions;


(G) a certification regarding whether each Proponent has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with such Proponent’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or such Proponent’s acts or omissions as a stockholder or beneficial owner of the Corporation; and

(H) any other information relating to each Proponent required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) A stockholder providing the written notice required by Section 3.2(b)(1) or (2) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information (other than the representations required by Section 3.2(b)(4)(E)) provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (ii) the date that is five Business Days (as defined below) prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting; provided, that no such update or supplement shall cure or affect the accuracy (or inaccuracy) of any representations made by any Proponent, any of its affiliates or associates, or a nominee or the validity (or invalidity) of any nomination or proposal that failed to comply with this Section 3.2 or is rendered invalid as a result of any inaccuracy therein.

In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 3.2(c), such update and supplement must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five Business Days after the later of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting or the public announcement of such record date. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 3.2(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than two Business Days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two Business Days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting (or if there are fewer than two Business Days between the date for the meeting, or the date of the immediately preceding adjournment or postponement thereof, and the date for the adjourned or postponed meeting, not later than the day prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting).

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.2(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 3.2(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.2 and that complies with the requirements in Section 3.2(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 3.2(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.


(e) To be eligible to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation pursuant to a nomination under clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a) or clause (ii) of Section 3.3(c), each Proponent must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Sections 3.2(b)(3), 3.2(d) or 3.3(c), as applicable) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a completed written questionnaire with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee (in the form provided by the Secretary within 10 days following a written request therefor by a stockholder of record) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary within 10 days following written request therefor by a stockholder of record) that such person:

(i) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question that (x) has not been disclosed in the questionnaire or (y) could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law;

(ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation or a nominee that has not been disclosed in such questionnaire;

(iii) would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation (and a statement as to whether such person, if elected, intends to comply with), all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation that are publicly disclosed or which were provided by the Secretary with the written representation and agreement required by this Section 3.2(e) (together, the “Policies”); and

(iv) if elected as a director of the Corporation, intends to serve the entire term until the next meeting at which such candidate would face re-election.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Bylaws, unless otherwise required by applicable law, in the event that any Proponent (i) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act with respect to one or more proposed nominees and (ii) subsequently fails to

(x) comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the 1934 Act (or fails to timely provide reasonable evidence sufficient to satisfy the Corporation that such Proponent has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the 1934 Act in accordance with the next sentence) or

(y) inform the Corporation that they no longer plan to solicit proxies in accordance with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 under the 1934 Act by delivering a written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation within two (2) Business Days after the occurrence of such change,

then the nomination of each such proposed nominee shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that the nominee is included (as applicable) as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any stockholder meeting (or any supplement thereto) and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of the election of such proposed nominees may have been received by the Corporation (which proxies and votes shall be disregarded).

If any Proponent provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act, such Proponent shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five (5) Business Days prior to the applicable meeting, reasonable evidence sufficient to demonstrate that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the 1934 Act.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and for the avoidance of doubt, the nomination of any person whose name is included (as applicable) as a nominee in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials for any stockholder meeting (or any supplement thereto) as a result of any notice provided by any Proponent pursuant to Rule 14a -19(b) promulgated under the 1934 Act with respect to such proposed nominee and whose nomination is not made by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof shall not be deemed (for purposes of clause (i) of Section 3.2(a) or otherwise) to have been made pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) and any such nominee may only be nominated by a Proponent pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 3.2(a) and, in the case of a special meeting of stockholders, pursuant to and to the extent permitted under Section 3.3(c).

A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting unless the person is nominated in accordance with clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 3.2(a) and in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c), Section 3.2(d), Section 3.2(e) and Section 3.2(f), as applicable. Only such business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 3.2(a) and in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in Section 3.2(b), Section 3.2(c) and Section 3.2(f), as applicable. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Bylaws (including, without limitation, compliance with Rule 14a -19 promulgated under the 1934 Act) and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with the Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations required in this Section 3.2, to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that such proposal or nomination is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.2, unless otherwise required by applicable law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re -election) and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that such nomination or proposed business is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such vote may have been solicited or received by the Corporation.

 

(g)

For purposes of Sections 3.2 and 3.3,

 

  (1)

“affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act;

 

  (2)

“Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are closed in New York City, New York;

 

  (3)

“close of business” means 6:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a Business Day;


  (4)

“Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(A) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation;

(B) that otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the Corporation;

(C) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit from changes in value or price with respect to any securities of the Corporation; or

(D) that provides the right to vote (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a proxy solicitation made to 10 or more persons) or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, with respect to any securities of the Corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation or similar right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the Corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member; and

 

  (5)

“public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, GlobeNewswire or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act or by such other means reasonably designed to inform the public or security holders in general of such information, including, without limitation, posting on the Corporation’s investor relations website

 

  (6)

a “qualified representative” of a stockholder shall mean (A) a duly authorized officer, manager, trustee or partner of such stockholder or (B) a person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders, and such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, shall be provided to the Secretary of the Corporation at least five Business Days prior to the meeting of stockholders.

Section 3.3 Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board may be postponed, rescheduled or cancelled by the Board, or any director or officer to whom the Board has delegated such authority, at any time before or after notice of such meeting has been given to stockholders.

(b) The Board (or its designee) shall determine the date and time of such special meeting. Upon determination of the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4.


(c) Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected

 

  (i)

by or at the direction of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof or

(ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph and who is a stockholder of record at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with Sections 3.2(b)(1), 3.2(b)(4), 3.2(c), 3.2(e) and 3.2(f).

The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at a special meeting on its own behalf (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at a special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of submitting a proposal to stockholders for the election of one or more directors, any such stockholder of record entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Sections 3.2(b)(1) and 3.2(b)(4) shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such meeting or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which the Corporation first makes a public announcement of the date of the special meeting at which directors are to be elected. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 3.2(c).

In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement (or the public announcement thereof) of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or for which a public announcement of the date of the meeting has been made by the Corporation, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at the special meeting unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) of Section 3.3(c). Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth in the Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination is not in compliance with the Bylaws (including, without limitation, compliance with Rule 14a-19 under the 1934 Act), or if the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations required in Section 3.2, to declare that such nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that such nomination is set forth in (as applicable) the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or received.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.3, unless otherwise required by applicable law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination, such nomination shall be disregarded (and such nominee disqualified from standing for election or re-election), notwithstanding that the nomination is set forth (as applicable) in the Corporation’s proxy statement, notice of meeting or other proxy materials and notwithstanding that proxies or votes in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or received by the Corporation.


(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 3.2 and 3.3, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 3.2 and 3.3, and any failure to comply with such requirements shall be deemed a failure to comply with Sections 3.2 or 3.3, as applicable; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, any references in the Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Sections 3.2(a)(iii) and 3.3(c). Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 3.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, notice of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting. Such notice shall specify the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such record date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Notice shall be deemed given as provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 3.5 Quorum and Vote Required. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by the Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Unless a different or minimum vote is provided by law or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on such matter, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except as required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

Unless a different or minimum vote is provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or any applicable stock exchange rules, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (or plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the votes cast on such matter, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) shall be the act of such class or classes or series.


Section 3.6 Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes). When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication) notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken or are

(i) displayed, during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxy holders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication or

(ii) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with Section 3.4.

At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 3.7 Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or adjournment thereof, except as otherwise provided by applicable law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot. Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for the exclusive use by the Board.

Section 3.8 List of Stockholders. The corporation shall prepare, no later than the tenth day before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect all of the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. Nothing in this Section 3.8 shall require the corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of ten days ending on the day before the meeting date:

(a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or

(b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.

In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.


Section 3.9 Remote Communication; Delivery to the Corporation.

(a) If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a stockholder meeting may, by means of remote communication:

 

  (1)

participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

  (2)

be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

(b) Whenever Section 3.2 or 3.3 requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of capital stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered.

Section 3.10 Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, a person designated by the Board shall act as chairperson of the meeting of stockholders. If no chairperson of the meeting of stockholders is so designated, then the Chairperson of the Board, or if no Chairperson has been appointed, is absent or refuses to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or the Chief Executive Officer is absent or refuses to act, the President, or, if the President is absent or refuses to act, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast, voting affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes), shall act as chairperson of the meeting of stockholders. A person designated by the Board shall act as secretary of the meeting. If no secretary of the meeting is designated, then the Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to


questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters that are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

(c) The Corporation may and shall, if required by applicable law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairperson of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspectors shall:

(1) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(2) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(3) count all votes and ballots;

(4) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(5) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in accordance with Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, or any information provided pursuant to Sections 211(a)(2)b.(i) or (iii) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification pursuant to Section 231(b)(5) of the DGCL shall specify the precise information considered by them including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

SECTION 4.

DIRECTORS

Section 4.1 Number. The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.2 Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.


Section 4.3 Terms. The terms of directors shall be as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.4 Vacancies; Newly Created Directorships. Vacancies and newly created directorships on the Board shall be filled as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 4.5 Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering such director’s notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board or the Secretary. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of delivery of the notice or at any later time specified therein. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 4.6 Removal. Directors shall be removed as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 4.7 Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board may be held at any time or date and at any place, if any, within or outside of the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board may be held at any time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as designated and called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the directors then in office.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place, if any, of all special meetings of the Board shall be given orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board need be specified in any such notice.

Section 4.8 Quorum and Voting.

(a) Except as otherwise required by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a quorum of the Board shall consist of a majority of the authorized number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting to another time, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.


(b) At each meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 4.9 Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, such consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 4.10 Fees and Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the Board, or any duly authorized committee thereof, shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 4.11 Committees.

(a) Committees. The Board may, from time to time, appoint such committees as may be permitted by applicable law. Such committees appointed by the Board shall consist of one or more members of the Board and to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided in the resolution of the Board shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation.

(b) Term. The Board, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of preferred stock and the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section 4.11, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of such committee member’s death, such person’s resignation from the committee or on such date that the committee member, for any reason, is no longer a member of the Board. The Board may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(c) Meetings. Unless the Board shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of any committee appointed pursuant to this Section 4.11 shall be held at such times and places, if any, as are determined by the Board, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at such place, if any, that has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may


be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place, if any, of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of the time and place, if any, of special meetings of the Board. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee then serving shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present.

Section 4.12 Duties of Chairperson of the Board. The Board shall elect from its ranks a Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board shall perform such other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board shall designate from time to time. The Chairperson of the Board, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the Board in accordance with Section 4.13 of the Bylaws.

Section 4.13 Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board shall act as chairperson of the meeting. If a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in the Secretary’s absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

SECTION 5.

OFFICERS

Section 5.1 Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary and the Treasurer. The Board may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem appropriate or necessary. The Board may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 5.2 Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, subject to such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board or by a committee thereof to which the Board has delegated such responsibility.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside, if a director, at all meetings of the Board, unless a Chairperson of the Board has been appointed and is present thereat. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the Corporation as are customarily associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in the Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board shall designate from time to time.


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside, if a director, at all meetings of the Board, unless a Chairperson of the Board or Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present and willing to act. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, shall have the general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the Corporation as are customarily associated with the position of chief executive officer. The President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board (or the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer and President are not the same person and the Board has delegated the designation of the President’s duties to the Chief Executive Officer) shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board and shall record, or cause to be recorded, all acts, votes and proceedings thereof in the minute books of the Corporation. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice in conformity with the Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in the Bylaws and other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Treasurer, subject to the order of the Board, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Treasurer or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Treasurer in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, and each Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 5.3 Delegation of Authority. The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 5.4 Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.


Section 5.5 Contracts and Other Documents. The Chief Executive Officer, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board during the intervals between the meetings of the Board, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

Section 5.6 Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board, or by any duly authorized committee thereof or any officer upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board.

SECTION 6.

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY

THE CORPORATION

Section 6.1 Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute, sign or endorse on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by applicable law or the Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

(a) All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board shall from time to time authorize so to do.

(b) Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board or otherwise required by applicable law, the execution, signing or endorsement of any corporate instrument or document by or on behalf of the Corporation may be effected manually, by facsimile or (to the extent not prohibited by applicable law and subject to such policies and procedures as the Corporation may have in effect from time to time) by electronic signature.

(c) Unless authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 6.2 Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of or interests in other corporations or entities owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies and consents with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President.


SECTION 7.

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 7.1 Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board. Certificates for the shares of stock of the Corporation, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (including, without limitation, the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary), certifying the number, and the class or series, of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation in certificated form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 7.2 Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond (or other adequate security) sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate(s) or uncertificated shares.

Section 7.3 Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 7.4 Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determining the stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4(a).


(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to such action.

Section 7.5 Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

Section 7.6 Additional Powers of the Board. In addition to, and without limiting, the powers set forth in the Bylaws, the Board shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation, including the use of uncertificated shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, other applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws. The Board may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

SECTION 8.

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 8.1 Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 7.1), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.


SECTION 9.

DIVIDENDS

Section 9.1 Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 9.2 Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board from time to time, in its absolute discretion, determines proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board shall determine to be conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

SECTION 10.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 10.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

SECTION 11.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any director or officer in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or (ii) the Proceeding (or part thereof) is initiated to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses as provided under subsection (d) of this Section 11.1 or is a compulsory counterclaim brought by such person.

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Section 11.1 shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary, Treasurer and any other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board pursuant to Section 5 of these Bylaws, and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be


deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, but not an officer thereof as described in the preceding sentence, has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be such an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, such an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for purposes of this Section 11.1.

(b) Employees and Other Agents. The Corporation shall have power to indemnify and advance expenses to its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(c) Expenses. The Corporation shall advance to any current or former director or officer of the Corporation, or to any person, who while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by such person in defending (or participating as a witness in) any Proceeding referred to in Section 11.1(a), or in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under subsection (d) of this Section 11.1, provided, however, that any advancement of expenses incurred by a current or former director or officer will be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement for such expenses under this Section 11.1 or otherwise.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to current and former directors and officers under this Section 11.1 will be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and such director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses granted by this Section 11.1 to a current or former director or officer will be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if

(i) the claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses is denied, in whole or in part,

(ii) no disposition of a claim for indemnification is made within 60 days of request therefor, or

(iii) no disposition of a claim for an advance is made within 30 days of request therefor.

The indemnitee in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, will be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending the claim to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In (i) any suit brought to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.


Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a current or former director or officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 11.1 or otherwise is on the Corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 11.1 are not exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable law, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 11.1 will continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and will inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Corporation may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 11.1.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 11.1 is only prospective and does not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any Proceeding against any current or former director or officer of the Corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 11 or any portion hereof is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation will nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 11 that has not been invalidated, or by any. If this Section 11 is invalid due to the application of the indemnification and advancement provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation will indemnify and advance expenses to each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

 

(j)

Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 11, the following definitions apply:

 

  (1)

The term “Proceeding” is to be broadly construed and includes, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

  (2)

The term “expenses” is to be broadly construed and includes, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.


  (3)

The term the “Corporation” includes, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, stands in the same position under the provisions of this Section 11 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

  (4)

References to “fines” include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan.

SECTION 12.

NOTICES

Section 12.1 Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 3.4. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by applicable law, notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or courier service, facsimile or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a) or as otherwise provided in the Bylaws, with notice other than one that is delivered personally to be sent to such address or electronic mail address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address or electronic mail address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of notice, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under applicable law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.


(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.

(g) Waiver. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

SECTION 13.

AMENDMENTS

Section 13.1 Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.1(h) or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation)), such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

. ZQ|CERT#|COY|CLS|RGSTRY|ACCT#|TRANSTYPE|RUN#|TRANS# CLASS A COMMON STOCK CLASS A COMMON STOCK PO PAR VALUE $0.0001 MR m ADDADDADDADD 4321 A Box -I ETHOS DESIGNATIONSAMPLE 43004, Certificate Shares (IF :::c: Number ** 000000 ****************** ANY) ZQ00000000 *** 000000 ***************** G **** 000000 **************** Providence ***** 000000 *************** RI u, Ethos Technologies Inc. ****** 000000 ************** INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA 02940 **** ** Mr Mr . Alexander . Alexander David David Sample Sample **** **** Mr. Mr Alexander . Alexander David David Sample Sample **** Mr **** . Alexander Mr. Alexander David David Sample Sample **** Mr **** . Alexander Mr. Alexander David Sample David Sample **** Mr . **** Alexander Mr. Alexander David Sample David SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS - THIS CERTIFIES THAT Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander David Sample **** Mr. Alexander 3004 David Alexander Sample David **** Sample MrMR . Alexander **** Mr. Alexander .David SAMPLE Sample David**** Sample Mr. Alexander **** Mr. Alexander David &Sample David MRS Sample **** Mr.**** Alexander Mr.Alexander SAMPLE DavidDavid Sample Sample **** Mr **** . Alexander Mr. Alexander &David David Sample Sample **** **** Mr. CUSIP 29765A 10 1 Mr ****. Alexander Mr. Alexander David David Sample Sample **** Mr **** . Alexander Mr. Alexander DavidDavid Sample Sample **** Mr**** . Alexander Mr. Alexander David Sample David Sample **** Mr.**** Alexander Mr. Alexander David Sample David Sample **** Mr. **** Alexander Mr. Alexander David Sample David David Sample Sample **** Mr .**** Alexander Mr. Alexander MR David Sample David . Sample **** SAMPLE Mr.**** Alexander Mr. Alexander David Sample David **** Sample &Mr . Alexander MRS **** Mr. Alexander David Sample . David SAMPLE **** Sample Mr. Alexander **** Mr. Alexander David Sample David **** Sample Mr. Alexander **** Mr. Alexander Mr. Alexander David David Sample Sample **** **** Mr. Alexander Mr. Alexander David David Sample Sample **** **** Mr. Alexander Mr. Alexander David David Sample Sample **** Mr **** . Alexander Mr. Alexander David David Sample Sample **** Mr **** . Alexander Mr. Sample David **** Sample Mr. Sample **** is the owner of **00000 0** Shares****000000 ** Shares****000000** Shares****00000 0** Shares****00 0000** Shares** **000000** Shares*** * 000000** Shares** **000000**Sha res**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000**S Shares****000000** Shares****000000 ** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000 Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** ***ZERO HUNDRED THOUSAND THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN ** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****0000 00** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****00 CITIES DESIGNATED BY THE TRANSFER 0000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** AGENT, AVAILABLE ONLINE AT  000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** ZERO HUNDRED AND ZERO*** www.computershare.com 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** 000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares****000000** Shares**** FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE Shares OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF Ethos Technologies Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in Total DTC person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and Holder the Shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Number Certificate InsuranceID Incorporation, as amended, and the By-Laws, as amended, of the Company (copies of which are on file with of the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Value Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Transaction Shares CUSIP/IDENTIFIER Numbers 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/ 1234567890 1234567890/1234567890 1234567890/12345678901234567890/12345678901234567890/1234567890 Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers. ....... DATED DD-MMM-YYYY 654321 FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME CHNOLO COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: T E G 12345678 POR I COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.  S C OR AT ES Num/No . O E TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR, H I President (8 T .SEAL·N C .) E . 654321Denom . XXXXXX .. ..  FACSIMILE SIGNATURE TO COME . CALIF RNI A . 1,000,000 . XX ...... O 7654321Total 12345678901234512345600XXXXXXXXXXX By Secretary AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE 1234567


LOGO

. ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES, WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, AS AMENDED, AND THE RESOLUTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY, AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS MAY REQUIRE THE OWNER OF A LOST OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATE, OR HIS LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES, TO GIVE THE COMPANY A BOND TO INDEMNIFY IT AND ITS TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS AGAINST ANY CLAIM THAT MAY BE MADE AGAINST THEM ON ACCOUNT OF THE ALLEGED LOSS OR DESTRUCTION OF ANY SUCH CERTIFICATE. For US purposes the following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM—as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -... (Cust) Custodian ..... (Minor) TEN ENT—as tenants by the entireties under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act . (State) JT TEN— and as joint not tenants as tenants with in right common of survivorship UNIF TRF MIN ACT -.. (Cust) Custodian (until age. ( Minor) under Uniform Transfers to Minors Act . (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE) _ Shares of the Class A Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Company with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated: 20 Signature(s) Guaranteed: Medallion Guarantee Stamp THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Signature: Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. Signature: Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate, in every particular, without alteration or enlargement, or any change whatever. The basis IRS of certain requires shares that the or units named acquired transfer after agent January (“we”) 1, report 2011 the . If cost your shares or transfer or units the shares are covered or units by using the legislation, a specific and cost you basis requested calculation to sell method, specify a then cost we basis have calculation processed method, as you then requested we have . If defaulted you did not to the C/1 SEQJRITY lNSTRUCTIOJS w need first in, additional first out (FIFO) information method about . Please cost basis consult . your tax advisor if you 4- TH S I S IMTEl“1M\RKEO PAPER DO NJf ACXEPT W Ti-o.r f\OTI N3 WATERr-MRK l-0.D TO LI G-fT TO VER FY IMTERMI\RK If you do not keep in contact with the issuer or do not have any ru your activity property in your may account become for the subject time to period state specified unclaimed by property state law, co laws and transferred to the appropriate state. 1.— L _J

LOGO

 

Jon C. Avina

T: +1 650 843 5307

javina@cooley.com

   EXHIBIT 5.1

January 20, 2026

Ethos Technologies Inc.

90 New Montgomery Street, Suite 1500

San Francisco, CA 94105

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as counsel to Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement (No. 333-290534) on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including a related prospectus included in the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”), covering an underwritten public offering of 10,526,315 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, consisting of (i) 5,127,696 Shares to be sold by the Company (the “Company Shares”), and (ii) 5,398,619 Shares to be sold by the selling stockholders identified in the Registration Statement (the “Stockholder Shares”).

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (b) the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each as currently in effect, (c) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibits 3.2 and 3.4 to the Registration Statement, respectively, each of which is to be in effect in connection with the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, and (d) such other records, documents, opinions, certificates, memoranda and instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below and (ii) assumed that (a) the Shares will be sold at a price established by the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof and (b) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation referred to in clause (i)(c) is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware before issuance of the Shares.

We have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the accuracy, completeness and authenticity of certificates of public officials, and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by all persons other than the Company. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not independently verified such matters.

Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We express no opinion to the extent that any other laws are applicable to the subject matter hereof and express no opinion and provide no assurance as to compliance with any federal or state securities law, rule or regulation.

On the basis of the foregoing, in reliance thereon and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth herein, we are of the opinion that (i) the Company Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as provided in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) the Stockholder Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, except with respect to Stockholder Shares that are to be sold by certain selling stockholders upon the exercise of stock options or the settlement of restricted stock units that are currently held or the conversion of shares of outstanding preferred stock of the Company in each case accordance with their terms, which will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable upon such exercise, settlement or conversion.

 


Cooley LLP 3175 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

t: (650) 843 5000 f: (650) 849 7400 cooley.com


LOGO

Ethos Technologies Inc.

January 20, 2026

Page 2

 

This opinion is limited to the matters expressly set forth in this letter, and no opinion has been or should be implied, or may be inferred, beyond the matters expressly stated. This opinion speaks only as to law and facts in effect or existing as of the date hereof, and we have no obligation or responsibility to update or supplement this letter to reflect any facts or circumstances that may hereafter come to our attention or any changes in law that may hereafter occur.

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consents, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act, or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

Sincerely,
Cooley LLP
By:   /s/ Jon C. Avina
  Jon C. Avina

 


Cooley LLP 3175 Hanover Street Palo Alto, CA 94304-1130

t: (650) 843 5000 f: (650) 849 7400 cooley.com

Exhibit 10.2

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2026 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 25, 2025

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JANUARY 18, 2026

 

1.

GENERAL.

(a) Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

(b) Types of Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

(c) Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Effective Date and no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

 

2.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards will not exceed 13,000,000 plus up to 5,962,327 Returning Shares, as they become available from time to time. In addition, subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of Shares will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of ten years commencing 2027 and ending on (and including) 2036, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the preceding December 31; provided, however, that the Board may act prior to January 1 of each year to provide that the increase for that year will be a lesser number of Shares.

(b) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is specified in Section 3(b)(iv).

(c) Share Reserve Operation.

(i) Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance Shares and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of Shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of Shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the Shares covered by that portion of the Award having been issued; (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash rather than Shares; (3) the withholding of Shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; or (4) the withholding of Shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

 

1


(ii) Reversion of Previously Issued Shares to Share Reserve. The following Shares previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any Shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of the Award; (2) any Shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any Shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

 

3.

ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS.

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors, and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b) Specific Award Limitations.

(i) Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

(ii) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code)) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Award Agreement(s).

(iii) Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (1) the per share exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Option and (2) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

(iv) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is 39,000,000 Shares.

 

2


(c) Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any calendar year, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed (1) $750,000 in total value or (2) in the event such Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such calendar year, $1,000,000 in total value, in each case, calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes. The limitations in this Section 3(c) shall apply commencing with the first calendar year that begins following December 31, 2026.

 

4.

OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option and Stock Appreciation Right will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated or if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in Share equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and Stock Appreciation Rights need not be identical; provided, however, that each Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the per share exercise or strike price of each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be granted with a per share exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the Award Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the Award Agreement:

(i) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

3


(ii) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

(iii) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting the Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Company determines in its sole discretion;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a “net exercise” arrangement; or

(v) any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

(d) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for Stock Appreciation Rights. In order to exercise any Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the Award Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of Shares equal to the number of Share equivalents that are vested and being exercised under the Stock Appreciation Right, over (ii) the aggregate strike price of the portion of the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised. The appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Shares or cash (or any combination of Shares and cash), as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.

(e) Transferability. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a Stock Appreciation Right may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while such Option or Stock Appreciation Right is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

4


(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

(f) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and exercisability of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate that is approved by the Board, vesting of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate that is approved by the Board, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion (including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the Shares subject to the forfeited Award, or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

(h) Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Sections 4(i) and 6, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise their Option or Stock Appreciation Right to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate that is approved by the Board; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

(i) three months following the date of the termination if the termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

(ii) 12 months following the date of the termination if the termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

(iii) 18 months following the date of the termination if the termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

(iv) 18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if the death occurs following the date of the termination but during the period the Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

Following the date of termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise an Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), the unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the terminated Award, the Shares subject to the terminated Award, or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

 

5


(i) Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or Stock Appreciation Right at any time that the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Award would violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate that is approved by the Board, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last thirty days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period: (i) the exercise of the Participant’s Option or Stock Appreciation Right would be prohibited solely because the issuance of Shares upon exercise of the Award would violate Applicable Law, or (ii) the immediate sale of any Shares issued upon the exercise of the Award would violate the Company’s Trading Policy, then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the exercise period would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during the extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

(j) Whole Shares. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised only with respect to whole Shares or their equivalents.

 

5.

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS, RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS, AND OTHER AWARDS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and Restricted Stock Unit Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Form of Award.

(1) Restricted Stock Awards: At the Board’s election, Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (A) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until the Shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (B) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in the form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

(2) Restricted Stock Unit Awards: A Restricted Stock Unit Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of Shares that is equal to the number of units subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. As a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any, to issue Shares or pay cash in settlement of the Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested Restricted Stock Unit Award).

 

6


(ii) Consideration.

(1) Restricted Stock Awards: A Restricted Stock Award may be granted in consideration for (A) cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of consideration as the Board may determine and permissible under Applicable Law.

(2) Restricted Stock Unit Awards: Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of grant, an Restricted Stock Unit Award will be granted in consideration for the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate, such that the Participant will not be required to make any payment to the Company (other than such services) with respect to the grant or vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award, or the issuance of any Shares pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. If, at the time of grant, the Board determines that any consideration must be paid by the Participant (in a form other than the Participant’s services to the Company or an Affiliate) upon the issuance of any Shares in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit Award, such consideration may be paid in any form of consideration as the Board may determine and that is permissible under Applicable Law.

(iii) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate that is approved by the Board, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(iv) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate that is approved by the Board, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (1) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the Shares held by the Participant under their Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the Award Agreement and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the Restricted Stock Award, the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award, or any consideration in respect of the Restricted Stock Award and (2) any portion of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Shares issuable pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award, or any consideration in respect of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.

 

7


(vi) Settlement of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the issuance of Shares or cash (or any combination thereof), as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(b) Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

(c) Other Awards. Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Shares, including the appreciation in value thereof may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of Shares (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

 

6.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares subject to the Plan; (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(b)(iv); and (iii) the class(es) and number of underlying shares and the exercise price, strike price or purchase price of outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding, and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an appropriate equivalent benefit, if any, for any fractional shares or rights that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding Shares not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the Shares subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction, unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant that is approved by the Board or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.

 

8


(i) Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar awards for Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Shares issued pursuant to Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Award or substitute a similar award for only a portion of an Award, or may choose to assume, continue or substitute the Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be determined by the Board.

(ii) Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards (or portions thereof) or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards (or portions thereof), then with respect to any Award (or portion thereof) that has not been assumed, continued or substituted and that is held by a Participant whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Award or portion thereof (and, with respect to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, the time when such Award or portion thereof may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Award (or portion thereof) will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). With respect to the vesting of a Performance Award (or portion thereof) that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii), the vesting of such Performance Award (or portion thereof) will accelerate at 100% of the target level upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction in which the Award (or portion thereof) is not assumed, continued or substituted in accordance with Section 6(c)(i). With respect to the vesting of Awards (or portions thereof) that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and are settled in the form of a cash payment, such cash payment will be made no later than 30 days following the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction or such later date as required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(iii) Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, the Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

 

9


(iv) Payment for Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any portion of an Award will terminate prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of the Award will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the Participant would have received with respect to that portion of the Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Award), over (2) the exercise price payable by such holder in connection with that portion of the Award, if any.

(d) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

(e) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of Shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company, the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any Change in Control, any Corporate Transaction, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

7.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the terms and conditions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an issuance of Shares or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of Shares or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Shares, including the amount of cash payment that may be earned and the timing of payment.

 

10


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, any Award Agreement, or any written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant that is approved by the Board (to the extent such written agreement relates to an Award), in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the terms set forth in the Award Agreement or any written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and a Participant that is approved by the Board.

(v) To prohibit the exercise of any Option, Stock Appreciation Right or other exercisable Award prior to any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Common Stock or the share price of the Common Stock, including any Corporate Transaction, for reasons of administrative convenience for the period of time the Board determines is necessary or advisable in connection with the transaction.

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Any suspension, or a termination, of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations with respect to any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the consent of the affected Participant.

(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights of a Participant under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired except with the consent of the affected Participant.

(viii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(ix) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired except with the consent of the affected Participant.

(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or outstanding Awards.

 

11


(xi) To adopt procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws, rules, or regulations of the relevant non-U.S. jurisdiction).

(xii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Other Award, under the Plan or any similar award under another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of Shares, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding, and conclusive on all persons.

(e) Delegation to Other Person or Body. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more persons or bodies the authority to administer the Plan as permitted by Applicable Law, including, without limitation, Sections 152 and 157 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

12


(f) Delegation of Authority for Day-to-Day Administration. Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Law, the Plan Administrator is delegated the day-to-day administration of the Plan and the functions assigned to Plan Administrator by the Board or Committees. Any delegation to the Plan Administrator may be revoked at any time.

 

8.

TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate arrangements to satisfy the Tax-Related Items withholding obligations, if any, of the Company and/or an Affiliate that arise in connection with the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue Shares subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any Tax-Related Items withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or (vi) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement and otherwise permitted by Applicable Law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Losses or Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law, the Company has no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise the holder of an Award as to the time or manner of exercising the Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise the holder of an Award of a pending termination or expiration of the Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with the Participant’s own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the underlying Shares on the date of grant as determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or Stock

 

13


Appreciation Right granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service asserts that the exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the underlying Shares on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

(d) Withholding Indemnification. The Company and its Affiliate may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering statutory or other withholding rates, including minimum or maximum rates applicable in a Participant’s jurisdiction. In the event of over-withholding, the Participant may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash (with no entitlement to the equivalent in Shares) or, if not refunded, the Participant may seek a refund from the local tax authorities. In the event of under-withholding, the Participant may be required to pay any additional Tax-Related Items directly to the applicable tax authority or to the Company and/or its Affiliate. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount. Further, if the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant will be deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the Award, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares is held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

9.

MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Source of Shares. The Shares issuable under the Plan will be Shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including Shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of Shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Shares subject to such Award unless and until (i) the Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Shares subject to the Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

 

14


(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will (unless otherwise required under Applicable Law) and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of the Participant’s services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of Shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to the Award. In the event of any extension or reduction, the Participant will not be deemed to be Materially Impaired, no consent from the Participant will be required, and the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced.

(f) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

(g) Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Shares (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

 

15


(h) Clawback/Recovery. Each Award granted under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy of the Company that is in effect as of the date the Award is granted and any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired Shares or cash upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(i) Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any Shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the Shares are registered under the Securities Act or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive Shares if the Company determines that the receipt of Shares would not be in compliance with Applicable Law. If required by the Company, issuance will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. If the Company determines it to be impossible or impractical to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any Applicable Laws, registration or other qualification of the Shares under any state, federal or foreign law or under the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock or share exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, the Company will be relieved of any liability regarding the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance was not obtained and the Board reserves the authority, without the consent of a Participant, to terminate or cancel Awards with or without consideration in such a situation.

As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any U.S. state or federal law or non-U.S. law or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

 

16


(j) Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested Shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of a Restricted Stock Award and similar Awards, after the issued Shares have vested, the holder of the Shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in those Shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

(k) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

(l) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Shares or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of an Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.

(m) Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the Shares are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of the Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless the distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after the six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(n) Choice of Law. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

 

17


10.

SEVERABILITY.

If all or any part of the Plan, any Award Agreement, or any written agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Affiliate of the Company that is approved by the Board (to the extent such written agreement relates to an Award) is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement or written agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement or such written agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

11.

TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

12.

DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) “Acquiring Entity” means the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(b) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) “Applicable Law” means the Code and any applicable U.S and non-U.S. securities, exchange, control, tax, federal, state, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(d) “Award” means any right to receive Shares or cash granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, an Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

(e) “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided, including through electronic means, to a Participant along with the Grant Notice.

 

18


(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(g) “Capital Stock” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(h) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, split-up, spin-off, combination of shares or other securities of the Company, reclassification, repurchase or exchange of shares or other securities of the Company, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(i) “Cause” has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between a Participant and the Company or any Affiliate of the Company that is approved by the Board defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Participant’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers, vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the Participant’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud, or in each case the equivalent in any relevant jurisdiction; (iii) the Participant’s failure to perform the Participant’s assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the Participant by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; (iv) the Participant’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the Participant’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate of the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Board with respect to Participants who are executive officers of the Company and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer with respect to Participants who are not executive officers of the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

19


(j) “Change in Control” or “Change of Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the Acquiring Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the Acquiring Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(iv) individuals who, on the Effective Date, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

20


Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant that is approved by the Board shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply, and (C) with respect to any nonqualified deferred compensation that becomes payable on account of the Change in Control, the transaction or event described in clause (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) must constitute a Section 409A Change in Control if required in order for the payment not to violate Section 409A of the Code.

(k) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(l) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

(m) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(n) “Company” means Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

(o) “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(p) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(q) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director, or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may

 

21


determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or an Affiliate, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(r) “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation, or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(s) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(t) “Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(u) “Effective Date” means the effective date of the Registration Statement.

(v) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(w) “Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate that employs the Participant.

(x) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

22


(y) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(z) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company, or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(aa) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) If there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) For purposes of any Awards granted on the Effective Date, the Fair Market Value will be the initial price to the public as set forth in the final prospectus included within the Registration Statement.

(iv) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(bb) “Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, canton, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, local, municipal, or other government; (iii) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (iv) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

23


(cc) “Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that the Participant has been granted an Award under the Plan and that includes the name of the Participant, the type of Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of Shares subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

(dd) “Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(ee) “Materially Impair” means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant’s rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of Shares subject to an Option or Stock Appreciation Right that may be exercised; (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(ff) “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate.

(gg) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(hh) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(ii) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(jj) “Other Award” means an award valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Shares, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant) that is not an Incentive Stock Option, Nonstatutory Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award or Performance Award.

(kk) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” or “Ownership” means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

24


(ll) “Participant” means an Employee, Director, or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

(mm) “Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Shares.

(nn) “Performance Criteria” means one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; relative stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales, annual recurring revenue or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee whether or not listed herein.

(oo) “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to

 

25


exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board may establish or provide for other adjustment items in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Award.

(pp) “Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(qq) “Plan” means this Ethos Technologies Inc. 2026 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(rr) “Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day-to-day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

(ss) “Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

(tt) “Prior Plan” means the Ethos Technologies Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(uu) “Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

 

26


(vv) “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(ww) “Returning Shares” means a number of Shares equal to the number of Shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plan or issued pursuant to awards granted under the Prior Plan (or any other shares of Capital Stock into which such issued Shares are converted) that following the Effective Date: (A) are not issued because such award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Shares covered by such award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such award; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price related to the award; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation related to the award.

(xx) “Restricted Stock Unit Award” means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of Shares (an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Shares) which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(yy) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(zz) “Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(aaa) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(bbb) “Section 409A Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(ccc) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ddd) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted for a Capitalization Adjustment.

(eee) “Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

(fff) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive the appreciation on Shares that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

(ggg) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

27


(hhh) “Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable or deemed applicable to the Participant.

(iii) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

(jjj) “Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Shares, as in effect from time to time.

 

28

Exhibit 10.3

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

2026 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 25, 2025

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: JANUARY 18, 2026

 

1.

GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Designated Companies may be given an opportunity to purchase Shares. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes grants of Purchase Rights under the Non-423 Component that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component. In addition, the Company may make separate Offerings which vary in terms (provided that such terms are not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan to the extent the Offering is made under the 423 Component), and the Company will designate which Designated Company is participating in each separate Offering.

(c) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of Eligible Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine eligibility, how and when Purchase Rights will be granted, and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical). Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f), the terms of a Purchase Right granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of Purchase Rights granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the United States.

(ii) To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Companies, (B) which Related Corporations or Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Companies, (C) which Affiliates or Related Corporations may be excluded from participation in the Plan, and (D) which Designated Companies will participate in each separate Offering (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).


(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission, or inconsistency in the Plan in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 11.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 11.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company, its Related Corporations and Affiliates, and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

(viii) To adopt such rules, procedures, sub-plans, and appendices as are necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, such rules, procedures, sub-plans, and appendices as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are non-U.S. nationals or employed or located outside the United States, the terms of which rules, procedures, sub-plans, and appendices may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3(a) hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such rules, procedures, sub-plans, or appendices, the provisions of this Plan will govern the operation of such rules, procedures, sub-plans, and appendices). Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest (which will apply to all Participants in the relevant Offerings under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f)), conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Designated Non-423 Company, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Eligible Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering under the 423 Component, or if the terms would not qualify under the 423 Component, in the Non-423 Component, in either case unless such designation would cause the 423 Component to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan and any applicable Offering Document to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Further, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may, from time to time, delegate some or all of its authority under the Plan to one or more officers of the Company or other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee (or its delegate) and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee (or a delegate of the Committee), the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

 

2


(d) All determinations, interpretations, and constructions made by the Board will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding, and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 1,300,000 Shares, plus the number of Shares that are automatically added on January 1 of each calendar year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on January 1, 2027 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2036, in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding calendar year, or (y) 2,600,000 Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 of each calendar year to provide that there will be no increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of Shares than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of Shares reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Shares under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of Shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Shares under the Non-423 Component.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the Shares not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be Shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including Shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.

GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering will be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless such Participant otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company or a third party designated by the Company (each, a “Company Designee”): (i) each form will apply to all of such Participant’s Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

 

3


(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a Share on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

5.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. The Board may also exclude (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) from participation in the Plan or any Offering (i) any “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code) of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate or (ii) any such highly compensated employees with compensation above a certain level or who are officers or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, provided that the exclusion in this clause (ii) is applied with respect to each Offering under the 423 Component in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the entity whose employees are participating in that Offering. Each exclusion will be applied with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component in a manner complying with U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e)(2)(ii). Such exclusions may be applied with respect to an Offering under the Non-423 Component without regard to the limitations of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, the individual will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights under the 423 Component if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

 

4


(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights under the 423 Component only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds U.S. $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason.

 

6.

PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of Shares purchasable either with a percentage of earnings (as such concept is defined in the Offering Document) or with a maximum dollar amount, but in either case as so specified by the Board in the Offering Document, during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and Shares will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of Shares issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole Share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

 

5


(d) The purchase price of Shares acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be specified by the Board prior to commencement of an Offering and will not be less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

7.

PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company or a Company Designee, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form approved by the Board. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be held separately or deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first practicable payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase such Participant’s Contributions. If payroll deductions are impermissible or problematic under Applicable Law or if specifically provided in the Offering and to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form approved by the Board. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate, and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of such Participant’s accumulated but unused Contributions. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon such Participant’s eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form (in accordance with Section 7(a)) to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) A Participant’s Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate in such Offering. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of such individual’s accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment terminates with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by or between the Company and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component for the remainder of the Offering. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

 

6


(e) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Neither Contributions credited to a Participant’s account nor any Purchase Rights may be assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of in any way, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company and valid under Applicable Law, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 9. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering in accordance with Section 7(b).

(f) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

8.

EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional Shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of Shares and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one Share on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of Shares under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such next Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law). If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of Shares is at least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole Share on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the issuance of Shares pursuant to that exercise is in compliance with all applicable U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan (including, but not limited to, the Shares being covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act). If on a Purchase Date the issuance of Shares would not be in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and, subject to Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component, the Purchase Date will be delayed until the issuance of Shares would be in compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the issuance of Shares is not in compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, the Purchase Rights will not be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions for the applicable Offering will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(d) As soon as reasonably practicable after each Purchase Date on which a purchase of Shares occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the Shares purchased upon exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right in a form determined by the Board (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. Shares to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or, if so required under Applicable Laws, in the name of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse. The Company may permit or require that the Shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that Shares be retained with the broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of the Shares.

 

7


9.

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) The Board may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any Shares and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such Shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Board may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation or change must be on a form approved by the Board. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for the designation or change to be effective.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any Shares and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or Contributions, without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents, or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

10.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering then in progress will be shortened by setting a Purchase Date (which will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation) and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the proposed dissolution or liquidation and the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole Share), unless provided otherwise by the Board. Prior to the new Purchase Date, the Board will provide written or electronic notice of the new Purchase Date to each Participant in the Offering.

(c) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then any Offering then in progress will be shortened by setting a Purchase Date (which will be within ten business days (or such other period specified by the Board) prior to the Corporate Transaction) and the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole Share) under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

8


11.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 10(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) change the Offerings or Purchase Periods; (ii) designate separate Offerings; (iii) limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering; (iv) establish the exchange rate applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (v) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (vi) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (vii) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component; and (viii) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated. Except as set forth in Section 10 upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, if the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offerings either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of Shares on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offerings to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19). If the Offerings are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase Shares will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 12 hereof) as soon as administratively practicable.

 

12.

TAX QUALIFICATION; TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

(b) Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation or Affiliate, to enable the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the Company’s sole discretion and subject to Applicable Law, such withholding obligation may be satisfied in whole or in part by (i) withholding from the Participant’s salary or any other compensation due to the Participant from the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) any other method that is deemed acceptable by the Board and, with respect to the 423 Component, permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f). The Company will not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

9


(c) The 423 Component is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code (or to the extent not exempt, to comply with Section 409A of the Code), and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted according to that intent. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Board determines that a Purchase Right granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause a Purchase Right under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A, the Board may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding Purchase Right granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Board determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding Purchase Right or future Purchase Right that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such Purchase Right to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Board would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the Purchase Right under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board with respect thereto.

 

13.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 11(a) above, materially amended) by the Board. The Plan will continue in effect until terminated under Section 11.

 

14.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) The Company may use all Contributions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such Contributions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that Contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party, provided that, if such segregation or deposit with an independent third party is required by Applicable Laws, it will apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(f). Until Shares are issued, Participants will have only the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such Shares.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, Shares subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s Shares acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or amend a Participant’s employment or service contract, as applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ or service of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment or service of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

 

10


(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Law, such provision will be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Law.

(g) Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant. Statements of account will be given to Participants at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of Contributions, the purchase price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

15.

DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) “423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) “Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, whether now or subsequently established, which is at the time of determination, a “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) “Applicable Law” means the Code and any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. securities, exchange control, tax, federal, state, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Stock Market or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Capital Stock” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(h) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(i) “Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(j) “Company” means Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

11


(k) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions, contributions made by Participants in case payroll deductions are impermissible or problematic under Applicable Law and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into the Participant’s account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions or other contributions and, with respect to the 423 Component, to the extent permitted by Section 423.

(l) “Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the Shares outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) “Designated 423 Company” means any Related Corporation selected by the Board as participating in the 423 Component.

(n) “Designated Company” means any Designated Non-423 Company or Designated 423 Company, provided, however, that at any given time, a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component will not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

(o) “Designated Non-423 Company” means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board as participating in the Non-423 Component.

(p) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(q) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(r) “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation or solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(s) “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants purchase rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

12


(t) “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Laws and regulations and, to the extent applicable as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the Offering Date will be the price per Share at which Shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(v) “Governmental Body” means any: (i) nation, state, commonwealth, canton, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (ii) U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, local, municipal or other government; (iii) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (iv) self-regulatory organization (including the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(w) “IPO Date” means the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

(x) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(y) “Offering” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(z) “Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(aa) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(bb) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

 

13


(cc) “Plan” means this Ethos Technologies Inc. 2026 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

(dd) “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of Shares will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(ee) “Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(ff) “Purchase Right” means an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to the Plan.

(gg) “Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(hh) “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted for a Capitalization Adjustment.

(jj) “Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of Shares or the sale or other disposition of Shares acquired under the Plan.

(kk) “Trading Day” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which Shares are listed, including but not limited to the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

14

Exhibit 10.5

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

SEVERANCE PLAN

AND

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: May 23, 2025,

AND AMENDED AND APPROVED BY THE COMPENSATION

COMMITTEE OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: October 10, 2025

1. Introduction. The purpose of this Ethos Technologies, Inc. Severance Plan (“Plan”) is to provide specified severance benefits to eligible employees of the Company. This document constitutes both the written instrument under which the Plan is maintained and the required summary plan description for the Plan.

2. Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the terms below are defined as follows:

2.1 “Administrator” means the Board or Compensation Committee prior to a Change in Control and the Representative upon and following a Change in Control, as applicable.

2.2 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3 “Cause” means, with respect to a Covered Employee, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a Covered Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) a Covered Employee’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) a Covered Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) a Covered Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) a Covered Employee’s gross misconduct. The determination that a Covered Employee has experienced a Covered Termination will be made by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.

2.4 “Change in Control” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Equity Plan.

2.5 “Change in Control Period” means the time period beginning on the date three months prior to the date on which a Change in Control becomes effective and ending on the day that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of such Change in Control (except as otherwise set forth in a Participation Agreement).

2.6 “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985,

as amended.

2.7 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

2.8 “Company” means Ethos Technologies, Inc. and any successor.

2.9 “Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

2.10 “Covered Employee” means an employee of the Company who (i) has been designated by the Administrator to participate in the Plan, (ii) has executed the Company’s standard confidentially and inventions assignment agreement, and (iii) has timely and properly executed and delivered a Participation Agreement to the Company.

2.11 “Covered Termination” means a Covered Employee’s termination of employment by the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) without Cause; provided, that, a Covered Termination shall not include a termination due to the Covered Employee’s death or disability.

 

1


2.12 “Covered CIC Termination” means, during the Change in Control Period, a Covered Employee’s termination of employment by the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) without Cause or as a result of a Covered Employee’s resignation for Good Reason; provided, that, a Covered Termination shall not include a termination due to the Covered Employee’s death or disability.

2.13 “Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by the Board.

2.14 “Equity Plan” means the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

2.15 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.16 “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company without a Covered Employee’s consent (unless such action is taken in response to conduct by the Covered Employee that constitutes Cause): (1) material reduction of a Covered Employee’s base compensation, other than a reduction that applies generally to all executives and does not exceed 10%; (2) material reduction in a Covered Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) shall not be deemed a “material reduction” unless the Covered Employee’s new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; or (3) the relocation of a Covered Employee’s principal place of employment that results in an increase in the Covered Employee’s one-way driving distance by more than 50 miles from the Covered Employee’s then current principal residence. In order to resign for Good Reason, a Covered Employee must provide written notice of the event giving rise to Good Reason to the Board within 90 days after the condition arises, allow the Company 30 days to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such period, the Covered Employee’s resignation from all positions then held with the Company by the Covered Employee must be effective not later than 90 days after the end of the Company’s cure period.

2.17 “Participation Agreement” means an agreement between a Covered Employee and the Company in substantially the form of Appendix A attached hereto, which may include other terms as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan.

2.18 “Representative” means one or more members of the Board, Compensation Committee, or other persons or entities designated by the Board or Compensation Committee prior to or in connection with a Change in Control that will have authority to administer and interpret the Plan upon and following a Change in Control as provided in Section 10.

2.19 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder.

2.20 “Severance Benefits” means the compensation and other benefits the Covered Employee shall be provided pursuant to the Plan.

2.21 “Termination Date” means the Covered Employee’s last day of employment with the Company.

3. Eligibility for Severance Benefits. An individual is eligible for Severance Benefits under the Plan, in the amounts set forth in the Plan, only if the individual is a Covered Employee on the date the individual experiences a Covered Termination or Covered CIC Termination.

 

2


4. Severance Benefits.

4.1 Covered Termination and Covered CIC Termination. If a Covered Employee experiences a Covered Termination or a Covered CIC Termination then, subject to the Covered Employee’s compliance with Section 5 and the conditions set forth in this Plan, the Covered Employee shall receive the following Severance Benefits from the Company:

4.1.1 Cash Severance Benefits. The Covered Employee shall receive cash severance in an amount equal to (i) for the number of months set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement for the Covered Termination or Covered CIC Termination, as applicable (the “Severance Period”), (ii) for a Covered CIC Termination, a percentage of the annualized target cash bonus for the Covered Employee set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement, and (iii) for a Covered CIC Termination any unpaid cash bonus for the year prior to the year of the Covered CIC Termination. The cash amount shall be paid in a lump sum, less applicable tax withholdings, as soon as practicable on or following the first payroll date following the effective date of the Release (the “Initial Payment Date”) and in no event more than 30 days following the Initial Payment Date.

4.1.2 Equity Award Acceleration. Except as otherwise provided in a Participation Agreement, 100% of the then-unvested portion of each of the Covered Employee’s then-outstanding equity awards shall accelerate and become vested and exercisable; provided, however, that the accelerated vesting provided in this paragraph shall not apply to any equity award granted to the Covered Employee that vests wholly or partially subject to the attainment of performance goals (but, for, the avoidance of doubt, will apply to an award that has satisfied a performance condition and that is vesting solely based on continued service). Subject to Section 5, the accelerated vesting described in this paragraph shall be effective as of the Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing in the Plan shall limit the Company’s ability to accelerate vesting and/or exercisability of outstanding equity awards pursuant to the terms of the applicable equity incentive plan of the Company.

4.1.3 COBRA Premiums. Provided the Covered Employee is eligible for and timely makes the necessary elections for continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA the Company shall pay the applicable premiums (inclusive of premiums for the Covered Employee’s dependents) for such coverage following the date of the Covered Employee’s Covered Termination or Covered CIC Termination, as applicable, for up to the number of months set forth in the Covered Employee’s Participation Agreement (such period of months, the “COBRA Payment Period”) (but in no event after such time as the Covered Employee is eligible for coverage under a health, dental or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer or as the Covered Employee and the Covered Employee’s dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage). The Covered Employee shall notify the Company immediately if the Covered Employee becomes covered by a health, dental, or vision insurance plan of a subsequent employer or if the Covered Employee’s dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA coverage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot provide the COBRA premium benefits without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of paying COBRA premiums on the Covered Employee’s behalf, the Company shall instead pay such Covered Employee on the last day of each remaining month of the COBRA Payment Period a Special Severance Payment to be made without regard to the Covered Employee’s election of COBRA coverage or payment of COBRA premiums and without regard to such Covered Employee’s continued eligibility for COBRA coverage during the COBRA Payment Period. Such Special Severance Payment shall end upon expiration of the COBRA Payment Period.

5. Conditions to Receipt of Severance.

5.1 Release Agreement. As a condition to receiving the Severance Benefits, a Covered Employee must sign a separation agreement containing among other provisions, a release of all claims in favor of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates (the “Release”) in such form as may be provided by the Company. The Release must become effective in accordance with its terms, which must occur within sixty (60) days following the date of the Covered Employee’s Covered Termination or Covered CIC Termination, as applicable. In no event shall payment of any benefits under the Plan be made prior to a Covered Employee’s Termination Date or prior to the effective date of the Release. If the Company determines that any payments or benefits provided under the Plan constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, and the Covered Employee’s Termination Date occurs at a time during the calendar year when the Release could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Covered Employee’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A occurs, then regardless of when the Release is returned to the Company and becomes effective, the Release shall not be deemed effective any earlier than the latest permitted effective date; provided, that except to the extent that payments may be delayed in accordance with this paragraph, on the first regular payroll date following the effective date of a Covered Employee’s Release, the Company shall (i) pay the Covered Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Severance Benefits that the Covered Employee would otherwise have received through such payroll date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release and (ii) commence paying the balance, if any, of the Severance Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedule.

 

3


5.2 Other Requirements. A Covered Employee’s receipt of Severance Benefits pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such Covered Employee’s continued material compliance with the terms of the Release, the Participation Agreement, the provisions set forth in a separation agreement provided by the Company, and any confidential information agreement, proprietary information and inventions agreement and any other agreement between the Covered Employee and the Company. Severance Benefits under this Plan shall terminate immediately for a Covered Employee if such Covered Employee is in material violation, at any time, of any legal or contractual obligation owed to the Company.

5.3 Section 280G. Any provision of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit a Covered Employee would receive from the Company and its subsidiaries or an acquiror pursuant to the Plan or otherwise (a “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Higher Amount. The “Higher Amount” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Covered Employee’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code is necessary so that the Payment equals the Higher Amount, reduction shall occur in the manner that results in the greatest

5.4 economic benefit for a Covered Employee and, to the extent applicable, complies with Section 409A. In no event shall the Company, any subsidiary or any stockholder be liable to any Covered Employee for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this paragraph. The Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to a Covered Employee and the Company. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder.

6. Non-Duplication of Benefits. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Severance Benefits provided to a Covered Employee are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other change in control severance benefits or payments to which such Covered Employee may otherwise be eligible, either at law, tort, or contract, in equity, or under the Plan, in the event of any termination of such Covered Employee’s employment. The Covered Employee shall be eligible to no change in control severance benefits or payments upon a termination of employment that constitutes a Covered CIC Termination other than those benefits expressly set forth herein and those benefits required to be provided by applicable law or as negotiated in accordance with applicable law (the Plan shall supersede any severance benefits that may be included in a severance agreement, employment agreement or similar contract between the Company or a subsidiary of the Company and the Covered Employee unless subsequently adopted following the Effective Date and intended to supersede the provisions of this Plan). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Covered Employee is eligible to any benefits other than the benefits under the Plan by operation of applicable law, such Covered Employee’s benefits under the Plan shall be provided only to the extent more favorable than such other arrangement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have the authority to reduce or otherwise adjust a Covered Employee’s benefits under the Plan, in whole or in part, by any other severance benefits, pay and benefits in lieu of notice, or other similar benefits payable to such Covered Employee under the Plan that become payable in connection with the Covered Employee’s termination of employment pursuant to (i) any applicable legal requirement, including the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (the “WARN Act”), or any other similar state law, or (ii) any policy or practice of the Company providing for the Covered Employee to remain on payroll for a limited period of time after being given notice of termination. The benefits provided under the Plan are intended to satisfy, in whole or in part, any and all statutory obligations of the Company that may arise out of a Covered Employee’s termination of employment, and the Administrator shall so construe and implement the terms of the Plan.

 

4


7. Clawback; Recovery. All payments and Severance Benefits provided under the Plan shall be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of common stock of the Company or other cash or property upon the occurrence of a termination of employment for Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy shall be an event giving rise to a right to resign for Good Reason, constructive termination, or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

8. Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no severance payments or benefits shall become payable until the Covered Employee has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if some or all of the Covered Employee’s Severance Benefits are subject to Section 409A and such Covered Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such Covered Employee’s separation from service (other than due to death), then such Severance Benefits otherwise due to such Covered Employee on or within the six-month period following such Covered Employee’s separation from service shall accrue during such six-month period and shall become payable in a lump sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) on the date six months and one day following the date of the Covered Employee’s separation from service if necessary to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A. All subsequent payments, if any, shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Covered Employee dies following such Covered Employee’s separation from service but prior to the six-month anniversary of such Covered Employee’s date of separation, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph shall be payable in a lump sum (less applicable withholding taxes) to the Covered Employee’s estate as soon as administratively practicable after the date of such Covered Employee’s death and all other benefits shall be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under the Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. It is the intent of this Plan to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder shall be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted to so comply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under the Plan comply with Section 409A, and in no event shall the Company or any of its representatives be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest, or other expenses that may be incurred by the Covered Employee on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

9. Withholding. The Company shall withhold from any Severance Benefits all federal, state, local and other taxes required to be withheld therefrom and any other required payroll deductions.

10. Administration. The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by the Administrator (in the Administrator’s sole discretion). The Administrator is the “named fiduciary” of the Plan for purposes of ERISA and shall be subject to the fiduciary standards of ERISA when acting in such capacity. Any decision made or other action taken by the Administrator with respect to the Plan, and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of the Plan, or any related document, shall be conclusive and binding on all persons and be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered in good faith by the Representative who shall be the Administrator during such period. Any references in this Plan to the “Administrator” with respect to periods following the closing of the Change in Control shall mean the Representative. Any decision made or other action taken by the Administrator with respect to the Plan, and any interpretation by the Administrator of any term or condition of the Plan, or any related document that (i) does not affect the benefits payable under the Plan shall not be subject to review unless found to be arbitrary and capricious or (ii) does affect the benefits payable under the Plan shall not be subject to review unless found to be unreasonable or not to have been made in good faith.

11. Amendment or Termination. The Company, by action of the Administrator, reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan, any Participation Agreement issued pursuant to the Plan, or the benefits provided hereunder at any time, subject to the provisions of this Section 11. Any amendment or termination of the Plan will be in writing. Any amendment to the Plan that (1) causes an individual or group of individuals to cease to be a Participant, or (2) reduces or alters to the detriment of the Participant the Severance Benefits potentially payable to the Participant (including, without limitation, imposing additional conditions or modifying the timing of payment) (an amendment described in clause (1) and/or clause (2) being an “adverse amendment or termination”), will be effective only if it is approved by the Company and communicated to the affected individual(s) in writing more than 12 months before the

 

5


effective date of the adverse amendment or termination. Once a Participant has incurred an Involuntary Termination, no amendment or termination of the Plan may, without that Participant’s written consent, reduce or alter to the detriment of the Participant, the Severance Benefits payable to the Participant. In addition and notwithstanding the preceding, beginning on the date that a Change in Control occurs, the Company may not, without a Participant’s written consent, amend or terminate the Plan in any way, nor take any other action under the Plan, which (i) prevents that Participant from becoming eligible for Severance Benefits, or (ii) reduces or alters to the detriment of the Participant the Severance Benefits payable, or potentially payable, to the Participant (including, without limitation, imposing additional conditions). The preceding sentence shall not apply to any amendment that otherwise both (x) would take effect before a Change in Control, and (y) meets the requirements of this Section 11 without regard to the preceding sentence. Any action of the Company in amending or terminating the Plan will be taken in a non-fiduciary capacity.

12. Claims Procedure. Claims for benefits under the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 503 of ERISA and the Department of Labor Regulations thereunder. Any employee or other person who believes they are entitled to any payment under the Plan (a “claimant”) may submit a claim in writing to the Administrator within ninety (90) days of the earlier of (i) the date the claimant learned the amount of such claimant’s Severance Benefits under the Plan or (ii) the date the claimant learned that they shall not be eligible to any benefits under the Plan. In determining claims for benefits, the Administrator or its delegate has the authority to interpret the Plan, to resolve ambiguities, to make factual determinations, and to resolve questions relating to eligibility for and amount of benefits. If the claim is denied (in full or in part), the claimant shall be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice shall also describe any additional information or material that the Administrator needs to complete the review and an explanation of why such information or material is necessary and the Plan’s procedures for appealing the denial (including a statement of the applicant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial on review of the claim, as described below). The denial notice shall be provided within ninety (90) days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to ninety (90) days), written notice of the extension shall be given to the claimant (or representative) within the initial 90-day period. This notice of extension shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision on the claim. If the extension is provided due to a claimant’s failure to provide sufficient information, the time frame for rendering the decision shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the claimant about the failure to the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information.

13. Appeal Procedure. If the claimant’s claim is denied, the claimant (or such claimant’s authorized representative) may apply in writing to an appeals official appointed by the Administrator (which may be a person, committee or other entity) for a review of the decision denying the claim. Review must be requested within 60 days following the date the claimant received the written notice of a claim denial or else the claimant shall lose the right to such review. A request for review must set forth all the grounds on which such request is based, all facts in support of the request, and any other matters that the claimant feels are pertinent. In connection with the request for review, the claimant (or representative) has the right to review and obtain copies of all documents and other information relevant to the claim, upon request and at no charge, and to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to such claimant’s claim. The review shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant (or representative) relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The appeals official shall provide written notice of its decision on review within 60 days after it receives a review request. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to 60 days), written notice of the extension shall be given to the claimant (or representative) within the initial 60-day period. This notice of extension shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which the appeals official expects to render its decision. If the extension is provided due to a claimant’s failure to provide sufficient information, the time frame for rendering the decision on review is tolled from the date the notification is sent to the claimant about the failure to the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information. If the claim is denied (in full or in part) upon review, the claimant shall be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice shall also include a statement that the claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents and other information relevant to the claim and a statement regarding the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

 

6


14. Arbitration. No arbitration proceeding shall be brought to recover benefits under the Plan until the claims procedures described in Sections 12 and 13 have been exhausted and the Plan benefits requested have been denied in whole or in part. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, to ensure the timely and economical resolution of disputes, all disputes, claims, or causes of action arising from or relating to the enforcement, breach, performance or interpretation of this Plan shall be resolved to the fullest extent permitted by law by final, binding and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Francisco, California conducted by JAMS, Inc. (“JAMS”) under the then-applicable JAMS rules (available at the following web address: https://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment). By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, each Covered Employee and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute through a trial by jury or judge or administrative proceeding. Covered Employees shall have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. In addition, all claims, disputes, or causes of action under this paragraph, whether by a Covered Employee or the Company, must be brought in an individual capacity, and shall not be brought as a plaintiff (or claimant) or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding, nor joined or consolidated with the claims of any other person or entity. The arbitrator may not consolidate the claims of more than one person or entity, and may not preside over any form of representative or class proceeding. To the extent that the preceding sentences regarding class claims or proceedings are found to violate applicable law or are otherwise found unenforceable, any claim(s) alleged or brought on behalf of a class shall proceed in a court of law rather than by arbitration. This paragraph shall not apply to any action or claim that cannot be subject to mandatory arbitration as a matter of law or any claims alleging sexual harassment or a nonconsensual sexual action or sexual contact, to the extent such claims are not permitted by applicable law(s) to be submitted to mandatory arbitration and the applicable law(s) are not preempted by the Federal Arbitration Act or otherwise invalid. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be permitted by law; and (b) issue a written arbitration decision, to include the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions and a statement of the award. The arbitrator shall be authorized to award any or all remedies that a Covered Employee or the Company would be eligible to seek in a court of law. The Company shall pay all JAMS’ arbitration fees in excess of the amount of court fees that would be required of a Covered Employee if the dispute were decided in a court of law. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to prevent either a Covered Employee or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Any awards or orders in such arbitrations may be entered and enforced as judgments in the federal and state courts of any competent jurisdiction. Any arbitration must be commenced within one year after the Covered Employee’s receipt of notification that their appeal was denied. The foregoing provisions shall apply to the extent consistent with and permitted by ERISA.

15. Source of Payments. All Severance Benefits shall be paid in cash from the general funds of the Company; no separate fund shall be established under the Plan, and the Plan will have no assets. No right of any person to receive any payment under the Plan shall be any greater than the right of any other general unsecured creditor of the Company.

16. Inalienability. In no event may any current or former employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates sell, transfer, anticipate, assign or otherwise dispose of any right or interest under the Plan. At no time shall any such right or interest be subject to the claims of creditors nor liable to attachment, execution or other legal process.

17. No Enlargement of Employment Rights. Neither the establishment nor maintenance of the Plan, any amendment of the Plan, nor the making of any benefit payment hereunder, shall be construed to confer upon any individual any right to be continued as an employee of the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right to discharge any of its employees at any time, with or without Cause. However, as described in the Plan, a Covered Employee may be eligible to benefits under the Plan depending upon the circumstances of such Covered Employee’s termination of employment.

18. Successors. Any successor to the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s business or assets (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) shall assume the obligations under the Plan and agree expressly to perform the obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under the Plan, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business or assets which become bound by the terms of the Plan by operation of law, or otherwise.

 

7


19. Applicable Law. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with ERISA and, to the extent applicable, the internal substantive laws of the State of Delaware (except its conflict of laws provisions).

20. Severability. If any provision of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, its invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

21. Headings. Headings in this Plan document are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

22. Additional Information.

 

Plan Name:    Ethos Technologies, Inc. Severance Plan
Plan Sponsor:    Ethos Technologies, Inc.
Plan Year:    Fiscal year ending December 31
Plan Administrator:   

Ethos Technologies, Inc.

Attention: Administrator of the Ethos Technologies, Inc. Severance Plan 1606 Headway Circle, #903 Austin, TX 78754

Agent for Service of Legal Process:   

Ethos Technologies, Inc.

Attention: Administrator of the Ethos Technologies, Inc. Severance Plan

1606 Headway Circle, #903

Austin, TX 78754

 

Service of process may also be made upon the Administrator.

Type of Plan:    Severance Plan/Employee Welfare Benefit Plan
Plan Sponsor EIN and Plan Number    The Employer Identification Number assigned to the Company (which is the “Plan Sponsor” as that term is used in ERISA) by the Internal Revenue Service is 84-5009619. The Plan Number assigned to the Plan by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to the instructions of the Internal Revenue Service is 504.
Plan Costs:    The cost of the Plan is paid by the Company.

23. Statement of ERISA Rights.

As a Covered Employee under the Plan, you have certain rights and protections under ERISA:

(a) You may examine (without charge) all Plan documents, including any amendments and copies of all documents filed with the U.S. Department of Labor. These documents are available for your review in the office of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

(b) You may obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information upon written request to the Administrator. A reasonable charge may be made for such copies.

In addition to creating rights for Covered Employees, ERISA imposes duties upon the people who are responsible for the operation of the Plan. The people who operate the Plan (called “fiduciaries”) have a duty to do so prudently and in the interests of you and the other Covered Employees. No one, including the Company or any other person, may fire you or otherwise discriminate against you in any way to prevent you from obtaining a benefit under the Plan or exercising your rights under ERISA. If your claim for a Severance Benefit is denied, in whole or in part, you have a right to know why it was denied, to obtain copies of documents relating to the decision without charge, and to appeal any denial, all within certain time schedules. The claim review procedure is explained in Sections 12 and 13, above.

 

8


Under ERISA, there are steps you can take to enforce the above rights. For instance, if you request a copy of Plan documents and do not receive them within 30 days, you may file suit in a federal court. In such a case, the court may require the Administrator to provide the materials and to pay you up to $110 a day until you receive the materials, unless the materials were not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Administrator. If you have a claim which is denied or ignored, in whole or in part, you may file suit in a federal court. If it should happen that you are discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file suit in a federal court. The court shall decide who should pay court costs and legal fees. If you are successful, the court may order the person you have sued to pay these costs and fees. If you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees, for example, if it finds your claim is frivolous.

If you have any questions regarding the Plan, please contact the Administrator. If you have any questions about this statement or about your rights under ERISA, you may contact the nearest office of the Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, listed in your telephone directory, or the Division of Technical Assistance and Inquiries, Employee Benefits Security Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210. You may also obtain certain publications about your rights and responsibilities under ERISA by calling the publications hotline of the Employee Benefits Security Administration at 1-866-444-3272.

 

9


Appendix A

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

SEVERANCE PLAN

Participation Agreement

Ethos Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to inform you, [name], that you have been selected to participate in the Company’s Severance Plan (the “Plan”) as a Covered Employee. A copy of the Plan was delivered to you with this Participation Agreement. Your participation in the Plan is subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan. The capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

To become a Covered Employee under the Plan, you must complete and sign this Participation Agreement and return it to [name] no later than [date].

The Plan describes in detail certain circumstances under which you may become eligible for Severance Benefits and the amount of those benefits. As described more fully in the Plan, you may become eligible for certain Severance Benefits if you experience a Covered Termination or Covered CIC Termination.

If you become eligible for Severance Benefits under Section 4 of the Plan, then subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, you shall receive:

 

For a Covered Termination

Severance Period for Cash Severance Benefits    [    ]1 months
COBRA Payment Period    [    ]2 months

 

For a Covered CIC Termination

Severance Period for Cash

 

Severance Benefits

   [    ]3 months
Annualized Cash Bonus Percentage    [    ]4%*
COBRA Payment Period    [    ]5 months
Any unpaid cash bonus for the year prior to the year of the Covered Termination
Equity Award Acceleration    [As provided in Section 4.1.2
of the Plan]

To receive any Severance Benefits for which you otherwise become eligible under the Plan, you must sign and deliver to the Company the Release, which must have become effective and irrevocable, and otherwise comply with the requirements under the Plan.

 
1 

Covered Termination: 6 months (L8); 12 month (founders)

2 

Covered Termination: 6 months (L8); 12 months (founders)

3 

Covered CIC Termination: 12 months (L8); 18 month (founders)

4 

Covered CIC Termination: 100% (L8); 150% (founders)

5 

Covered CIC Termination: 12 months (L8); 18 months (founders)

*

For the year during with the Covered CIC Termination occurs, or if greater, the year during which the Change in Control occurs.

 

10


In accordance with the Plan, the benefits, if any, provided under the Plan are intended to be the exclusive benefits for you related to your Covered Termination and Covered CIC Termination and shall supersede and replace, except as provided in the Plan, any severance and change in control severance benefits for which you otherwise would be eligible under any other Company severance and change in control severance policy, plan, agreement or other arrangement (whether or not subject to ERISA).

 

11


By your signature below, you and the Company agree that your participation in the Plan is governed by this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan. Your signature below confirms that: (i) you have received a copy of the Plan; (ii) you have carefully read this Participation Agreement and the Plan and you acknowledge and agree to their terms, including, but not limited to, Section 6 of the Plan; (iii) you agree that this Participation Agreement and the provisions of the Plan supersede any individual agreement between you and the Company and any other plan, policy or practice, whether written or unwritten, maintained by the Company with respect to equity acceleration or severance benefits upon your separation from the Company; and (iv) decisions and determinations by the Administrator under the Plan shall be final and binding on you and your successors.

 

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.      COVERED EMPLOYEE

 

    

 

Signature      Signature
Name:  

 

     Name:   

 

Title:  

 

     Title:   

 

Date:  

 

     Date:   

 

Attachment: Ethos Technologies, Inc. Severance Plan

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT UNDER THE

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES, INC. SEVERANCE PLAN]

Exhibit 10.7

October 2, 2025

Peter Colis

[Intentionally deleted]

Re: Confirmatory Offer Letter

Dear Peter Colis,

You are currently employed by Ethos Technologies, Inc. (the “ Company” or “Ethos”) as Chief Executive Officer. This letter confirms the existing terms and conditions of your employment in that role.

 

1.

Position. You are serving in a full-time capacity, reporting to the Board of Directors. While you will generally be working remotely from your home in California, the Company reserves the right to reasonably require you, in the ordinary course of business, to travel to the Company’s San Francisco, CA, Singapore, and Bangalore, India offices to perform your duties at places other than your primary office location from time to time, including for reasonable business travel. The Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time in its discretion.

 

2.

Cash Compensation and Benefits.

Your salary will continue to be paid at the rate of $ 400, 000 USD per year, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and subject to applicable payroll withholdings and deductions.

As a full-time, regular employee of Ethos, you will continue to be eligible for company benefits in accordance with the Company’s applicable benefit plans and policies for similarly situated employees, subject to plan terms, generally applicable Company policies, and any applicable waiting periods.

You will continue to be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus in the target amount of $ 1 00, 000 USD, less any applicable taxes and withholdings, under the terms and conditions of the Company Annual Bonus Plan. The amount of this bonus will be determined in the sole discretion of the Company and may be based on your performance and/or the performance of the Company during the fiscal year, as well as any other criteria the Company deems relevant. Any bonus, if awarded, will be pro-rated based on the time you are actively employed with the Company during the annual performance period, provided that the payment of any bonus is contingent upon your continued employment with the Company through the bonus payment date.

The Company may change your compensation and benefits from time to time in its discretion.

 

3.

Equity. You have previously been granted one or more equity awards by the Company, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements, grant notices, and equity plans, except to the extent superseded by the Severance Plan, as defined below.

 

1


4.

The Company’s Policies and CIIAA. You will continue to be expected to abide by Company policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time. In addition, your signed Confidential Information and

Invention Assignment Agreement (“CIIAA”) with the Company will continue to remain in effect and binding upon you.

 

5.

At-Will Employment. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. Accordingly, you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time simply by notifying the Company, and the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

6.

No Prior Conflicts and Duty of Loyalty. You confirm that you are not subject to any consent decree, court or arbitral order or agreement with any former employer or third party that prohibits you from working for Ethos and that you are able to carry out your duties without breaching any legal restrictions imposed by a current or former employer or other third party to whom you have contractual obligations. You also agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity without the written consent of Ethos.

You acknowledge and agree that upon your execution of this letter agreement, you will no longer be eligible for, nor entitled to, any compensation or benefits (including without limitation, any severance or change in control benefits) under any prior employment terms, offer letter or employment agreement you may have entered into or discussed with the Company, other than as expressly referred to in this confirmatory offer letter. This letter agreement, together with your CIIAA and equity agreements (if applicable)G forms the complete and exclusive agreement regarding the subject matter hereof. It supersedes any other representations, promises, or agreements, whether written or oral. Modifications or amendments to this letter agreement, other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion herein must be made in a written agreement signed by you and an officer of the Company (other than you).

This letter agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. If any provision of this letter agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this letter agreement and the provision in question shall be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. This letter agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U. S . federal ESIGN Act of 2000G Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and executed and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

2


Please sign and date this letter below to indicate your agreement with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Lingke Wang

Name: Lingke Wang
Title: Co-Founder and President

I have read and accept these terms of employment.

 

By:  

/s/ Peter Colis

Name: Peter Colis
Date: 10/2/2025

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

October 2, 2025

Kunal Mehta

[Intentionally deleted]

Re: Confirmatory Offer Letter

Dear Kunal Mehta,

You are currently employed by Ethos Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “Ethos”) as Senior Vice President of Finance. This letter confirms the existing terms and conditions of your employment in that role.

 

1.

Position. You are serving in a full-time capacity, reporting to the Chief Financial Officer, Chris Capozzi. While you will generally be working remotely from your home in California, the Company reserves the right to reasonably require you, in the ordinary course of business, to travel to the Company’s San Francisco, CA, Singapore, and Bangalore, India offices to perform your duties at places other than your primary office location from time to time, including for reasonable business travel. The Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time in its discretion.

 

2.

Cash Compensation and Benefits.

Your salary will continue to be paid at the rate of $400,000 USD per year, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and subject to applicable payroll withholdings and deductions.

As a full-time, regular employee of Ethos, you will continue to be eligible for company benefits in accordance with the Company’s applicable benefit plans and policies for similarly situated employees, subject to plan terms, generally applicable Company policies, and any applicable waiting periods.

You will continue to be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus in the target amount of $100,000 USD, less any applicable taxes and withholdings, under the terms and conditions of the Company Annual Bonus Plan. The amount of this bonus will be determined in the sole discretion of the Company and may be based on your performance and/or the performance of the Company during the fiscal year, as well as any other criteria the Company deems relevant. Any bonus, if awarded, will be pro-rated based on the time you are actively employed with the Company during the annual performance period, provided that the payment of any bonus is contingent upon your continued employment with the Company through the bonus payment date.

The Company may change your compensation and benefits from time to time in its discretion.

 

3.

Equity. You have previously been granted one or more equity awards by the Company, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements, grant notices, and equity plans, except to the extent superseded by the Severance Plan, as defined below.

 

4.

The Company’s Policies and CIIAA. You will continue to be expected to abide by Company policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time. In addition, your signed Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (“CIIAA”) with the Company will continue to remain in effect and binding upon you.

 

1


5.

At-Will Employment. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. Accordingly, you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time simply by notifying the Company, and the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

6.

No Prior Conflicts and Duty of Loyalty. You confirm that you are not subject to any consent decree, court or arbitral order or agreement with any former employer or third party that prohibits you from working for Ethos and that you are able to carry out your duties without breaching any legal restrictions imposed by a current or former employer or other third party to whom you have contractual obligations. You also agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity without the written consent of Ethos.

You acknowledge and agree that upon your execution of this letter agreement, you will no longer be eligible for, nor entitled to, any compensation or benefits (including without limitation, any severance or change in control benefits) under any prior employment terms, offer letter or employment agreement you may have entered into or discussed with the Company, other than as expressly referred to in this confirmatory offer letter. This letter agreement, together with your CIIAA and equity agreements (if applicable), forms the complete and exclusive agreement regarding the subject matter hereof. It supersedes any other representations, promises, or agreements, whether written or oral. Modifications or amendments to this letter agreement, other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion herein, must be made in a written agreement signed by you and an officer of the Company (other than you).

This letter agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. If any provision of this letter agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this letter agreement and the provision in question shall be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. This letter agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and executed and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

2


Please sign and date this letter below to indicate your agreement with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Peter Colis

Name: Peter Colis
Title: CEO

I have read and accept these terms of employment.

 

By:  

/s/ Kunal Mehta

Name: Kunal Mehta

Date: 10/2/2025

 

3

Exhibit 10.9

October 2, 2025

Vipul Sharma

[Intentionally Deleted]

 

Re:

Confirmatory Offer Letter

Dear Vipul Sharma,

You are currently employed by Ethos Technologies Inc.(the “Company” or “Ethos”) as Chief Technology Officer. This letter confirms the existing terms and conditions of your employment in that role.

 

  1.

Position. You are serving in a full-time capacity, reporting to the President, Lingke Wang. While you will generally be working remotely from your home in California, the Company reserves the right to reasonably require you, in the ordinary course of business, to travel to the Company’s San Francisco, CA, Singapore, and Bangalore, India offices to perform your duties at places other than your primary office location from time to time, including for reasonable business travel. The Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time in its discretion.

 

  2.

Cash Compensation and Benefits.

Your salary will continue to be paid at the rate of $400,000 USD per year, which will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and subject to applicable payroll withholdings and deductions.

As a full-time, regular employee of Ethos, you will continue to be eligible for company benefits in accordance with the Company’s applicable benefit plans and policies for similarly situated employees, subject to plan terms, generally applicable Company policies, and any applicable waiting periods.

You will continue to be eligible to earn an annual discretionary bonus in the target amount of $100,000 USD, less any applicable taxes and withholdings, under the terms and conditions of the Company Annual Bonus Plan. The amount of this bonus will be determined in the sole discretion of the Company and may be based on your performance and/or the performance of the Company during the fiscal year, as well as any other criteria the Company deems relevant. Any bonus, if awarded, will be pro-rated based on the time you are actively employed with the Company during the annual performance period, provided that the payment of any bonus is contingent upon your continued employment with the Company through the bonus payment date.

The Company may change your compensation and benefits from time to time in its discretion.

 

  3.

Equity. You have previously been granted one or more equity awards by the Company, which shall continue to be governed in all respects by the terms of the applicable equity agreements, grant notices, and equity plans, except to the extent superseded by the Severance Plan, as defined below.

 

  4.

The Company’s Policies and CIIAA. You will continue to be expected to abide by Company policies and procedures, as in effect from time to time. In addition, your signed Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (“CIIAA”) with the Company will continue to remain in effect and binding upon you.

 

  5.

At-Will Employment. Your employment with the Company is for no specified period and constitutes at-will employment. Accordingly, you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time simply by notifying the Company, and the Company may terminate your employment at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

1


  6.

No Prior Conflicts and Duty of Loyalty. You confirm that you are not subject to any consent decree, court or arbitral order or agreement with any former employer or third party that prohibits you from working for Ethos and that you are able to carry out your duties without breaching any legal restrictions imposed by a current or former employer or other third party to whom you have contractual obligations. You also agree that, during the term of your employment with the Company, you will not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity without the written consent of Ethos.

You acknowledge and agree that upon your execution of this letter agreement you will no longer be eligible for, nor entitled to, any compensation or benefits (including without limitation any severance or change in control benefits) under any prior employment terms, offer letter or employment agreement you may have entered into or discussed with the Company, other than as expressly referred to in this confirmatory offer letter. This letter agreement, together with your CIIAA and equity agreements (if applicable), forms the complete and exclusive agreement regarding the subject matter hereof. It supersedes any other representations, promises or agreements whether written or oral. Modifications or amendments to this letter agreement, other than those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion herein, must be made in a written agreement signed by you and an officer of the Company (other than you).

This letter agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. If any provision of this letter agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, this determination shall not affect any other provision of this letter agreement and the provision in question shall be modified so as to be rendered enforceable in a manner consistent with the intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. This letter agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and executed and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

2


Please sign and date this letter below to indicate your agreement with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:  

/s/ Peter Colis

Name: Peter Colis
Title: CEO

I have read and accept these terms of employment.

 

By:  

/s/ Vipul Sharma

Name: Vipul Sharma
Date: 10/7/2025

 

3

Exhibit 10.11

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [_______], by and between Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, “Exchange Stockholders”).

WHEREAS, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to implement a multi class common stock structure in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its capital stock (the “IPO”) to, among other things, enable the Company to execute its long-term vision;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board and Stockholders approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Interim Charter”), which, among other things, created two series of common stock of the Company, Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote for each share thereof held, and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), entitling holders to twenty (20) votes for each share thereof held;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Interim Charter, the Exchange Stockholders hold shares of [Class A Common Stock/ [and] Series [_] Preferred Stock];

WHEREAS, the Board has approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) which, in connection with the closing of the IPO, will amend and restate the Interim Charter, upon the effectiveness of the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Date”), upon which the Exchange Stockholders’ shares of Preferred Stock, if applicable, will automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Interim Charter;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that exchanging shares of Class A Common Stock that will be held by the Exchange Stockholders immediately prior to, or upon, the Effective Date, as applicable, as set forth on Exhibit A hereto for shares of Class B Common Stock is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than the Exchange Stockholders; and

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

1.1 Exchange of Class A Common Stock.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, immediately following the Effective Date each Exchange Stockholder shall be deemed to have automatically transferred to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such Exchange Stockholder as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Class A Shares”) and the Company shall issue to each Exchange Stockholder shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Shares”), at an exchange ratio of one (1) Class A Share for one (1) Class B Share (the “Exchange”). The number of Class A Shares to be transferred and the number of Class B Shares to be received in the Exchange by each Exchange Stockholder are as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

1


(b) Concurrently herewith, each Exchange Stockholder is delivering to the Company such instruments of transfer or other documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the shares of Common Stock (which will automatically be renamed as Class A Common Stock upon the Effective Date) have been duly transferred to the Company to be held in escrow until the Effective Date and such documents are automatically released without further action by the Company or the Exchange Stockholder on the Effective Date.

1.2 Effective Date of the Exchange:

(a) The Exchange shall occur and be deemed effective without any further action by the Company or the Exchange Stockholders immediately following the Effective Date and prior to the consummation of the sale of the shares of the Company’s capital stock in the IPO as part of the closing thereof.

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange, the Company shall deliver to each Exchange Stockholder such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the Class B Shares have been duly issued and transferred to the applicable Exchange Stockholder.

ARTICLE II.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE EXCHANGE HOLDER

Each Exchange Stockholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

2.1 Ownership; Authority. Each Exchange Stockholder will be, effective as of the Effective Date, the beneficial and legal owner of the Class A Shares exchanged hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party). Each Exchange Stockholder has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale by the Company and the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, to transfer, convey and exchange the Class A Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Exchange Stockholder, enforceable against such Exchange Stockholder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of the Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from Exchange Stockholder good and marketable title to the Class A Shares, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

 

2


2.2 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Exchange Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of such Exchange Stockholder (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

2.3 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by such Exchange Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to such Exchange Stockholder, (b) subject to compliance with Section 2.2, violate any applicable law, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent or other action under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of such Exchange Stockholder or to the loss of any benefit to which such Exchange Stockholder is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Exchange Stockholder or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on such Exchange Stockholder’s Class B Shares, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party.

2.4 Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Such Exchange Stockholder understands that the Class B Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the Class B Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Such Exchange Stockholder understands and hereby acknowledges that the Class B Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Such Exchange Stockholder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit limited resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

2.5 Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the Class B Shares and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, shall bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which the Exchange Stockholder is a party):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

3


ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Exchange Stockholder, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3.2 Corporate Authorization. (a) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance and delivery of the Class B Shares (including the conversion thereof into Class A Common Stock upon the terms specified in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the renaming of Common Stock as Class A Common Stock on the Effective Date) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 3.3 and the approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived or are otherwise inapplicable. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each Exchange Stockholder, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws.

3.4 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3 and approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (a) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (b) violate any applicable law, (c) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the Class B Shares other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4


ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS

4.1 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each of the Exchange Stockholders has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the IPO with respect to the sale, disposition or transfer of such Exchange Stockholder’s securities of the Company and each of the Exchange Stockholders agrees not to revoke such lock-up agreement. Each of the Exchange Stockholders also agrees that any other lock-up or market stand-off agreements applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by such Exchange Stockholders continue to apply to the Class B Shares in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

4.2 [Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy. The Exchange Stockholder has entered into the Founder Voting Proxy (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to be effective upon the Exchange.]

ARTICLE V.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Other than the rights, restrictions and preferences provided for the Class B Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, this Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended or, waived other than by a written instrument signed by the Exchange Stockholders and the Company.

5.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.5 Tax Consequences. The Parties intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The Parties adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Exchange Stockholder has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Exchange, investment in the Class B Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Exchange Stockholder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

[FOUNDER]

By:    

[FOUNDER ENTITY]

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

[VC ENTITY]

By:    

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXCHANGE AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A

 

Exchange Stockholder

   Number of Shares of
Class B
Common Stock to
be Issued
     Number of Shares of
Class A
Common Stock
Exchanged
 

Total:

     

 

7

Exhibit 10.12

EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT

THIS EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [_______], by and between Ethos Technologies Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [NAME] (the “Founder”).

WHEREAS, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to implement a multi class common stock structure in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its capital stock (the “IPO”) to, among other things, enable the Company to execute its long-term vision;

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board and Stockholders approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Interim Charter”), which, among other things, created two series of common stock of the Company, Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote for each share thereof held, and Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), entitling holders to twenty (20) votes for each share thereof held;

WHEREAS, the Board has approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) which, in connection with the closing of the IPO, will amend and restate the Interim Charter, upon the effectiveness of the filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Date”);

WHEREAS, Founder holds awards of restricted stock units covering shares of Class A Common Stock that will be outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Date as set forth in Exhibit A (each, a “Founder Equity Award”), and each Founder Equity Award has been granted under the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated, and the award agreement memorializing Founder Equity Award (collectively, the “Equity Documents”); and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than Founder, to provide Founder with the right to require the Company to exchange shares of Class A Common Stock that Founder acquires upon the vesting and/or settlement of his Founder Equity Awards for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the exchange (which is expected to be on a one share-for-one share basis), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; and.

WHEREAS, the parties intend that no gain or loss will be recognized in any Exchange (as defined below) pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations and covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

-1-


ARTICLE I.

PUT RIGHT AND EXCHANGE AND ISSUANCE OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK

1.1 Grant of Put Right. Effective immediately following the Effective Date, and subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement (including Section 1.2(a) below), the Company hereby irrevocably grants to Founder the right (the “Put Right”) to require the Company to exchange any shares of Class A Common Stock that Founder acquires following the Effective Date as a result of the vesting and/or settlement of his Founder Equity Awards (each, a “Put Eligible Share”) for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the exchange (which is expected to be on a one share-for-one share basis), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (the “Exchange”).

1.2 Exercise of Put Right.

(a) As a condition precedent to the exercise of the Put Right on any given date, the Company and Founder must mutually agree that no gain or loss will be required to be recognized for U.S. federal tax purposes on account of such exercise and related Exchange (the “Put Right Condition”).

(b) If the Put Right Condition is satisfied, the Put Right will be exercisable by Founder by submitting a completed and fully-executed notice in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Put Right Notice”) to the Company on or prior to the Put Right’s Expiration Date (as defined in Section 1.5 below). If the Put Right Condition is satisfied, the Put Right will be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the date of timely delivery of a Put Right Notice with respect to the Put Right.

(c) Failure to satisfy the Put Right Condition or to deliver a Put Right Notice prior to 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on a Put Right’s Expiration Date will constitute an irrevocable waiver of the Put Right with respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock that remain subject to Founder Equity Awards and any remaining Put Eligible Shares.

(d) A Put Right cannot be exercised by Founder with respect to any Put Eligible Share more than once. Further, Founder will have no Put Right pursuant to this Agreement with respect to any share of Class A Common Stock that is acquired by Founder following the Effective Date other than as a result of the exercise, vesting, and/or settlement of a Founder Equity Award, or with respect to any portion of a Founder Equity Award that is subject to a constructive trust.

1.3 Exchange of Shares. Within ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of a properly executed Put Right Notice, and provided the Put Right Condition remains satisfied, the Company will complete the Exchange for the specified number of Put Eligible Shares indicated in the Put Right Notice (“Exercised Shares”) by issuing, out of shares legally available therefor, a number of shares of Class B Common Stock to Founder of equivalent value determined on the date of the Exchange (which is expected to be on a one share-for-one share basis). Upon the effectiveness of such Exchange, the Company will deliver to Founder such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the shares of Class B Common Stock have been duly issued and transferred to the applicable Founder in exchange for the Exercised Shares.

1.4 Rights to Shares of Class A Common Stock Following Exchange. Upon the Exchange, Founder will no longer have any rights as a holder of the Exercised Shares that are the subject of the Exchange (other than the right to receive the shares of Class B Common Stock in accordance with this Agreement). Such Exercised Shares will be deemed to have been redeemed by the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered to Founder.

 

-2-


1.5 Termination of Put Right. The Put Right will terminate on the following date(s) (the “Expiration Date”):

(a) With respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to a Founder Equity Award that have not become Put Eligible Shares, the Expiration Date will be the date such shares are forfeited pursuant to the applicable Equity Documents; and

(b) With respect to any Put Eligible Shares, the Expiration Date will be the earliest to occur of the following:

(i) Founder sells, transfers, or otherwise disposes of such Put Eligible Shares;

(ii) the Final Conversion Date (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation); and

(iii) in the event a Founder becomes a Triggering Founder (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), with respect to the Put Eligible Shares held by such Triggering Founder, the date the Founder Voting Proxy (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to which such Triggering Founder and his Permitted Entities, Family Members and Permitted Transferees (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) is a party ceases to remain in effect with respect to any such person or party (to the extent such person or party continues to hold shares of Class B Common Stock or Put Eligible Shares) and a non-Triggering Founder (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) does not otherwise have exclusive voting control of the shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Triggering Founder and his Permitted Entities, Family Members and Permitted Transferees or such Put Eligible Shares.

ARTICLE II.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FOUNDER

Founder hereby represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

2.1 Ownership; Authority. Founder has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Founder, enforceable against such Founder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of an Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from Founder good and marketable title to the Exercised Shares subject to such Exchange, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Founder and the Company are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

2.2 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Founder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of such Founder (excluding, for the

 

-3-


avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

2.3 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Founder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to such Founder, (b) subject to compliance with Section 2.2, violate any applicable law, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, require any consent or other action under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation of such Founder or to the loss of any benefit to which such Founder is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Founder or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any of Founder’s Founder Equity Awards or the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying such awards, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Founder and the Company are a party.

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Founder, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

3.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

3.2 Corporate Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the issuance and delivery of the shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with each Exchange hereunder (including the conversion thereof into Class A Common Stock upon the terms specified in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the renaming of Common Stock as Class A Common Stock) in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 3.3 and the approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived or are otherwise inapplicable to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Founder, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

3.3 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than (a) the filing by the Company of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws.

 

-4-


3.4 Noncontravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 3.3 and approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (a) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (b) violate any applicable law, (c) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on the shares of Class B Common Stock other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

ARTICLE IV.

COVENANTS

4.1 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Founder has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of the IPO with respect to the sale, disposition or transfer of such Founder’s securities of the Company and Founder agrees not to revoke such lock-up agreement. Founder also agrees that any other lock-up or market stand-off agreements applicable to the shares of Common Stock of the Company held by Founder will continue to apply to the shares of the Class B Common Stock in accordance with the terms of such agreements.

4.2 Voting Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy. To the extent that Ariel Cohen, Chief Executive Officer of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, would otherwise not have exclusive voting control over any shares of Class B Common Stock to be held by Founder following the Exchange, Founder has entered into a Founder Voting Proxy (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), and continues to be subject to such Founder Voting Proxy at the time of the Exchange.

ARTICLE V.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements entered into among Delaware residents to be performed entirely within Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof will inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

5.3 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Other than the rights, restrictions and preferences provided for under the Equity Documents with respect to Founder Equity Awards and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock, this Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended or waived other than by a written instrument signed by Founder and the Company.

5.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-5-


5.5 No Guarantee of Continued Service. Founder acknowledges and agrees that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the existence of the Put Right granted hereunder constitutes an express or implied promise of continuous employment or service with the Company for any period, or at all, and that neither the execution of this Agreement nor the existence of the Put Right granted hereunder will interfere in any way with Founder’s right or the right of the Company to terminate Founder’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause.

5.6 Tax Consequences. The parties intend that no gain or loss will be recognized in any Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The parties adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Founder each have reviewed with its/his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Put Right and the Exchange, Founder Equity Awards and the potential acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the potential exchange of such shares for shares of Class B Common Stock, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each party hereto is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, or Founder or any of his agents, as applicable, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company and Founder expressly set forth in Articles II and III.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

ETHOS TECHNOLOGIES INC.
By:    
Name:
Title:
[FOUNDER]
 
Name:  
[FOUNDER ENTITY]
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO EQUITY EXCHANGE RIGHT AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A

 

Grant Date

   Expiration Date      Equity Award Type      Number of Shares of
Class A Common Stock
Subject to Founder
Equity Award
 

Total:

        

 

-8-


EXHIBIT B

Put Right Notice (the “Notice”)

(To be signed only upon exercise of a Put Right)

To: Ethos Technologies Inc.

Attn: General Counsel

The undersigned (the “Founder”), hereby irrevocably elects to exercise its right under the Put Right pursuant to the Put Right Agreement dated as of [_____] (the “Agreement”), by and between Ethos Technologies Inc. (the “Company”) and Founder, to require the Company to exchange Eligible Shares (the “Exercised Shares”) for a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of equivalent value as determined on the date of the Exchange, subject to the terms of this Notice and the Agreement. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in the Notice will have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

By executing this Notice, Founder hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as follows:

1. Acknowledgements. Founder acknowledges and affirms that the representations and warranties set forth in Article II of the Agreement as of the date of this Notice are true and correct, and agrees to the covenants set forth in Article IV of the Agreement

2. Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the shares of Class B Common Stock and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, will bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which Founder is a party):

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

3. Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Except as otherwise permitted by applicable law, Founder understands that any shares of Class B Common Stock issued to Founder in an Exchange will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the shares of Class B Common Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Founder understands and hereby acknowledges that the shares of Class B Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Such Founder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act, which permit limited resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.


4. Tax Matters. Founder has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Put Right and the Exchange, Founder Equity Awards and the potential acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder, the potential exchange of such shares for shares of Class B Common Stock, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Founder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Article III of the Agreement.


Dated:    
[NAME]    
Address:    
   
   

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO PUT RIGHT NOTICE]

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated June 11, 2025, except for the effects of the reverse stock split as described in Note 17, as to which the date is September 26, 2025, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and the related Prospectus of Ethos Technologies Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Francisco, California

January 20, 2026

Exhibit 24.2

Ethos Technologies Inc.

Power of Attorney

I hereby appoint Peter Colis, Christopher Capozzi, and Porter Nolan, and each of them, as my true and lawful agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to act in my name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Power of Attorney to be executed as of January 20, 2026.

 

By:   /s/ Mark W. Mullin
  Mark W. Mullin